BrightLink Pro 1480Fi - Video projector EPSON - Free user manual and instructions

Product Type	Interactive Ultra Short Throw Projector
Brand	Epson
Model	BrightLink Pro 1480Fi
Display Technology	3LCD, 3-chip
Resolution	WUXGA (1920 x 1200)
Brightness	4,400 lumens (color & white)
Contrast Ratio	5,000,000:1 (dynamic)
Interactive Touch	Yes, up to 6 touch points
Dimensions (W x D x H)	45.6 x 32.9 x 12.1 cm (without feet)
Weight	Approx. 9.5 kg
Power Supply	100 - 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption	Normal: 345 W, Standby: 0.5 W
Light Source	Laser phosphor, up to 20,000 hours
Throw Ratio	0.27 - 0.37:1 (ultra short throw)
Inputs	2x HDMI (HDCP 2.2), VGA, USB, LAN
Connectivity	Wi-Fi, Miracast, screen mirroring
Maintenance	Clean air filter every 5,000 hours; replace filter when needed
Safety	Laser class 1 (IEC 60825-1)
Spare Parts	Replacement filter (ELPAF60), optional lamp module (ELPLP99)
Repairability	Designed for service; replaceable filter and light source unit

Frequently Asked Questions - BrightLink Pro 1480Fi EPSON

What is the maximum image size?

The projector can display images from 70 to 130 inches diagonally. For optimal performance, a 100-inch screen is recommended.

How do I connect my laptop wirelessly?

Use the built-in Wi-Fi: select the projector's network, then use Miracast or Screen Mirroring from your device. Alternatively, install the Epson iProjection app.

Can I use the interactive touch without a computer?

Yes, the projector has a built-in interactive whiteboard function. You can draw and annotate using included pens, even without a connected PC.

How long does the laser light source last?

The laser light source is rated for up to 20,000 hours in normal mode. Actual lifespan may vary based on usage and environment.

What are the dimensions and weight?

Dimensions are approximately 45.6 cm (W) x 32.9 cm (D) x 12.1 cm (H). It weighs about 9.5 kg without the feet.

How do I clean the air filter?

Remove the filter cover, gently pull out the filter, and clean it with a vacuum cleaner or wash with mild soap. Reinstall when dry. Replace every 5,000 hours.

Does it support 4K content?

Yes, it supports 4K content via 4K enhancement technology. Input 4K signals (HDMI) and the projector upscales to high resolution.

Can I mount it on a ceiling?

Yes, but due to its ultra short throw design, a wall mount is more common. Epson offers a dedicated ceiling mount kit (ELPMB149) for this model.

What is the contrast ratio?

It features a dynamic contrast ratio of 5,000,000:1, providing deep blacks and vivid colors for presentations and videos.

How to adjust the image when it is distorted?

Use the keystone correction (horizontal/vertical) and corner adjustment functions in the menu. The projector also has automatic screen adjustment.

USER MANUAL BrightLink Pro 1480Fi EPSON

Additional Components 17

Optional Equipment and Replacement Parts 18

Warranty and Registration Information 19

Notations Used in the Documentation 20

Where to Go for Additional Information 20

Additional Projector Software and Manuals 20

Projector Part Locations 22

Projector Parts - Front/Side 23

Projector Parts - Top/Side 24

Projector Parts - Interface 25

Projector Parts - Base 26

Projector Parts - Control Panel 27

Projector Parts - Remote Control 28

Projector Parts - Interactive Pens 30

Projector Parts - Pen Stand (BrightLink 1485Fi) 31

Projector Parts - Control Pad (BrightLink 1485Fi) 32

Projector Parts - Touch Unit 33

Setting Up the Projector 35

Projector Placement 35

Projector Setup and Installation Options 36

Projection Distance.... 38

Removing and Attaching the Cable Cover 39

Projector Connections.... 39

Connecting to Computer Sources.... 40

ConnectingtoaComputerforUSBVideoandAudio....40

Connecting to a Computer for VGA Video 42

ConnectingtoaComputerforHDMIVideoandAudio....42

ConnectingtoaComputerforPenandFingerUse....43

Connecting a Computer to the Control Pad.... 44

Connecting to a Computer for Sound.... 45

Connecting to Video Sources 46

Connecting to an HDMI Video Source 46

Connecting to a Composite Video Source 47

Connecting to a Video Source for Sound 48

Connecting External Output Devices 48

Connecting to an External Computer Monitor 49

Connecting to an External HDMI Monitor.... 50

Connecting to External Speakers.... 50

Connecting a Microphone....51

Connecting to External USB Devices 52

USB Device Projection.... 52

ConnectingaUSBDeviceorCameratotheProjector....53

Connecting a USB Device to the Control Pad 54

Selecting the Connected USB Source 55

DisconnectingaUSBDeviceFromtheControlPadorProjector....55

Connecting to a Document Camera 55

Connecting a Printer to the Control Pad 56

Connecting Multiple Projectors of the Same Model 57

Multiple Projector Connection Menu Settings 58

Installing Batteries in the Remote Control 60

Installing Batteries in the Pens 62

Using the Projector on a Network 64

Wired Network Projection.... 64

Connecting to a Wired Network 65

Selecting Wired Network Settings 65

Wireless Network Projection 68

Installing the Wireless LAN Module 69

Connecting Directly to a Smartphone or Tablet 71

Using Quick Wireless Connection (Windows).... 74

Selecting Wireless Network Settings Manually.... 75

Wireless LAN Menu Settings 80

Selecting Wireless Network Settings in Windows 83

Selecting Wireless Network Settings on Mac 83

Setting Up Wireless Network Security 83

WirelessNetworkProjectionfromaMobileDeviceorWindowsComputer(ScreenMirroring)......85

Screen Mirroring Restrictions 85

Selecting Screen Mirroring Settings 86

ConnectingforScreenMirroringwithaWindows8.x/Windows10Computer....88

Connecting for Screen Mirroring with Miracast 89

Setting Up Projector Network E-Mail Alerts 90

Network Projector E-mail Alert Messages 91

Setting Up Monitoring Using SNMP 91

Controlling a Networked Projector Using a Web Browser 92

Creating an Address Book 95

Using Crestron Connected 96

Setting Up Crestron Connected 97

ControllingaNetworkedProjectorUsingCrestronConnected....97

Registering a Digital Certificate on the Projector 100

ImportingaWebServerCertificateUsingtheProjectorMenus....100

Registering Digital Certificates from a Web Browser 101

Digital Certificate Types.... 102

Using Basic Projector Features 104

Turning On the Projector 104

Using the Home Screen.... 106

Turning Off the Projector 108

Selecting the Language for the Projector Menus.... 110

Setting the Date and Time 110

Image Shape 112

CorrectingImageShapewiththeKeystoneButtons....112

Correcting Image Shape with Quick Corner 115

Correcting Image Shape with Arc Correction.... 118

Correcting Image Shape with Point Correction 121

Correcting Image Shape with Corner Markers.... 123

Applying Saved Image Shape Settings 124

Resizing the Image with the Wide and Tele Buttons 125

Adjusting the Image Position.... 126

Focusing the Image.... 127

Remote Control Operation 130

Selecting an Image Source 131

Projection Modes 134

ChangingtheProjectionModeUsingtheRemoteControl....134

Changing the Projection Mode Using the Menus.... 135

Image Aspect Ratio 136

Changing the Image Aspect Ratio 136

Available Image Aspect Ratios 137

Color Mode.... 138

Changing the Color Mode 138

Available Color Modes.... 138

Adjusting the Hue, Saturation, and Brightness 139

Adjusting Gamma.... 141

Adjusting the Projector's Brightness Level 143

Constant Brightness Usage Hours 146

Turning On Automatic Luminance Adjustment 148

Controlling the Volume with the Volume Buttons.... 149

Inverting the Audio Channels 150

Selecting a Quick Startup Setting.... 151

Projecting a PC Free Presentation 152

Supported PC Free File Types 153

Starting a PC Free Slide Show 154

Starting a PC Free Movie Presentation 156

PC Free Display Options 157

Adjusting Projector Features 159

Shutting Off the Picture and Sound Temporarily 159

Stopping Video Action Temporarily 160

Zooming Into and Out of Images 161

Using Multiple Projectors (DuoLink).... 162

Projector Identification System for Multiple Projector Control 162

Setting the Projector ID 162

Setting the Remote Control ID 163

Adjusting Color Uniformity 164

Blending the Image Edges 168

Matching the Image Colors 170

Adjusting the Black Level 172

Adjusting RGBCMY 175

Scaling an Image 177

Projecting Multiple Images Simultaneously.... 179

Input Sources for Split Screen Projection 182

Projector Security Features.... 182

Password Security Types 183

Setting a Password 183

Selecting Password Security Types.... 184

Entering a Password to Use the Projector.... 185

Saving a User's Logo Image to Display 186

Locking the Projector's Buttons 188

Unlocking the Projector's Buttons 189

Installing a Security Cable 190

Creating a User Pattern to Display 190

Saving Settings to Memory and Using Saved Settings 192

Copying Menu Settings Between Projectors 193

Saving Settings to a USB Flash Drive.... 194

Transferring Settings from a USB Flash Drive 195

Saving Settings to a Computer 196

Transferring Settings from a Computer 197

Scheduling Projector Events 199

Saving a Scheduled Event.... 199

Viewing Scheduled Events 201

Editing a Scheduled Event.... 202

Using the Interactive Features 205

Interactive Modes.... 205

UsingtheProjectedScreenasaWhiteboard(Built-inWhiteboardMode)....206

DrawingonaProjectedImage(Built-inAnnotationMode)....207

ControllingComputerFeaturesfromaProjectedScreen(PCInteractiveMode)....208

PCInteractiveModeSystemRequirements....210

Using the Interactive Pens 210

Using the Pens 211

Pen Calibration 213

Calibrating Automatically 214

Calibrating Manually 216

Using Finger Touch Interactivity 219

Touch Unit Safety Instructions.... 219

Calibrating for Finger Touch Interactivity 220

Using Finger Touch Operations.... 224

Using BrightLink with a Computer 226

Adjusting the Pen Operation Area 227

Easy Interactive Tools 230

Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools 230

Enabling Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools.... 231

Using Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools 232

Whiteboard Mode 234

Using the Whiteboard Toolbar 234

The Whiteboard Toolbar 235

Selecting Background Templates 238

Inserting and Working With Images 238

Selecting Whiteboard Settings 239

Selecting Basic Whiteboard Settings 240

Selecting Whiteboard Print Settings.... 241

SelectingSettingsforSavingWhiteboardPages....243

SelectingSettingsforEmailingWhiteboardPages....245

Selecting Settings for a Directory Server 246

Selecting a Networked Device Source 249

Saving Pages in Whiteboard Mode 249

Printing Whiteboard Pages 251

Emailing Whiteboard Pages 252

Using BrightLink Without a Computer 254

Using the Built-in Annotation Mode 254

Built-in Tools for Use Without a Computer 255

Controlling an Epson Document Camera 258

Splitting the Projected Image with Whiteboard Mode 259

Sharing the Projected Screen 260

Starting a Shared Screen Session 260

Using Interactive Features with Two Projectors (DuoLink) 261

Adjusting the Menu Settings 262

Using the Projector's Menus.... 262

Image Quality Settings - Image Menu 264

Input Signal Settings - Signal I/O Menu 269

Installation Settings - Installation Menu 273

Display Settings - Display Menu 278

Feature Settings - Operation Menu 280

Administration Settings - Management Menu.... 284

Event ID Code List.... 290

Network Settings - Network Menu 293

Pen and Touch Setup Settings - Pen/Touch Menu 297

Interactive Settings - Interactive Menu 300

Multiple Projector Operation Settings - Multi-Projection Menu 303

Image Quality Memory Settings - Memory Menu 308

Setup Settings - ECO Menu 309

Initial Settings and Reset Options - Initial/All Settings Menu 311

Maintaining and Transporting the Projector 313

Projector Maintenance 313

Cleaning the Lens 313

Cleaning the Projector Case 314

Air Filter and Vent Maintenance 314

Cleaning the Air Filter and Vents 315

Replacing the Air Filter 319

Replacing the Remote Control Batteries 321

Replacing the Hard Pen Tips.... 323

Replacing the Soft Pen Tips 324

Transporting the Projector 327

Solving Problems 328

Projection Problem Tips 328

Projector Light Status 329

Using the Projector Menu Displays 332

Solving Image or Sound Problems 333

Solutions When No Image Appears 333

SolutionsWhenImageisIncorrectUsingtheUSBDisplayFunction....334

Solutions When "No Signal" Message Appears.... 335

Displaying From a PC Laptop 336

Displaying From a Mac Laptop 336

Solutions When "Not Supported" Message Appears 337

Solutions When Only a Partial Image Appears 337

Solutions When the Image is Not Rectangular 338

Solutions When the Image Contains Noise or Static 339

Solutions When the Image is Fuzzy or Blurry 340

SolutionsWhentheImageBrightnessorColorsareIncorrect....340

SolutionsWhenanAfterimageRemainsOntheProjectedImage....341

Solutions to Sound Problems 341

Solutions to Microphone Problems 342

Solving Projector or Remote Control Operation Problems 343

Solutions to Projector Power or Shut-Off Problems 343

Solutions to Remote Control Problems 344

Solutions to Password Problems 345

Solutions When a Battery Message Appears 345

Solving Network Problems 345

Solutions When Wireless Authentication Fails 346

SolutionsWhenYouCannotAccesstheProjectorThroughtheWeb....346

SolutionsWhenNetworkAlertE-MailsareNotReceived....347

SolutionsWhentheImageContainsStaticDuringNetworkProjection....347

SolutionsWhenYouCannotConnectUsingScreenMirroring....348

SolutionsWhentheImageorSoundContainsStaticWhenUsingScreenMirroring....348

SolutionsWhentheProjectedScreenisnotSharedCorrectly....348

Solving Interactive Problems.... 349

Solutions When the Interactive Pens Do Not Work 349

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePenPositionIsNotAccurate....351

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePensAreSloworDifficulttoUse....352

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePensCauseInterferenceorUnwantedEffects....352

SolutionsWhenFingerTouchInteractivityDoesNotWork....353

SolutionsWhenYouCannotOperateaComputerfromtheProjectedScreen....354

SolutionsforProblemsWithCapturing,Printing, Saving, or Scanning....354

Solutions for Problems with Whiteboard Mode 355

Where to Get Help 355

Technical Specifications 357

General Projector Specifications 357

Projector Light Source Specifications.... 359

Interactive Pen Specifications 359

Touch Unit Specifications 359

Remote Control Specifications 360

Projector Dimension Specifications 360

Projector Electrical Specifications 360

Projector Environmental Specifications.... 361

Projector Safety and Approvals Specifications 362

Safety and Approvals Specifications for Latin America 362

Supported Video Display Formats 363

USB Display System Requirements 366

Notices 367

Recycling.... 367

Important Safety Information 367

Laser Safety Information 368

Laser Light Source Warning 371

Important Safety Instructions.... 371

Restriction of Use 375
List of Safety Symbols (corresponding to IEC60950-1 A2).... 376
FCC Compliance Statement.... 380
Binding Arbitration and Class Waiver 381
Trademarks 384
Copyright Notice.... 385
ANoteConcerningResponsibleUseofCopyrightedMaterials....385
Copyright Attribution 386

BrightLink1480Fi/1485FiUser'sGuide

Welcome to the BrightLink 1480Fi/1485Fi User's Guide.

For a printable PDF copy of this guide, click here.

IntroductiontoYourProjector

Refertothesesectionstolearnmoreaboutyourprojectorandthismanual.

ProjectorFeatures

NotationsUsedintheDocumentation

WheretoGoforAdditionalInformation

AdditionalProjectorSoftwareandManuals

ProjectorPartLocations

ProjectorFeatures

TheBrightLink1480Fi/1485Fiprojectorincludesthesespecialfeatures:

Uniqueinteractivefunctions

•Annotationwithorwithoutacomputer
- Annotationwithtwopensatthesametime(dependingoninteractivemode,connectionmethod,and operatingsystem)
•EnhancedEasyInteractivetoolbarforWindowsandMac
- Touch-basedinteractivityforasmanyassixusers(TouchUnitrequired)
•Controlyourcomputerfromtheprojectedscreen
- Print, save, and send your presentations without a computer
- Scananddisplaycontentfromaconconnectedscanner
- ImportcontentfromaUSBdrive
- Shareyourprojectedcontentwithtablets,smartphones,andotherdevices

Bright, high-resolution projectionsystem

•Upto5000lumensofcolorbrightness(colorlightoutput)andwhitebrightness(whitelightoutput)

Note: Color brightness (color light output) and white brightness (white light output) will vary depending on usage conditions. Colorlight output measured in accordance with IDMS15.4; whitelight output measured in accordance with ISO21118.

•1080pnativeresolution

Flexibleconnectivity

•ThreeHDMIportsforcomputerorvideodeviceconnection
- Plug-and-playUSBprojectionandaudioforinstantsetup
•HDBaseTcontrolpadwithsingleconnectiontoprojectorforsimplifiedcablingandinstallation (BrightLink1485Fi)
•Wiredandwirelessnetworksupportforprojection
•ScreenmirroringtoconnectyourmobiledevicewirelesslyusingMiracasttechnology
- Projectormonitoringandcontrolviaremotenetworkcomputer
•PCFreephotoslideshowsviaconnectedUSBmemorydevicesorEpsondocumentcamera(onlyon modelsthatsupporttheslideshowfunction)
•OneHDMIportforconnectinganexternaldisplayorlinkinganothercompatibleprojector(BrightLink 1485Fi)
- UseEpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)tosimultaneouslyprojectuptofourimagesfromnetworkcomputersormobiledevices
- ProjectionfromaniOSdevice,Androiddevice,orChromebookwiththefreeEpsoniProjectionapp; visit epson.com/iprojection (U.S.) or epson.ca/iprojection (Canada) for more information

Innovativedisplayandoperationfeatures

•Long-lifelaserlightsource
- Supportforside-by-sideprojectormountingwithcontinuousannotation(BrightLink1485Fi)
• Highdigitalzoomratioforlargerimagesinshorterprojectiondistances
•2,500,000:1contrastratioandDynamicContrastcontrolforsharp,detailedimages
•Built-inclosedcaptioningdecoder
•Powerful16Wspeakersystemwithaudiooutportforconnectingexternalspeakers
- Epson'sDirectPowerOnandAutoPowerOnfeaturesforquickandeasysetup
•SupportforCrestronRoomViewnetworkmonitoringsystems
•Networkmessagebroadcastsystemtoprojecttimelymessagestoallnetworkedprojectors

ProductBoxContents

AdditionalComponents

OptionalEquipmentandReplacementParts

Warranty and Registration Information

Parenttopic: Introduction to Your Projector

ProductBoxContents

Saveallthepackagingincaseyouneedtoshiptheprojector.Alwaysusetheoriginalpackaging(or equivalent)whenshipping.

Makesureyourprojectorboxincludedalloftheseparts:

1Projector

2Remotecontrol

3Remotecontrolandpenbatteries(2AArechargeable and 2AAalkaline; included battery charger not shown)

4 Interactivepensandreplacementpentips(4softtips,2hardtips)

5Controlpad(BrightLink1485Fi)

6Penstand(BrightLink1485Fi)

7ControlpadACadapterholder(BrightLink1485Fi)

86ft(1.8m)USBcable

9Powercord

10TouchUnitconnectioncable(includedwithBrightLink1485Fi;optionalforBrightLink1480Fi)

11 Lenscap

12TouchUnit(includedwithBrightLink1485Fi;optionalforBrightLink1480Fi)

13MarkersforTouchUnitsetup(includedwithBrightLink1485Fi;optionalforBrightLink1480Fi)

14Cablecover

15Labels(4)

16ControlpadACadapterandpowercord

17Tapeforsecuringmarkers(includedwithBrightLink1485Fi;optionalforBrightLink1480Fi)

18Infrareddeflectors(12)(includedwithBrightLink1485Fi;optionalforBrightLink1480Fi)

19Autoimageadjustmentmarkersandmagnets

20Spacersforscrewholes

21TouchUnitmountingtemplate(includedwithBrightLink1485Fi;optionalforBrightLink1480Fi)

Parenttopic:ProjectorFeatures

AdditionalComponents

Dependingonhowyouplantousetheprojector,youmayneedtoobtainadditionalcomponents.

Note: To connect a Mac that does not include a compatible video output port, you need to obtain an adapter that allows you to connect to an input port on the projector. Contact Apple for compatible adapter options. To connect a smartphone ortable, you may need to obtain an adapter that allows you to connect the projector. This allows you to mirror your smartphone ortable screens, watch movies, and more. Contact your device manufacturer for compatible adapter options.

Unlesslisted as available from Epsonin thistable, see your local computerorelectronics dealer for purchase information.

Signalorconnection type	Additionalcomponentnecessary
CompositevideoRCA-style	ideoorA/Vcable
HDMICompatibleHDMlcable	AvailableforpurchasefromEpsonoranauthorizedEpsonreseller.Note:OlderMaccomputers(2009andearlier)maynotsupportHDMI audio.
AudiofromcertainportsCom	merciallyavailableaudiocablecompatiblewithyourdevice
VGAToconnectacomputerth	roughitsVGAporttotheprojector'sVGAvideo port,youneedaVGAcomputercable.
MultipleBrightLink projectors	TosyncadditionalBrightLinkprojectorstogether,youneedastereomini cable(commerciallyavailable)ortheremotecontrolcableset(ELPKC28).AvailableforpurchasefromEpsonoranauthorizedEpsonreseller.

Parenttopic:ProjectorFeatures

OptionalEquipmentandReplacementParts

Youcanpurchasescreens,otheroptionalaccessories,andreplacementpartsfromanEpsonauthorizedreseller.Tofindthenarestreseller,call800-GO-EPSON(800-463-7766)intheU.S.or800-807-7766inCanada. Or you can purchase online at epsonstore.com (U.S. sales) or epsonstore.ca (Canadian sales).

Epsonoffersthefollowingoptionalaccessoriesandreplacementpartsforyourprojector:

OptionorpartPartnumber
Replacementairfilter(ELPAF56)V13H134A56
Ultra-shortthrowwallmount(ELPMB62)V12HA06A05
FingerTouchUnit(ELPFT01)V12H007A23
WirelessLANmodule(ELPAP11)V12H005A02
EpsonDC-07documentcamera(ELPDC07)V12H759020
EpsonDC-11documentcamera(ELPDC11)V12H377020
EpsonDC-12documentcamera(ELPDC12)V12H594020
EpsonDC-13documentcamera(ELPDC13)V12H757020
EpsonDC-20documentcamera(ELPDC20)V12H500020
EpsonDC-21documentcamera(ELPDC21)V12H758020
PowerLitePilot3connectionandcontrolbox(ELPCB03)V12H927020
Activespeakers(ELPSP02)V12H467020
AdditionalinteractivepenA(ELPPN05A)(orange)V12H773010
AdditionalinteractivepenB(ELPPN05B)(blue)V12H774010
Replacementsetofhardpentips(ELPPS03)V12H775010
Replacementsetofsoftpentips(ELPPS04)V12H776010
Remotecontrolcableset(ELPKC28)V12H005C28
100inch(254cm)16:9whiteboard(DaLite)V12H006A01
100inch(254cm)16:9whiteboard(MooreCo)V12H006A02
TouchUnitmountingbracket(ELPMB63)V12HA05A09
USBextensioncable(ELPKC31)V12H525001
PixiePluscontrolsystemELPSP10

In addition to the accessories listed above, 1-year and 2-year extended service plans are available.

Parenttopic:ProjectorFeatures

Warranty and Registration Information

Yourprojectorcomeswithabasicwarrantythatletsyouprojectwithconfidence.Fordetails,seethe warrantythatcamewithyourprojector.

Inaddition, EpsonoffersfreeExtraCareRoadService. Intheunlikelyeventofanequipmentfailure, you won't havetowaitforyourunittoberepaired. Instead, Epsonwillshipyouareplacementunitanywhere intheUnitedStates, Canada, orPuertoRico. SeetheExtraCareRoadServicebrochurefordetails.

Note: Availabilityvariesbyregion.

Registryourproductonlineatthissite:epson.com/webreg.

Registeringalsoletsyoureceivespecialupdatesonnewaccessories,products,andservices.

Parenttopic:ProjectorFeatures

NotationsUsedintheDocumentation

Followtheguidelinesinthesenotationsasyoureadyourdocumentation:

- Warningsmustbefollowedcarefullytoavoidbodilyinjury .

- Cautionsmustbeobservedtoavoiddamagetoyourequirement.

- Notes contain important information about your projector.

- Tipscontainadditionalprojectioninformation.

Parenttopic: Introduction to Your Projector

WheretoGoforAdditionallInformation

Needquickhelponusingyourprojector?Here'swheretolookforhelp:

•GuidanceiconintheOtherToolsmenuoftheinteractivetoolbar

Selectthe Guidanceicontodisplaythehelpscreenfortoolbarfunctions.

• epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean)

ViewFAQs(frequentlyaskedquestions)ande-mailyourquestionstoEpsontechnicalsupport24 hoursaday.

- If you still need help after checking this manual and any others sources listed here, you can use the Epson Private Line Support service to get help fast. Ford details, see "Where to Get Help."

Parenttopic: Introduction to Your Projector

Relatedreferences

WheretoGetHelp

AdditionalProjectorSoftwareandManuals

Afterconnectingandsettinguptheprojector,installtheprojectorsoftwareasnecessary.Youmayneed toinstallitfromasoftwareCD,ifincluded,ordownloadthesoftwareandmanualsasnecessary.

Youcaninstalltheprojectorsoftwareprogramslistedhereandviewtheirmanualsforinstructionson usingthem.

Note: If you still need help after checking this manual and the sources listed here, you can use the EpsonPrivateLineSupportservicetogethelpfast.Fordetails,see"WhereToGetHelp."

ProjectorsoftwareManual	Description
EpsonProjector Management(Windows only)	EpsonProjector ManagementOperation Guide	Letsyoumonitorandcontrolyourprojector throughthenetwork.Youcandownloadthelatestsoftwareand documentationfromtheEpsonwebsite.Gotoepson.com/support(U.S.)orepson.ca/support(Canada)andselectyourprojector.
EpsoniProjection (Windows/Mac)	EpsoniProjection OperationGuide (Windows/Mac)	Letsyouprojectthecomputerscreensof usersoveranetwork.Youcandownloadthelatestsoftwareand documentationfromtheEpsonwebsite.Gotoepson.com/support(U.S.)orepson.ca/support(Canada)andselectyourprojector.
EpsoniProjectionappInstructionsareincluded withtheapp		LetsyouprojectfromaniOSdevice,Android device,orChromebookifyourprojectoris connectedtoanetworkthatincludesa wirelessaccesspoint.Visitepson.com/iprojection(U.S.)orepson.ca/iprojection(Canada)formore information.
EasyInteractiveTools (Windows/Mac)	EasyInteractiveTools OperationGuide	Letsyouuseyourcomputertointeractively drawonprojectedimages(Macusersalso needtoinstalltheEasyInteractiveDriver)Youcandownloadthelatestsoftwareand documentationfromtheEpsonwebsite.Gotoepson.com/support(U.S.)orepson.ca/support(Canada)andselectyourprojector.
—OpenSourceSoftware	License	Youcandownloadthisdocumentfromthe Epsonwebsite.Gotoepson.com/support(U.S.)orepson.ca/support(Canada)and selectyourprojector.

Parenttopic: Introduction to Your Projector

ProjectorPartLocations

Check the projector part illustration to learn about the part's your projector.

Note: The BrightLink 1485Fi is shown in most illustrations in this manual, unless noted otherwise.

ProjectorParts-Front/Side

ProjectorParts-Top/Side

ProjectorParts-Interface

ProjectorParts-Base

ProjectorParts-ControlPanel

ProjectorParts-RemoteControl

ProjectorParts-InteractivePens

ProjectorParts-PenStand(BrightLink1485Fi)

ProjectorParts-ControlPad(BrightLink1485Fi)

ProjectorParts-TouchUnit

Parenttopic: Introduction to Your Projector

ProjectorParts-Front/Side

1Powerbutton

2Statuslights

3Remotecontrolreceiver

4Exhaustvent

5Frontcover

6Controlpanel

7Focuslever

8Speakers

Parenttopic:ProjectorPartLocations

Relatedreferences

ProjectorLightStatus

ProjectorParts-Top/Side

1 Interactivepenreceiver

2Projectionlens

3Remotereceiver

4Cablecoverscrews

5Cablecover

6Airfiltercover

7Airintakevent(airfilter)

8Powerinlet

9Securitycableinstallationslot

Parenttopic:ProjectorPartLocations

ProjectorParts-Interface

1HDMIOutport

2HDBaseTport(BrightLink1485Fi)

3Micport

4HDMI1/HDMI2/HDMI3ports

5Computer1/Computer2MonitorOutports

6LANport

7USB-B1/USB-B2ports

8USB-A1/USB-A2ports

9SYNCIn/Outports

10TCHportfortheTouchUnitconnectioncable

11Videoport

12Audio1/Audio2/Audio3ports

13AudioOutport

14RS-232Cport

15DCOut(2.0A)port

Parenttopic:ProjectorPartLocations

Relatedconcepts

ProjectorConnections

ProjectorParts-Base

1 Securitycableattachmentpoint

2Wallmountingplateholes(4)

3VESA-compatiblemountfixingpoints(4)

4Airintakevent

Parenttopic:ProjectorPartLocations

ProjectorParts-ControlPanel

graph TD
    A["Home"] --> B["Menu"]
    B --> C["Enter"]
    C --> D["Esc"]
    D --> E["Source Search"]
    E --> F["Esc"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333

1MeniButton(accessesprojectormenusystem)

2 Homebutton(accessesprojectorHomescreen)

3Enterbutton(selectsoptions)

4Verticalkeystoneadjustmentbuttons(displaytheadjustmentscreenandadjustscreenshape) andarrowbuttons

5 SourceSearchbutton(searchesforconnectedvideosources)

6EscButton(cancels/exitsfunctions)

7 W/T (Wide/Tele) buttons (adjust projected image size) and arrow buttons

Parenttopic:ProjectorPartLocations

ProjectorParts-RemoteControl

1Powerbutton
2HDMIbutton(cyclesthroughconnectedHDMIsources)

3Computerbutton

4Numericbuttons

5 Autobutton(automaticallyadjustsposition,tracking,andsyncsettings)

6Numbutton(whenhelddown, switchesnumericbuttonstonumberfunction)

7Menubutton(accessesprojectormenusystem)

8Arrowbuttons(movethroughon-screenoptions)

9Enterbutton(selectsoptions)

10Userbutton(customizablefordifferentfunctions)

11ColorModebutton(selectsdisplaymodes)

12Aspectbutton(selectstheimageaspectratio)

13E-Zoom+/-buttons(zoomintoandoutoftheimage)

14A/VMutebutton(turnsoffpictureandsound)

15Splitbutton(splitsthescreenbetweentwoimagesources)

16 Homebutton(accessesprojectorHomescreen)

17Freezebutton(stopsvideoaction)

18Volumeup/downbuttons(adjustspeakervolume)

19Defaultbutton(resetstheselectedsettingtoitsdefaultvalue)

20Escbutton(cancels/exitsfunctionsandcontrolswirelessmousefunctions)

21IDbutton(selectsaprojectortousewiththeremotecontrol)

22LANbutton(connectstoanetworksource)

23USBbutton(cyclesthroughconnectedUSBsources)

24SourceSearchbutton(searchesforconnectedsources)

25Remotecontrolemitter

Parenttopic:ProjectorPartLocations

ProjectorParts-InteractivePens

1 Pentip

2Batterylight

3Functionbutton

4Attachmentforoptionalstraporcord

5Batterycover

Parenttopic:ProjectorPartLocations

ProjectorParts-PenStand(BrightLink1485Fi)

1Frontcover

2 Pentipstoragearea

3Penstoragearea

4Batterystoragearea

5Wallmountingholes

6Installationmagnet

Parenttopic:ProjectorPartLocations

ProjectorParts-ControlPad(BrightLink1485Fi)

1Frontcover

2Indicatorlights

3Powerbutton

4HDMI1/HDMI2buttons

5USB-Aport

6USB-Bport

7HDMI1/HDMI2inputports

8Uppercablepath

9Mountingscrewholes

10HDBaseTport

11USB-Bport(toprojector)

12Powerinletcablepath

13Powerinlet

Parenttopic:ProjectorPartLocations

ProjectorParts-TouchUnit

The TouchUnitisincludedwiththeBrightLink1485FiandoptionalfortheBrightLink1480Fi.

Front/Top

Back

1 Installationscrewholes

2Laserdiffusionport

3Indicatorlight

4 Installationscrewholes

5Securitycableinstallationslot

6TCHport

7 Installationmagnets

Parenttopic:ProjectorPartLocations

SettingUptheProjector

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstosetupyourprojectorforuse.

ProjectorPlacement

RemovingandAttachingtheCableCover

ProjectorConnections

Installing Batteries in the Remote Control

Installing Batteries in the Pens

ProjectorPlacement

Yourultra-shortthrowprojectorisdesignedtobeinstalledonawall(withawallmount)orverticallyona table(withatablemount)tocreateaninteractiveetabletopworkspace.

Youcanalsoplacetheprojectoronaflatsurfacesuchasadeskortabletoprojectinaportablesetup.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed for finger touch operation. Fingertouchoperationisavailableonlyiftheprojectorisinstalledonawall(withawallmount)and projectingfromthefrontofthewall,orverticallyonatable(withatablemount)andprojectingfromthe topofthetable.

Keeptheseconsiderationsinmindasyouselectaprojectorlocation:

- FollowtheinstructionsintheonlineInstallationGuidetoinstalltheprojector.

- Leaveplentyofspacearoundandundertheprojectorforventilation, anddonotplaceitontopofor nexttoanythingthatcouldblockthevents.

- If you are using the projector at altitudes above (1500 m), set the High Altitude Mode setting to On in the projector's Installationmenutoensuretheprojector'sinternaltemperatureisregulatedproperly.

- Position the projector within reach of foreground electrical outlet to extension cord.

- Ifinstallingverticallyonatable,acommerciallyavailablemountcompatiblewiththeVESAMounting InterfaceStandard(100x100mm)isrequired.

- Ifinstallingonawall, thewallmount(V12HA06A05)isrequired.

- If the projector is not mounted, place it on asturdy, levelsurface.

- Forfingertouch, makesuretheprojectionsurfaceisflat, smooth, and unwarpedwithnomorethan 0.2inch(5mm)ofunevennessinanydirection.

- Placetheprojectorsoitsquarelyfacesthescreen, notatanangle. If you cannot install the projector squarely facing the screen, correct any resulting imaged distortion using the projector controls. - Trynottosetup the projector in location subject to high humidity and dust, or in location subject to smoke from firesortobaccosmoke.

ProjectorSetupandInstallationOptions

ProjectionDistance

Parenttopic:SettingUptheProjector

ProjectorSetupandInstallationOptions

Youcansetuporinstallyourprojectorinthefollowingways:

Mountedonthewallorceiling

Mounted vertically on a tablet o create an interactive workspace

Illustration of a person observing a yellow light source at a table, with silhouettes of another person in the background (no text or symbols)

Mountedonthewallorceilingandprojectingfrombehindatransluentscreen(interactivefeaturesnot supported)

Diagram showing a person standing beside a hanging object with a yellow light beam, no text or symbols present.

Mounted vertically and projecting from underneath thatable (interactive features not supported)

Silhouettes of people interacting with a yellow laser beam and screen (no text or symbols)

Frontprojectionfromatableorportablecart(fingertouchnotsupported)

Silhouette of a person standing next to a chair with a yellow light beam projecting upward (no text or symbols)

Rearprojectionfromatableorportablecartbehindatransluentscreen(interactivefeaturesnot supported)

Diagram showing a person standing next to a vertical yellow-orange lamp and a table with a gray base, no text or symbols present.

Whereveryousetuptheprojector, makesuretopositionitsquarelyinfrontofthescreen, notatan angle.

If you place the projector vertically, turn on the Vertical Installation setting in the projector's Installation menu.

If you install the projector to a fixed location, turn on the Fixed Installation setting in the projector's Installationmenu.

If you project from a table or portable cart, be sure to select the correct Projection option in the projector's menusystem.

Note: You cannot use the interactive pens or finger touch when projecting from behind a screen or under atable.

Parenttopic:ProjectorPlacement

ProjectionDistance

The distance at which you place the projector from the screen to determine the approximate size of the image. The imagesize increase the farther the projector is from the screen, but can vary depending on the zoom factor, aspect ratio, and other settings.

Refer to the tables in the online Installation Guide to determine approximately how far to place the projectorfromthescreenbasedonthesizeoftheprojectedimage.(Conversionfiguresmayhavebeen rounded up or down.) You can also use the Projection Distance Calculator here (U.S.), here (Canada), orhere(Caribbean).

Parenttopic:ProjectorPlacement

RemovingandAttachingtheCableCover

Beforeyoucanconnectequipmenttoyourprojector,youneedtoremovethecablecover.

1. Loosenbothofthescrewssecuringthecablecoverandliftoffthecablecover.

Toattachthecablecover, replacethecablecover and tighten the cable covers screws.

Parenttopic: SettingUptheProjector

ProjectorConnections

Seethesectionstoconnecttheprojectortoavarietyofprojectionsources.

Caution: If you will use the projector at altitudes above 4921 feet (1500 m), turn on High Altitude Mode to ensure the projector's internal temperature is regulated properly.

ConnectingtoComputerSources

ConnectingtoVideoSources

ConnectingExternalOutputDevices

ConnectingaMicrophone

ConnectingtoExternalUSBDevices

ConnectingtoaDocumentCamera

ConnectingaPrintertotheControlPad

ConnectingMultipleProjectorsoftheSameModel

Parenttopic:SettingUptheProjector

Relatedreferences

AdditionalComponents

InstallationSettings-InstallationMenu

ConnectingtoComputerSources

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstoconnectacomputertotheprojector.

ConnectingtoaComputerforUSBVideoandAudio

ConnectingtoaComputerforVGAVideo

ConnectingtoaComputerforHDMIVideoandAudio

ConnectingtoaComputerforPenandFingerUse

ConnectingaComputertotheControlPad

ConnectingtoaComputerforSound

Parenttopic:ProjectorConnections

ConnectingtoaComputerforUSBVideoandAudio

If your computer meets the system requirements, you can send video and audio output to the projector through the computer's USB port (preferably USB2.0). Connect the project to your computer using a USB cable.

Note: This also lets you use the interactive pens with your computer. You need to change the USB Display setting to On in the projector's Signal I/O menu before you can project through the USB port.

NotethatusingUSBDisplaywillslowinteractivepenfunction.Forthebestperformance,VGAorHDMI connectionsarerecommended.

Note: A USB connection may cause a delay for content requiring high bandwidth, such as movies. An HDMI connection is recommended for projecting movies, videogames, and other home entertainment content.

1. Turnonyourcomputer.

2. Connect the cable to your projector's USB-B1 port.

Note: If you use a USB hub, the connection may not operate properly. Connect the USB cable directly to the projector.

1. ConnecttheotherendtoanyavailableUSBportonyourcomputer.

2. TouseUSBDisplay, dooneofthefollowing:

3. Windows 10/Windows 8.x: Click EPSON_PJ_UD in the upper right-corner, then select Run EMP_UDSE.exeinthedialogboxthatappearstinstalltheEpsonUSBDisplaysoftware.

4. Windows 7/Windows Vista: Select Run EMP_UDSE.exe in the dialog box that appears to install theEpsonUSBDisplaysoftware.
5. Mac: The USB Display setup folder appears on your screen. Select USB Display Installer and followtheon-screeninstructionstoinstalltheEpsonUSBDisplaysoftware.

Followanyon-screeninstructions.Youneedtoinstallthissoftwareonlythefirsttimeyouconnect theprojectortothecomputer.

Theprojectordisplaystheimagefromyourcomputer'sdesktopandoutputssound,ifyourpresentation containsaudio.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoComputerSources

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

ConnectingtoaComputerforVGAVideo

YoucanconnecttheprojectortoyourcomputerusingaVGAcomputercable.

Note: To connect a Mac that does not include a compatible video output port, you need to obtain an adapter that allows you to connect to an input port on the projector. Contact Apple for compatible adapter options. To connect a smartphone ortablet, you may need to obtain an adapter that allows you to connect the projector. This allows you to mirror your smartphone ortabletscreens, watch movies, and more. Contact your device manufacturer for compatible adapter options.

Note: To project an image source connected to the Computer2/Monitor Out port, set Monitor Out Port to Computer2 in the projector's Signall/Omenu.

1. If necessary, disconnect your computer's monitorable.
2. ConnecttheVGAcomputercabletoyourcomputer'smonitorport.
3. ConnecttheotherendtoaComputerportontheprojector.

1. TightenthescrewsontheVGAconnector.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoComputerSources

ConnectingtoaComputerforHDMIVideoandAudio

If your computer has an HDMI port, you can connect to the projector using an optional HDMI cable.

Note: To connect a Mac that does not include a compatible video output port, you need to obtain an adapterthatallowsyoutoconnecttoaninputportontheprojector.ContactAppleforcompatible adapteroptions.Toconnectasmartphoneortablet,youmayneedtoobtainanadapterthatallowsyou

toconnecttotheprojector. This allows you to mirror your smartphone or tablet screens, watch movies, and more. Contact your device manufacturer for compatible adapter options.

1. ConnecttheHDMIcabletoyourcomputer'sHDMIoutputport.
2. Connecttheotherendtooneoftheprojector'sHDMIports.

Note: If you have problems hearing audio through the HDMI connection, connect one end of an optional 3.5 mm stereo mini-jack audio cable to the projector's Audio port and the other end to your computer's audio out port. Then select the audio port you connected to as the HDMI Audio Output setting in the Signall/Omenu.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoComputerSources

ConnectingtoaComputerforPenandFingerUse

If you connected your computer to a Computer or HDMI port on the projector, you also need to connect the USB cables you can us the tepens and your fingers with your computer.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed for finger touch operation.

Note: If your computer is connected to an HDMI input on the control pad (BrightLink 1485Fi), connect thecomputer'sUSBcabletothecontrolpad'sUSB-Bport.

1. ConnecttheUSBcabletoyourprojector'sUSB-B1port.

Note: If your computer is connected to the projector's HDMI3 port, connect the USB cable to the projector'sUSB-B2port.YoucanchangetheHDMIportassociatedwiththeUSB-B2portby changing the USB-B2 setting in the projector's Pen/Touch > PC Interactivity menu.

1. ConnecttheotherendtoanyavailableUSBportonyourcomputer.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoComputerSources

Relatedreferences

PenandTouchSetupSettings-Pen/TouchMenu

ConnectingaComputertotheControlPad

If your computer has an HDMI port, you can connect it to the projector's control pad (BrightLink1485Fi) using an HDMI cable.

Note: To connect a Mac that includes only a Mini DisplayPort, Thunderbolt port, or Mini-DVI port for videooutput,youneedtoobtainanadapterthatallowsyoutoconnecttotheprojector'sHDMIport. ContactAppleforcompatibleadapteroptions.OlderMaccomputers(2009andearlier)maynotsupport audiothroughtheHDMIport.

1. Turnonyourprojectorandcomputer,ifnecessary.

2. Connect an HDMI cable to the In1 or In2 port on the bottom of the control pad, then connect the other end of the cable to any available HDMI port on your computer.

graph LR
    A["Device 1"] -->|Data Bus| B["HDMI"]
    B --> C["Device 2"]
    C --> D["Laptop"]

1. Press the 1 or 2 button on the control pad to select the port your computer is connected to.

The projector switches the input source to HDBaseT, displays the image from your computer's desktop, and output sound, if your presentation contains audio.

1. If you want to operate your computer from the projected screen using the interactive Pennsylvania your fingers, connect the USB cable to the USB-B port on the bottom of the control pad and any available USB port on your computer.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoComputerSources

ConnectingtoaComputerforSound

If your computer presentation includes sound and you did not connect to a projector port that receives audiosignals, you can still play sound through the projector's speakers system. Just connect an optional

3.5mmstereomini-jackaudiocableasdescribedhere.

Note: Makesuretheaudiocableyouuseislabeled "Noresistance."

1. Connect the audiocable toy our laptop's headphone or audio-out jack, or your desktop's speaker or audio-out port.

2. Connect the other end to the Audio port that corresponds to the Computer port you are using.

graph LR
    A["USB Cable"] --> B["Audio"]
    B <--> C["USB Cable"]
    C <--> D["Laptop"]

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoComputerSources

ConnectingtoVideoSources

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstoconnectvideovicestotheprojector.

ConnectingtoanHDMIVideoSource

ConnectingtoaCompositeVideoSource

ConnectingtoaVideoSourceforSound

Parenttopic:ProjectorConnections

ConnectingtoanHDMIVideoSource

If your videosourcehasan HDMI port, you can connect it to the projector using an optional HDMI cable. The HDMI connection provides the best image equality. You can also connect your videosourced to an HDMI port on the control pad (Bright Link 1485Fi).

Caution: Do not turn on the video source before connecting it to the projector. Doing so could damage the projector.

1. ConnecttheHDMIcabletoyourvideosource'sHDMIoutputport.

2. Connecttheotherendtooneoftheprojector'sHDMIports.

graph TD
    A["Device 1"] --> B["USB Port 1"]
    A --> C["USB Port 2"]
    A --> D["USB Port 3"]
    A --> E["USB Port 4"]
    A --> F["USB Port 5"]
    A --> G["USB Port 6"]
    A --> H["USB Port 7"]
    A --> I["USB Port 8"]
    A --> J["USB Port 9"]
    A --> K["USB Port 10"]
    A --> L["USB Port 11"]
    A --> M["USB Port 12"]
    A --> N["USB Port 13"]
    A --> O["USB Port 14"]
    A --> P["USB Port 15"]
    A --> Q["USB Port 16"]
    A --> R["USB Port 17"]
    A --> S["USB Port 18"]
    A --> T["USB Port 19"]
    A --> U["USB Port 20"]
    A --> V["USB Port 21"]
    A --> W["USB Port 22"]
    A --> X["USB Port 23"]
    A --> Y["USB Port 24"]
    A --> Z["USB Port 25"]

Note: If you have problems hearing audio through the HDMI connection, you can use one of the projector's audiports instead to play sound. Connect one end of an optional 3.5 mm stereomini-jack audiocable to one of the projector's audiports and the other end to your computer's audio output. Then select the audio port you connected to as the HDMI Audio Output setting in the Signal I/O menu.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoVideoSources

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

ConnectingtoaCompositeVideoSource

If your videosource has a composite video port, you can connect it to the projector using an optional RCA-style video or A/V cable.

1. Connect the cable with the yellow connector to your video source's yellow video output port.
2. Connecttheotherendtotheprojector'sVideoport.

graph TD
    A["Server"] --> B["Switch"]
    B --> C["Video"]
    C --> D["Switch"]
    D --> E["Server"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#bbf,stroke:#333

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoVideoSources

ConnectingtoaVideoSourceforSound

Youcanplaysoundthroughtheprojector'sspeakersystemifyourvideosourcehasaudiooutputports.

If you are projecting video using the Video or a Computer port, connect the projector to the video source using an optional stereomini-jackaudiocable.

Note: If you connected your video source to the projector using an HDMI cable, the audio signal is transferred with the videosignal; you donotneed an additional cable for sound.

1. Connect the audiocable to your video source's audio-exports.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the projector's Audio port that corresponds to the Computer or Videoportyouareusingforvideo.

graph TD
    A["Input"] --> B["Audio"]
    B --> C["USB Cable"]
    C --> D["Output"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#bbf,stroke:#333

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoVideoSources

ConnectingExternalOutputDevices

Seethesectionstoconnecttheprojectortoexternaloutputdevices.

ConnectingtoanExternalComputerMonitor

ConnectingtoanExternalHDMIMonitor

ConnectingtoExternalSpeakers

Parenttopic:ProjectorConnections

ConnectingtoanExternalComputerMonitor

If you connected a computer to the projector's Computer1 port, you can also connect an external monitor to the projector. This lets you see your presentation on the external monitor even when the projected image is not visible.

To output images to an external VGA monitor, set the Monitor Out Port setting to Monitor Out in the projector's Signall/Omenu.

If you want to output image to an external monitor when the projector is turned off, you need to select Always On as the A/V Output setting in the projector's Signal I/O menu.

Note: Monitors that use a refresh rate less than 60 Hz may not be able to display images correctly.

1. Make sure your computer is connected to the projector's Computer port. If there are two computer ports, makesureyouusetheComputer1port.
2. Connect the external monitor's cable to your projector's Computer2/Monitor Out port.

Note: Content you draw using the built-in interactive features is not displayed on an external monitor unless you draw using Easy Interactive Tools software.

Parenttopic: ConnectingExternalOutputDevices

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

ConnectingtoanExternalHDMIMonitor

You can connect an external HDMI monitor to the projector's HDMI Out port and use it to display projectedcontentfromthecurrentlyselectedinputsource(exceptfortheHomescreenandimagesfromaScreenMirroringsource).

Note: You can display the entire whiteboard during split screen projection. The whiteboard display is delayedonanexternalmonitor.

1. ConnectanHDMI cabletoyourmonitor'sHDMI inputport.
2. Connecttheotherendtotheprojector'sHDMIOutport.

Parenttopic: Connecting ExternalOutput Devices

ConnectingtoExternalSpeakers

Toenhancethesoundfromyourpresentation,youcanconnecttheprojectortoexternalself-powered speakers.Youcancontrolthevolumeusingtheprojector'sremotecontrol.

Youcanalsoconnecttheprojectortoanamplifierwithspeakers.

Set the Audio Out Device setting to AV System in the projector's Signal I/O menu. When an audio/videosystemisnotconnectedtotheprojector,audioisoutputfromtheexternalspeakersevenifAudioOutDeviceissettoAVSystem.

If you want to output audio from the externals speakers when the projector is turned off, you need to select Always On as the A/V Output setting in the projector's Signal I/O menu.

Note: The projector's built-in speaker system is disabled when you connect external speakers.

1. Makesure your computer or video source is connected to the projector with both audio and video cables as necessary.
2. Locatetheappropriatecabletoconnectyoureternalspeakers, suchasastereomini-jack-to-pin-jackcable, oranothertypeofcableoradapter.
3. Connectoneendofthecabletoyoureternalspeakersasnecessary.
4. Connectthestereomini-jackendofthecabletoyourprojector'sAudioOutport.

Parenttopic: ConnectingExternalOutputDevices

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

ConnectingaMicrophone

You can connect a microphone to the projector's Mic port to provide audio support during presentations.

Note: The projector does not support plug-in-power microphones. If you want to output audio from the microphone when the projector is off, select Always On as the A/V Output setting in the Signal I/O menu.

1. Connectthemicrophonecabletotheprojector'sMicport.

1. Turnonthemic microphone, if necessary.
2. If you hear a crackling noise or the volume is too high or low, adjust the Mic Input Level setting in theSignall/Omenu.

Parenttopic:ProjectorConnections

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

ConnectingtoExternalUSBDevices

FollowtheinstructionsinthesesectionstoconnectexternalUSBdevicestotheprojector.

USBDeviceProjection

ConnectingaUSBDeviceorCameratotheProjector

ConnectingaUSBDevicetotheControlPad

SelectingtheConnectedUSBSource

DisconnectingaUSBDeviceFromtheControlPadorProjector

Parenttopic:ProjectorConnections

Relatedtasks

StartingaPCFreeSlideShow

USBDeviceProjection

Youcanprojectimagesandothercontentwithoutusingacomputerorvideovdevicebyconnectinganyofthesedevicestoyourprojectorortothecontrolpad(BrightLink1485Fi):

- USBflashdrive

•Digitalcameraorsmartphone
•USBharddrive

Note: DigitalcamerasorsmartphonesmustbeUSB-mounteddevices, notTWAIN-compliantdevices, andmustbeUSBMassStorageClass-compliant.

Note: USBharddrivesmustmeettheserequirements:

• USBMassStorageClass-compliant(notallUSBMassStorageClassdevicesaresupported)
  • FormattedinFATorFAT32
• Self-poweredbytheirownACpowersupplies(bus-poweredharddrivesarenotrecommended)
• Does nothavemultiplepartitions

YoucanprojectslideshowsfromimagefilesonaconnectedUSBdevice.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoExternalUSBDevices

Relatedtasks

StartingaPCFreeSlideShow

ConnectingaUSBDeviceorCameratotheProjector

You can connect your USB device or camera to the projector's USB-A port and use it to project images and other content.

1. If your USB device camewith a power adapter, plug the device into an electrical outlet.
2. ConnecttheUSBcable(orUSBflashdrive)tooneoftheprojector'sUSB-Aports.

Note: Use the USB cable supplied with or specified for use with your device. Do not connect a USB huboraUSBcablelongerthan10feet(3m), orthedevicemaynotoperatecorrectly.

1. Connect the other end of the cable (if applicable) to your device.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoExternalUSBDevices

Relatedtasks

StartingaPCFreeSlideShow

ConnectingaUSBDevicetotheControlPad

You can connect your USB device to the USB-A port on the control pad (BrightLink 1485Fi) and use it to projectimagesandothercontent.

1. If your USB device camewith a power adapter, plug the device into an electrical outlet.
2. Connect a USB cable to either USB-A port on the projector and to the upper USB-B port on the controlpad.
3. Connect the USB cable for the device (or a USB flash drive) to the USB-A port on the bottom of the controlpad.

1. Connecttheotherendofthecable(ifapplicable)toyourdevice.

Note: You can also connect a USB device directly to one of the projector's USB-A ports.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoExternalUSBDevices

Relatedtasks

StartingaPCFreeSlideShow

SelectingtheConnectedUSBSource

You can switch the projector's display to the source you connected to one of the USB-A ports. To display the connected USB device, select the USB1 source.

Note: If you have connected a document camera using a USB cable, select the USB2 source.

1. MakesuretheconnectedUSBsourceisturnedon, if necessary.

2. Press the USB or Source Search button on the remote control and select the USB1 or USB2 source.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoExternalUSBDevices

Relatedtasks

StartingaPCFreeSlideShow

DisconnectingaUSBDeviceFromtheControlPadorProjector

When you finish presenting with a connected USB device, you must prepare to disconnect the device from the control pad (Bright Link 1485 Fi) or projector.

1. If the device has a power button, turn off and unplug the device.

2.DisconnecttheUSBdevice(orcable)fromthecontrolpad(BrightLink1485Fi)orprojector.

Parenttopic: ConnectingtoExternalUSBDevices

Relatedtasks

StartingaPCFreeSlideShow

ConnectingtoaDocumentCamera

Youcan connectadocument cameratoyourprojectortoprojectimagesviewedbythecamera.

Note: If you connect a document camera to one of the USB-A ports on the projector, select the USB2 source to display the image. You cannot simultaneously connect two document cameras to the USB-A ports.

Depending on your Epsondocument cameramodel, do one of the following to connect the document cameratoyour projector:

- FortheEpsonDC-07documentcamera,locatetheUSBcablethatcamewiththecameraandconnectittotheprojector'sportandtothedocumentcamera'sUSBTypeBport.

• For the Epson DC-11 document camera, connect it to the projector's Computer or Video port and to the corresponding portonthedocumentcamera.Seethedocumentcameramanualfordetails.
• For the Epson DC-12 document camera, connect it to the projector's HDMI, Computer, or Video port and to the corresponding portion the document camera. Seethedocument cameramanualfordetails.
• For the Epson DC-13 document camera, connect it to the projector's HDMI, Computer, or Video port and to the corresponding port on the document camera. Seethedocument cameramanualfordetails.
• For the Epson DC-20 document camera, connect it to the projector's HDMI, Computer, or Video port and to the corresponding port on the document camera. Seethedocument cameramanualfordetails.
• For the Epson DC-21 document camera, connect it to the projector's HDMI, Computer, or Video port and to the corresponding port on the document camera. Seethedocument cameramanualford details.

Note: For additional features supported by software, connect your document camera to your computer instead of the projector. Seethedocumentcameramanualfordetails.

Parenttopic:ProjectorConnections

ConnectingaPrintertotheControlPad

You can connect an Epson printer or all-in-one device to the USB-A port on the control pad (BrightLink 1485Fi) and use it to print your projected and annotated content. Makes sure the printer meet the control command requirements.

Note: You can connect a wireless printer by selecting Network Printer as the Print > Printer setting in the Interactive menu.

1. Connect a USB cable to one of the USB-A ports on the projector and to the USB-B port at the top of the controlpad.
2. Connect another USB cable to the USB-A port on the bottom of the control pad. Make sure the cable isnolongerthan16.4ft(5m).
3. ConnecttheotherendofthecabletotheUSBTypeBportontheprinter.

Parenttopic:ProjectorConnections

Relatedreferences

InteractiveSettings-InteractiveMenu

ConnectingMultipleProjectorsoftheSameModel

Youcanconnectuptofourprojectorsofthesamemodelinthesameroomtoprojectasingleunified image(BrightLink1485Fi).

Note: The interactive features are available only when connecting two projectors (DuoLink). The two projectors must be connected using the optional remote control cableset(V12H005C28) and a USB-A to USB-B cable.

1. Connect the computer and the projectors using HDMI cables as shown.

Note: If you are connecting three or more projectors, connect the projectors in a chain as shown.

1. If you are using interactive features, connect one end of the cable to the SYNC In port on one projector, and connect the other end to the SYNCOutport on the other projector.

1. If you are using interactive features, connect the computer and the projectors using USB cables as shown.

1. Aftermaking the appropriate connections, you need to adjust the necessary project or menu settings accordingly. Click the link below.

MultipleProjectorConnectionMenuSettings

Parenttopic:ProjectorConnections

Relatedconcepts

UsingMultipleProjectors(DuoLink)

Relatedreferences

MultipleProjectorConnectionMenuSettings

Relatedtasks

ConnectingMultipleProjectoroftheSameModel

MultipleProjectorConnectionMenuSettings

Afterconnectingmultipleprojectorstoprojectaunifiedimage,seethetablesbelowtoselectthecorrect projectormenusettings.MakesureyourcomputerisconnectedtoProjector1(theleft-mostprojectorin yoursetup).

InteractiveSetup(2Projectors)

graph TD
    A["User"] --> B["USB-B1"]
    A --> C["USB-A"]
    A --> D["USB-B1"]
    B --> E["HDMI Out"]
    C --> F["HDMI"]
    D --> G["HDMI"]
    E --> H["HDMI"]
    F --> I["HDMI"]
    G --> J["HDMI"]
    H --> K["Sync Out"]
    I --> L["Sync In"]
    M["Laptop"] --> N["User Device"]
    style M fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

SettingProjector1Projector2
Signall/OMenu
EDID3240x1080/60Hz3	240x1080/60Hz
Pen/TouchMenu
Installationof Projectors>Syncof Projectors	WiredWired
Multi-ProjectionMenu
HDMIOutSettingProcess	OutProcessOut
OrderSpecifytheposition	oftheprojectorsinnumberorderfromlefttoright
ConnectComputerYes	No
EdgeBlending>selectanyedge>BlendStartPosition	0	0
SettingProjector1Projector2
EdgeBlending>selectanyedge>BlendRange	300300

Note: If you are using the projectors in the same room as another projector that does not support multi-projector connections, set the Installation of Projectors > Infrared Intensity setting to Strong.

Non-interactiveSetup(2-4Projectors)

graph TD
    A["Laptop"] --> B["Server"]
    B --> C["HDMI Out"]
    C --> D["HDMI"]
    D --> E["HDMI Out"]
    E --> F["HDMI"]
    F --> G["HDMI Out"]
    G --> H["HDMI"]
    H --> I["HDMI Out"]
    I --> J["HDMI Out"]
    J --> K["HDMI Out"]
    K --> L["HDMI Out"]
    L --> M["HDMI Out"]
    M --> N["HDMI Out"]
    N --> O["HDMI Out"]
    O --> P["HDMI Out"]
    P --> Q["HDMI Out"]
    Q --> R["HDMI Out"]
    R --> S["HDMI Out"]
    S --> T["HDMI Out"]
    T --> U["HDMI Out"]
    U --> V["HDMI Out"]
    V --> W["HDMI Out"]
    W --> X["HDMI Out"]
    X --> Y["HDMI Out"]
    Y --> Z["HDMI Out"]

SettingProjector1Projectors2-4
Multi-ProjectionMenu
HDMIOutSettingProcess	sOutPassThrough
NumberofProjectors	specifythenumberofprojectorsconnectedinaseries
OrderSpecifytheposition	oftheprojectorsinnumberorderfromlefttoright

Parenttopic: ConnectingMultipleProjectoroftheSameModel

Installing Batteries in the Remote Control

TheremotecontrolusesthetwoAAbatteriesthatcamewiththeprojector.

Caution: Use only the type of batteries specified in this manual. Do not install batteries of different types, ormixnewandoldbatteries.

1. Removethebatterycover.

Illustration of a mobile phone with a blue screen and red arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

1. Insert the batteries with the + and - ends facing as shown.

Warning: Make sure the batteries are inserted in the correct positions. If the batteries are not inserted correctly, they could explode or leak, causing a fire, injury, ordamageto the product.

1. Replacethebatterycoverandpressitdownuntilclicksintoplace.

Illustration of a mobile phone with a blue screen and red arrows indicating action or notification (no text or symbols)

Warning: Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations. Do not expose batteries to heat or flame. Keep batteries out of thereachofchildren; they are choking hazards and are very dangerous if swallowed.

Parenttopic: SettingUptheProjector

InstallingBatteriesinthePens

EachpenusesoneAAbattery.

1. Removethebatterycoverasshown.

Illustration of a pen-like object with a blue handle and a red arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

1. Insert the battery with the + and - ends facing as shown.

Diagram of a battery with internal components and a red dotted arrow indicating a flow or movement (no text or symbols present)

Warning: Make sure the batteries are inserted in the correct positions. If the batteries are not inserted correctly, they could explode or leak, causing a fire, injury, ordamageto the product.

1. Replacethebatterycoverandpressitdownuntilitclicksintoplace.

Diagram of a tool tip with a blue handle and red arrows indicating motion or force (no text or symbols)

Warning: Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations. Do not expose batteries to heat or flame. Keep batteries out of thereach of children; they are choking hazards and are very dangerous if swallowed.

Parenttopic: SettingUptheProjector

UsingtheProjectoronaNetwork

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstosetupyourprojectorforuseonanetwork.

Note: The interactive features may be slower over a network connection than over a USB connection.

WiredNetworkProjection

WirelessNetworkProjection

WirelessNetworkProjectionfromaMobileDeviceorWindowsComputer(ScreenMirroring)

SettingUpProjectorNetworkE-MailAlerts

SettingUpMonitoringUsingSNMP

ControllingaNetworkedProjectorUsingaWebBrowser

CreatinganAddressBook

UsingCrestronConnected

RegisteringaDigitalCertificateontheProjector

WiredNetworkProjection

Youcanprojectthroughawirednetwork.Todothis,youconnecttheprojectortoyournetworkwithan Ethernetcable,andthenetupyourprojectorandcomputerfornetworkprojection.

Afterconnectingandsettinguptheprojector,installtheprojectorsoftware.Youmayneedtoinstallit fromasoftwareCD,ifincluded,ordownloadthesoftwareandmanualsasnecessary.

Note: If your projector is connected via a LAN (Ethernet) cable to a network that includes a wireless accesspoint, you can connect to the projector wirelessly through the accesspoint using the Epson network software.

ConnectingtoaWiredNetwork

SelectingWiredNetworkSettings

Parenttopic: UsingtheProjectoronaNetwork

Relatedreferences

AdditionalProjectorSoftwareandManuals

ConnectingtoaWiredNetwork

Toconnecttheprojectortoawiredlocalareanetwork(LAN),usea100Base-TXor10Base-Tnetwork cable.Toensureproperdatatransmission,useaCategory5shieldedcableorbetter.

1. Connectoneendofthenetworkcabletoyournetworkhub, switch, orrouter.
2. Connecttheotherendofthecabletotheprojector'sLANport.

Parenttopic: WiredNetworkProjection

SelectingWiredNetworkSettings

Before you can project from computerson your network, you must select then network settings for the projector using its menusystem.

Note: Make sure you already connected the projector to your wired network using the LAN port.

1. Turnontheprojector.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.

3. SelecttheNetworkmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Network
Image	Wireless LAN Info.
Signal I/O	Wireless LAN Info. IPv6
Installation	Simple AP
Display	Wired LAN Info.
Operation	Wired LAN Info. IPv6
Management	Network Settings
	Reset Network Settings
Network	Pen/Touch
Pen/Touch	Auto Calibration
Interactive	Manual Calibration
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Installation of Projectors
ECO	Pen Hovering	On
Initial/All Settings	PC Interactivity
	Reset Pen/Touch Settings
	Interactive
	Drawing Function	On

4. SelectNetworkSettingsandpressEnter

1. SelectProjectorNameandenteranameupto16alphanumericcharacterslongtoidentifytheprojectoronetwork.
2. SetthePriorityControlInterfacesettingtoWiredLAN.
3. SelecttheWiredLANmenuandpressEnter

[ Wired LAN ]		Return
IP Settings
DNS Server 1	0.0.0.0
DNS Server 2	0.0.0.0
IPv6	Off	√
IP Address Display	On

1. SelectIPSettingsandpressEnter

2. Select your IP settings as necessary:

3. If your network assigns addresses automatically, turn on the DHCP setting.

4. If you must set addresses manually, turn off DHCP and enter the projector's IP Address, Subnet Mask, and GatewayAddress as needed.

Note: To highlight the numbers you want from the displayed keyboard, press the arrow button on the remote control. To select a highlighted number, press Enter. Alternatively, press and hold the Numbutton on theremote control while entering the desired numbers.

1. To prevent display of the IP address on the standby screen, turn off IP Address Display in the WiredLANmenu.
2. Select Return and press ↕ Enter to return to the Network Settings menu.
3. SelectNetworkProjectionandpressEnter.

Youseeascreenlikethis:

[ Network Projection ]		Return
Epson iProjection	On
SSID Display	On
Display LAN Info.	Text & QR Code
Moderator Password
Projector Keyword	Off
Keyword Interrupt Display	Off
Screen Mirroring	On
Adjust Image Quality	1(Clean)
Capture	Disabled
Screen Mirroring Info	On
Message Broadcasting	Off
Screen Sharing	On
Connection Mode	Keyword On

1. SettheEpsoniProjectionsettingtoOn.

2. Select the following options as necessary:

3. Display LAN Info lets you select how the projector displays network information. You can select anoptiontodisplayaQRcodethatletsyouquicklyconnectyouriOSorAndroiddevicesusingthe EpsoniProjectionapp.

4. ModeratorPasswordletssyouenterapasswordupto4numberslongforaccessingtheprojector asamoderatorwiththeEpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)softwareortheEpsoniProjectionapp. (Nodefaultpassword.)
   -ProjectorKeywordletysyouturnonasecuritypasswordtopreventaccesstotheprojectorby anyonenotintheroomwithit.Youmustenteradisplayed,randomizedkeywordfromacomputer usingtheEpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)softwaretoaccesstheprojector.
5. KeywordInterruptDisplayletysyouselectwhethertodisplayaprojectorkeywordontheprojectedimagewhenaccessingtheprojectorusingEpsoniProjection.

Note: Usethedisplayedkeyboardtoenterthepasswordandkeyword.PressthearrowbuttonsontheremotecontroltohighlightcharactersandpressEnterloselectthem.

1. When you finish selecting settings, select Return and press ↕ Enter to return the Network Settingsmenu.
2. SelectSet, and follow the on-screen instruction to save your settings and exit themenus.

Parenttopic: WiredNetworkProjection

WirelessNetworkProjection

Youcanprojectoverawirelessnetwork.Todothis,youmustsetupyourprojectorandcomputerfor wirelessprojection.

Toconnectwirelesslytoyourprojector,configuretheconnectionusingtheprojector'sNetworkmenus.

Afterconnectingandsettinguptheprojector,installtheprojectorsoftware.Youmayneedtoinstallit fromasoftwareCD,ifincluded,ordownloadthesoftwareandmanualsasnecessary.

Note: If your projector is connected via a LAN cable to a network that includes a wireless access point, youcanconnecttotheprojectorwirelesslythroughtheaccesspointusingtheEpsonnetworksoftware.

InstallingtheWirelessLANModule

ConnectingDirectlytoaSmartphoneorTablet

UsingQuickWirelessConnection(Windows)

SelectingWirelessNetworkSettingsManually

SelectingWirelessNetworkSettingsinWindows

SelectingWirelessNetworkSettingsMac

SettingUpWirelessNetworkSecurity

Parenttopic: UsingtheProjectoronaNetwork

Relatedreferences

AdditionalProjectorSoftwareandManuals

InstallingtheWirelessLANModule

Tousetheadditionalwirelessconnections, installtheoptionalEpson802.11b/g/nwirelessmoduleinthe projector.Donotinstallanyothertypeofwirelessmodule.

Caution: Never remove the module while its indicator light is blue or flashing, or while you are projecting wirelessly. You may damagethemodule or losedata.

Note: The wireless LAN module is not included with your projector.

1. Turnoff the projector and unplug the power cord.

2. Loosenthescrewssecuringthecablecoverandliftoffthecablecover, ifitisattached.

1. Insert the wireless LAN module into a USB-A portion the projector.

Technical line drawing of a device rear panel with ports and connectors, no text or symbols present

1. Replacethecablecoverandtightenthecablecoverscrews.

5.Pluginandturnontheprojector.

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection

Relatedreferences

OptionalEquipmentandReplacementParts

ConnectingDirectlytoaSmartphoneorTablet

YoucandisplayaQRcodeonthescreenanduseittoconnectasinglesmartphoneortablettoyourprojectorwiththeEpsoniProjectionapp.

1. Download the latest version of the Epsoni Projection app from the App Store or Google Play and install it on your smartphone or tablet.
2. PresstheMenubuttonontheprojectorotheremotecontrol.
3. SelecttheManagementmenuandpressEnter

1. SelectOnastheWirelessLANPowersetting.

5. SelecttheNetworkmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Network
Image	Wireless LAN Info.
Signal I/O	Wireless LAN Info. IPv6
Installation	Simple AP
Display	Wired LAN Info.
Operation	Wired LAN Info. IPv6
Management	Network Settings
	Reset Network Settings
Network	Pen/Touch
Pen/Touch	Auto Calibration
Interactive	Manual Calibration
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Installation of Projectors
ECO	Pen Hovering	On
Initial/All Settings	PC Interactivity
	Reset Pen/Touch Settings
	Interactive
	Drawing Function	On

6.SelectNetworkSettingsandpressEnter

1. MakesureSimpleAPissettoOn.

8. SelectNetworkProjectionandpressEnter

[ Network Projection ]		Return
Epson iProjection	On
SSID Display	On
Display LAN Info.	Text & QR Code
Moderator Password
Projector Keyword	Off
Keyword Interrupt Display	Off
Screen Mirroring	On
Adjust Image Quality	1(Clean)
Capture	Disabled
Screen Mirroring Info	On
Message Broadcasting	Off
Screen Sharing	On
Connection Mode	Keyword On

9. SelectOnastheEpsoniProjectionsetting.

1. Select Return and press ↕ Enter to return to the Network Settings menu.

2. Select the following settings as necessary:

- SSIDDisplayselectswhethertodisplaytheSSIDonthenetworkstandbyscreenandHome screen.

- Display LAN Info lets you select how the projector displays network information. You can select anoptiontodisplayaQRcodethatletsyouquicklyconnectyouriOSorAndroiddevicesusingthe EpsoniProjectionapp.

- ModeratorPasswordletyouenterapasswordupto4numberslongforaccessingtheprojector asamoderatorwiththeEpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)softwareortheEpsoniProjectionapp. (Nodefaultpassword.)

-ProjectorKeywordletsyouturnonasecuritypasswordtopreventaccesstotheprojectorbyanyonenotintheroomwithit. Theprojectordisplaysarandomkeywordthatyoumustenterfrom

acomputerusingtheEpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)softwareoraniOSorAndroiddevice usingtheEpsoniProjectionapp.

- KeywordInterruptDisplayletysyouselectwhetherdisplayaprojectorkeywordontheprojectedimagewhenaccessingtheprojectorusingEpsoniProjection.

1. When you finish selecting settings, select Return and press ← Enter to return to the Network Settingsmenu

2. SelectSet, and follow the on-screen instruction to save your settings and exit themenus.

3. PresstheLANbuttonontheremotecontrol.

YourprojectordisplaysaQRcodeontheprojectionsurface.YoucanpresstheEnterbuttonto hide and show the QR code on the screen. If you do not see the QR code, set the Display LAN Info settingtoText&QRCodeintheNetworkmenu.

1. OpentheEpsoniProjectionapponyoursmartphoneortablet.

2. Use the QRcodereaderfeature to read the QRcode and connect your device to the projector.

Note: The projector and the smartphone must be on the same wireless network in order to establish a connection.

Your smartphone or tablet is now connected to your projector. Visit epson.com/iprojection (U.S.) or epson.ca/iprojection (Canada) for information on controlling your projector with the Epson iProjection app.

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection

UsingQuickWirelessConnection(Windows)

YoucancreateaQuickWirelessConnectionUSBKeytoquicklyconnecttheprojectortoaWindows computerwirelessly. Thenyoucanprojectyourpresentationandremovethekeywhenyouaredone.

Note:AUSBflashdriveisnotincludedwithyourprojector.

1. CreateaQuickWirelessConnectionUSBKeywithaUSBflashdriveandtheEpsoniProjection (Windows)software.

Note: See the online Epson iProjection Operation Guide for instructions.

1. MakesurethewirelessLANmoduleisinstalledinyourprojector.

2. Turnon the projector.

3. PresstheLANbuttonontheremotecontrol.

TheLANstandbyscreenisdisplayed.

1. VerifytheSSIDandIPaddress.

2. Insert the USB key into the projector's USB-A1 port.

Note: If the control pad is connected to the projector, you can connect the USB key to the USB-A portonthecontrolpadinstead.

Youseeaprojectedmessagethatthenetworkinformationupdateiscomplete.

7.RemovetheUSBkey.

1. Insert the USB key into a USB port on your computer.

2. Followtheon-screen instruction to install the Epsoni Projection software.

Note: If you see a Windows Firewall message, click Yes to disable the firewall. You need administratorauthoritytoinstallthesoftware.Ifitisnotinstalledautomatically,double-click MPPLaunch.exeintheUSBkey.

Afterafewminutes, yourcomputerimage is displayed by the projector. If it does not appear, press the LAN or Source Search button on your remote control or restart your computer.

1. Run your presentation as necessary.

2. When you finish projecting wirelessly, select the Safely Remove Hardware option in the Windows taskbar, then removetheUSBkey from your computer.

Note: You can share the USB key with other computers without disconnecting your computer. You may need to start your computer to activate your wireless LAN connection.

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection

Relatedreferences

AdditionalProjectorSoftwareandManuals

SelectingWirelessNetworkSettingsManually

Before you can project from your wireless network, you must select then network settings for the projector using its menusystem.

1. Turnon the projector.

2.PresstheMenubutton.
3. SelecttheManagementmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Management
Image	User Button	Light Source Mode
Signal I/O	User's Logo
Installation	User Pattern
Display	Control Panel Lock	Off
Operation	Color Uniformity
Management	Refresh Mode
Network	Light Source Calibration
Pen/Touch	Date & Time
Interactive	Schedule Settings
Multi-Projection	Wireless LAN Power
Memory	Wireless LAN Diagnosis	1
ECO	Log Save Destination	USB and Internal Memory
Initial/All Settings	Batch Setup Range
	Language	English
	Information
	Display Logs
	Reset Management Settings

1. SelectOnastheWirelessLANPowersetting.

5. SelecttheNetworkmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Network
Image	Wireless LAN Info.
Signal I/O	Wireless LAN Info. IPv6
Installation	Simple AP
Display	Wired LAN Info.
Operation	Wired LAN Info. IPv6
Management	Network Settings
	Reset Network Settings
Network	Pen/Touch
Pen/Touch	Auto Calibration
Interactive	Manual Calibration
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Installation of Projectors
ECO	Pen Hovering	On
Initial/All Settings	PC Interactivity
	Reset Pen/Touch Settings
	Interactive
	Drawing Function	On

6.SelectNetworkSettingsandpressEnter

1. SelectProjectorNameandenteranameupto16alphanumericcharacterslongtoidentifytheprojectoronthenetwork.
2. SetthePriorityControllInterfacesettingtoWirelessLAN.

3. Select the connection method:

4. To connect directly to a wireless device (Simple AP mode), set the Simple AP setting to On and gotostep16.

5. Toconnecttoadeviceviaawirelessnetworkrouter(infrrastructuremode),settheSimpleAP settingtoOffandgotothenextstep.
6. If you installed the optional wireless LAN module and want to use both connection methods, set the Simple AP setting to On and goto then next step.

10. SelecttheWirelessLANmenuandpressEnter

[ Wireless LAN ]		Return
Search Access Point
SSID
Security	Open
IP Settings
DNS Server 1	0.0.0.0
DNS Server 2	0.0.0.0
IPv6	Off	√
IP Address Display	On

11. SelectSearchAccessPointandpressEnter!

Theprojectorsearchesforwirelessnetworks.

1. Selectthenetworkyouwanttoconnecttoandenterthepassword,ifnecessary.

Note: If you need to assign the SSID manually, select SSID to enter the SSID.

13. SelectIPSettingsandpressEnter.

1. Select your IP settings as necessary:

2. If your network assigns addresses automatically, turn on the DHCP setting.

3. If you must set addresses manually, turn off DHCP and enter the projector's IP Address, Subnet Mask, and GatewayAddress as needed.

Note: Donotusetheseaddresses: 0.0.0.0, 127.x.x.x, 192.0.2.xor224.0.0.0 through

255.255.255.255(wherexisanumberfrom0to255)forIPAddress,255.255.255.255or0.0.0.0

through254.255.255.255forSubnetMask,and0.0.0.0,127.x.x.xor224.0.0.0through

255.255.255.255forGatewayAddress.ForDNSServeraddresses,donotusethefollowingIP

addresses:127.x.x.x(wherexisanumberfrom0to255).Whenthesettingsarenotset,DNS serverinformationisacquiredusingDHCP.

Note: To highlight then numbers you want from the displayed keyboard, press the arrow button on theremote control. Toselect a highlighted number, press Enter

1. TopreventdisplayoftheIPaddressonthenetworkinformationscreen,turnoffIPAddress Display.
2. Select Return and press ↕ Enter to return to the Network Settings menu.
   17.andselecttheNetworkProjectionmenuthenpressEnter

[ Network Projection ]		Return
Epson iProjection	On
SSID Display	On
Display LAN Info.	Text & QR Code
Moderator Password
Projector Keyword	Off
Keyword Interrupt Display	Off
Screen Mirroring	On
Adjust Image Quality	1(Clean)
Capture	Disabled
Screen Mirroring Info	On
Message Broadcasting	Off
Screen Sharing	On
Connection Mode	Keyword On

1. SettheEpsonIProjectionsettingtoOn.
2. Select the following options as necessary:

- SSID Display lets you select whether to display the projector's SSID on the standby screen and Homescreen.

• Display LAN Info lets you select how the projector displays network information. You can select anoptiontodisplayaQRcodethatletssyouquicklyconnectyouriOSorAndroiddeviceswiththeEpsoniProjectionapp.
• ModeratorPasswordletyouenterapasswordupto4numberslongforaccessingtheprojector asamoderatorwiththeEpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)softwareortheEpsoniProjectionapp.
  -ProjectorKeywordletysyouturnonasecuritypasswordtopreventaccesstotheprojectorbyanyonenotintheroomwithit.TheprojectordisplaysarandomkeywordthatyoumustenterfromacomputerusingtheEpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)softwareoraniOSorAndroiddeviceusingtheEpsoniProjectionapp.
• KeywordInterruptDisplayletysouselectwhetherodisplayaprojectorkeywordontheprojectedimagewhenaccessingtheprojectorusingEpsoniProjection.

Note: Usethedisplayedkeyboardtoenterthepasswordandkeyword.PressthearbuttonsontheremotecontroltohighlightcharactersandpressEnterfoselectthem.

1. When you finish selecting settings, select Return to return to the Network Settings menu.
2. SelectSetandfollowtheon-screeninstructionstosaveyoursettingsandexithemenus.

Afteryoucompletethewirelesssettingsforyourprojector,youneedtoselectthewirelessnetworkon yourcomputer,oriOSorAndroiddevice.

Note: You can press the LAN button on the remote control to check your network security settings after completingthewirelesssettings.

WirelessLANMenuSettings

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection

Relatedreferences

OptionalEquipmentandReplacementParts

WirelessLANMenuSettings

SettingOptionsDescription
SearchAccessPointToSearchView	wSearchforavailablewireless	networkaccesspointsinAdvancedconnectionmode
SSIDUp32alphanumericcharacters	ManuallysettheSSID(network	name)ofthewirelessLAN systemtheprojectoris connectingto
SecurityWPA2/WPA3-PSK	WPA2/WPA3-EAPWPA3-PSKWPA3-EAPOpen	Selectsthetypeofsecurityused onthewirelessnetworkWPA2/WPA3-PSK:usesWPA2/WPA3personalmode; encryptionisdependentonthe accesspointsettings;Passphrasemustbethesame astheaccesspointWPA2/WPA3-EAP:usesWPA2/WPA3enterprisemode; encryptionisdependentonthe accesspointsettingsWPA3-PSK:usesWPA3security withAESforencryption.UsethePassphrasevaluetoestablisha connectionfromacomputerWPA3-EAP:usesWPA3 enterprisemode;encryptionis dependentontheaccesspoint settings
PassphraseVariouspassphrases	from8to 32characters(fromaweb browser,themaximumis63 characters)	Selectsthepre-sharedkeyused onthenetwork;passphrasesare case-sensitive.lfthenetwork settingsareresetafterthe passphrasehasbeenchanged morethanonce,thefirst passphraseisrestored.This settingisonlydisplayedwhen SecurityissettoWPA3-PSKor WPA2/WPA3-PSK.
EAPMethodEAPType	UsernamePasswordClientCertificateVerifyServerCertificateCAcertificateRADIUSServerName	SetstheEAPsettingsforWPA3-EAPandWPA2/WPA3-EAP security
IPSettingsDHCP(OnorOff)	IPAddressSubnetMaskGatewayAddress	SelectsDHCPifyournetwork assignsIPaddresses automatically,orturnsoffDHCP soyoucanenterthenetwork'sIP address,subnetmask,and gatewayaddressasneeded
DNS Server 1/ DNS Server 2	Various IP addresses	Sets the IP address for the DNS serverusing0to255foreach addressfield.TheDNSserver resolvesthehostname
IPv6On	Off	EnablesIPv6toallowmonitoring andcontroloftheprojectorover anetworkusingEpsonWeb ControlandPJLink
AutoConfigurationOn	Off	Selectswhethertoautomatically assignaddressesaccordingto theRouterAdvertisement
UseTemporaryAddressOn	Off	EnablesuseofatemporaryIPv6 address
IPAddressDisplayOn	Off	SelectswhethertodisplaytheIP addressonthenetworkstandby screenandHomescreen

Parenttopic: Selecting Wireless Network Settings Manually

SelectingWirelessNetworkSettingsinWindows

Beforeconnectingtotheprojector, select the correct wireless network on your computer.

1. To access your wireless utility software, access the Desktop and double-click then network icon on the Window stask bar.
   2.Dooneofthefollowing:

- If your projector is set upon an existing network (Advanced mode), select thenetworkname (SSID).

- If your projector is configured for Quickmode, select the projector's SSID.

3.ClickConnect.

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection

SelectingWirelessNetworkSettingsMac

Beforeconnectingtotheprojector,selectthecorrectwirelessnetworkonyourMac.

1. ClicktheAirPorticononthemenubaratthetopofthescreen.
2. MakesureAirPortisturnedon, thendooneofthefollowing:

- If your projector is set upon an existing network (Advanced mode), select thenetworkname (SSID).

- If your projector is configured for Quickmode, select the projector's SSID.

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection

SettingUpWirelessNetworkSecurity

Youcansetupsecurityforyourprojectortouseonawirelessnetwork.Setuponeofthefollowing securityoptionstomatchthesettingsusedonyournetwork:

•WPA2-PSK(SimpleAPmodeonly)

•WPA3-PSK

•WPA2/WPA3-PSK

•WPA3-EAP

•WPA2/WPA3-EAP

Note: To set up WPA3-EAP or WAP2/WAP3-EAP security, register your digital certificate file and place itonaUSBstoragedeviceforconnectiontoyourprojector.

1.PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheNetworkmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Network
Image	Wireless LAN Info.
Signal I/O	Wireless LAN Info. IPv6
Installation	Simple AP
Display	Wired LAN Info.
Operation	Wired LAN Info. IPv6
Management	Network Settings
	Reset Network Settings
Network	Pen/Touch
Pen/Touch	Auto Calibration
Interactive	Manual Calibration
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Installation of Projectors
ECO	Pen Hovering	On
Initial/All Settings	PC Interactivity
	Reset Pen/Touch Settings
	Interactive
	Drawing Function	On

1. SelectNetworkSettingsandpressEnter
   4.Dooneofthefollowing:

2. To connect directly to a wireless device (Simple AP mode), select Passphrase, press Enter, and enterapassphrasefrom8to63characterslong.Whenyouaredone, returntotheNetwork Settings screen, select Set, and follow the on-screen instructions to save your settings and exit themenus.Skiptherestofthesesteps.

3. To connect to a device via a wireless network router (infrastructure mode), select the Wireless LANmenuandpressEnter.Continuewiththenextstep.

4. SelecttheSecuritysettingandpressEnter

5. Select these security settings for your network.
6. Dooneofthefollowingaccordingtothesecurityyouselected:

- WPA3-PSK or WPA2/WPA3-PSK: Select Passphrase, press Enter, and enter a passphrase from8to63characterslong. Thencontinuewithstep9.

- WPA3-EAP or WPA2/WPA3-EAP: Select EAP Type and press Enter.

1. Select the protocol for authentication as the EAPTypesetting.
2. When you are finished, select Return and press ↕ Enter to return to the Network Settings menu.
3. SelectSet, and follow the on-screen instruction to save your settings and exit themenus.

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection

Relatedtopics

RegisteringaDigitalCertificateontheProjector

WirelessNetworkProjectionfromaMobileDeviceorWindowsComputer (ScreenMirroring)

Youcansendimagestoyourprojectorfrommobiledevicessuchaslaptops,smartphones,andtablets usingMiracasttechnologyorfromaWindowscomputer.IfyourdevicesupportsMiracast,youdonot needtoinstallanyadditionalsoftware.

ScreenMirroringRestrictions

SelectingScreenMirroringSettings

ConnectingforScreenMirroringwithaWindows8.x/Windows10Computer

ConnectingforScreenMirroringwithMiracast

Parenttopic: Using the Projectorona Network

ScreenMirroringRestrictions

NotethefollowingwhenusingScreenMirroringfeatures:

• You cannot project an interlaced image.
• You cannot play audiowith more than 3 channels.
• Youcannotprojectimageswitharesolutionabove1920×1080andaframerateabove30fps.
• Youcannotproject3Dvideo.
• YoucannotuseextendedMiracastfeaturesonWindows8.1.
• YoumaynotbeabletoviewcontentswithcopyrightprotectionusingaMiracastconnection.
• Donotchangetheprojector'sScreenMirroringsettingsduringScreenMirroringprojection.Doingso maycausetheprojectortodisconnectanddelayreconnection.
• DonotturnoffthetheelectricalsupplytotheprojectorduringScreenMirroringprojection.

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection from a Mobile Device or Windows Computer (Screen Mirroring)

SelectingScreenMirroringSettings

You can select Screen Mirroring settings for your projector and then project images from your mobile device.

1.PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheManagementmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Management
Image	User Button	Light Source Mode
Signal I/O	User's Logo
Installation	User Pattern
Display	Control Panel Lock	Off
Operation	Color Uniformity
Management	Refresh Mode
Network	Light Source Calibration
Pen/Touch	Date & Time
Interactive	Schedule Settings
Multi-Projection	Wireless LAN Power
Memory	Wireless LAN Diagnosis	1
ECO	Log Save Destination	USB and Internal Memory
Initial/All Settings	Batch Setup Range
	Language	English
	Information
	Display Logs
	Reset Management Settings

1. SettheWirelessLANPowersettingtoOn.

4. SelecttheNetworkmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Network
Image	Wireless LAN Info.
Signal I/O	Wireless LAN Info. IPv6
Installation	Simple AP
Display	Wired LAN Info.
Operation	Wired LAN Info. IPv6
Management	Network Settings
	Reset Network Settings
Network	Pen/Touch
Pen/Touch	Auto Calibration
Interactive	Manual Calibration
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Installation of Projectors
ECO	Pen Hovering	On
Initial/All Settings	PC Interactivity
	Reset Pen/Touch Settings
	Interactive
	Drawing Function	On

5.SelectNetworkSettingsandpressEnter

6. SelectPriorityControlInterfaceandpressEnter

1. Choose one of the following options:

2. If you are casting images over a wired LAN, select Wired LAN

3. If you are casting images wirelessly directly or via a wireless network router, select Wireless LAN.

4. SettheSimpleAPsettingtoOn.

9. SelectNetworkProjectionandpressEnter

1. SettheScreenMirroringsettingtoOn.
2. Selectthesesettingsasnecessary:

- AdjustImageQualityletsyouadjustthescreenmirroringspeedandquality.Selectasmall numbertoimprovethequalityoralargenumbertoincreasethespeed.

•CaptureletsyoucapturetheprojectedImageandpasteitonapageinWhiteboardmode.

Note: If you enable the Capture setting, the project or disables HDCP.

- ScreenMirroringInfodisplaysconnectioninformationwhenprojectingfromaScreenMirroring source.

1. When you finish selecting settings, select Return and press ↕ Enter to return to the Network Settingsscreen.
2. SelectSet, and follow the on-screen instruction to save your settings and exit themenus.

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection from a Mobile Device or Windows Computer (Screen Mirroring)

ConnectingforScreenMirroringwithaWindows8.x/Windows10Computer

Youcan setup your computer to wirelessly project images and plays sound using Screen Mirroring.

Note: If you are using Windows 10, you can cast images over a local area network or from your device to theprojectordirectly. Whenyoucastimagesoveralocalareanetwork,theconnectionismorestable andsecure.ConnecttheprojectortothenetworkwithanEthernetcableorinstalltheoptionalwireless LANmoduleandsetthewirelessLANsettingstoconnecttoawirelessnetwork.

1. Select the Screen Mirroring settings on your projector as necessary.
2. PresstheLANbuttonontheremotecontroltoswitchtotheScreenMirroringsource.

YouseetheScreenMirroringstandbyscreen.

3.Dooneofthefollowing:

• Windows 10: Open Action Center and select Connect.

• Windows 8.x: Select Devices > Project > Add a wireless display.

• Select your projector's DisplayName from the list.

• If you see the PIN entry screen on your computer, enter the PIN coded displayed on the Screen Mirroring stand by screen or at the bottom right of the projected image.

Theprojectordisplaystheimagefromyourcomputerormobiledevice.

Note: It may take some time to establish the connection. Do not disconnect the projector's power cordwhileitisconnectingtoyourdevice.Thismaycauseyourdevicetofreezeormalfunction.

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection from a Mobile Device or Windows Computer (Screen Mirroring)

Relatedreferences

OptionalEquipmentandReplacementParts

NetworkSettings-NetworkMenu

Relatedtasks

SelectingScreenMirroringSettings

ConnectingforScreenMirroringwithMiracast

If your mobile devices supports Miracast, you can connect the projector wirelessly and project images and sound.

1. SelecttheScreenMirroringsettingsyourprojectorasnecessary.
2. PresstheLANbuttonontheremotecontroltoswitchtotheScreenMirroringsource.

YouseetheScreenMirroringstandbyscreen.

1. On your mobile device, use the Miracast function to search for the projector.

Note: See your mobile device's documentation for information on accessing the Miracast function.

Youseealistofavailabledevices.

1. Select your projector from the list.
2. If you see the PIN entry screen any your mobile device, enter the PIN coded displayed on the Screen Mirroring stand by a screen or at the bottom right of the projected image.

Theprojectordisplaystheimagefromyourmobiledevice.

Caution: It may take some time to establish the connection. Do not disconnect the projector's power cordwhileitisconnectingtoyourdevice.Doingsomaycauseyourdevicetofreezeormalfunction.

Note: Depending on them mobile device, you may need to delete a device when connecting. Follow the on-screen instructions on your device.

Parenttopic: Wireless Network Projection from a Mobile Device or Windows Computer (Screen Mirroring)

Relatedreferences

NetworkSettings-NetworkMenu

Relatedtasks

SelectingScreenMirroringSettings

SettingUpProjectorNetworkE-MailAlerts

Youcansetuptheprojectortosendyouane-mailalertoverthenetworkifthereisaproblemwiththe projector.

Note: If the Standby Mode setting is set to Communication On in the Operation menu, you can receive e-mail alerts even if the projector is in standby mode (the power is off). The Standby Mode setting is displayed only if the A/V Output setting in the Signal I/O menu is set to While Projecting.

1. PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheNetworkmenuandpressEnter
3. SelectNetworkSettingsandpressEnter
4. SelecttheMailNotificationmenuandpressEnter

1. TurnonMailNotification.
   6.EnterthelPaddressfortheSMTPServersetting.

Note: Donotuse127.x.x.x (wherexisanumberfrom0to255).

1. SelectanumberfortheSMTPserverPortNumbersetting, from 1 to 65535 (defaultis25).
2. Selectatype of Authentication for the SMTP server.
3. EnteraUserNamefortheSMTPserver.
4. EnteraPasswordfortheSMTPserverauthentication.
   11.Enterthesender'semailaddressastheFromsetting.

5. Choose an Address field, enter the e-mail address, and select the alerts you want to receive there. Repeatforuptothreeaddresses.Youre-mailaddresscanbeupto64alphanumericcharacters long.

6. If you are using the PJLink protocol for projector control, turn on the PJLink setting in the Projector ControlmenuandenterthelPaddresswhereyouwanttoreceivePJLinknotificationsasthe NotifiedIPAddresssetting.

7. When you finish selecting settings, select Return and press ↕ Enter to return to the Network Settingsmenu.
8. SelectSet, and follow the on-screen instruction to save your settings and exit themenus.

Note: If a critical problem causes a projector to shut down, you may not receive an e-mail alert.

NetworkProjectorE-mailAlertMessages

Parenttopic: Using the Projectorona Network

NetworkProjectorE-mailAlertMessages

When a problem occurs with an networked projector, and you selected to receive email alerts, you receive an e-mail containing the following information:

•TheemailaddressenteredastheFromsetting
•EpsonProjectoronthesubjectline
- Thenameoftheprojectorexperiencingaproblem
•TheIPaddressoftheaffectedprojector
•Detailedinformationabouttheproblem

Note: If a critical problem causes a projector to shut down, you may not receive an e-mail alert.

Parenttopic: SettingUpProjectorNetworkE-MailAlerts

SettingUpMonitoringUsingSNMP

NetworkadministratorscaninstallSNMP(SimpleNetworkManagementProtocol)softwareonnetworkcomputerssotheycanmonitorprojectors.Ifyournetworkusesthissoftware,youcansetuptheprojectorforSNMPmonitoring.

1. PresstheMenubutton.

2. Select Network > Network Settings > Projector Control > SNMP > On.

3. Enter up to two IP addresses to receive SNMP notifications as the Trap IP Address setting, using 0 to255foreachaddressfield.

Note: ToentertheIPaddressusingthenumerickeysontheremotecontrol, pressandholdthe Numbutton. Donotusetheseaddresses: 224.0.0.0 through 255.255.255.255. This projector supports SNMPagentversion1(SNMPv1).

4.EntertheSNMPCommunityName(upto32alphanumericcharacters).

1. When you finish selecting settings, select Return and press ↕ Enter to return to the Network Settingsmenu.

2. SelectSet, and follow the on-screen instruction to save your settings and exit themenus.

Parenttopic: Using the Projectorona Network

ControllingaNetworkedProjectorUsingaWebBrowser

Once you have connected your project to your own network, you can select project settings and control projection using incompatible web browser. This lets you access the project remotely.

Note: The web setup and control features support Microsoft Internet Explorer 11.0 or later, Microsoft Edge, GoogleChrome, and Safarionnetworksthatdonotuseaproxyserverforconnection. You cannotselectalloftheprojectormenusettingsorcontrolallprojectorfunctionsusingawebbrowser.

Note: If you set Standby Mode to Communication On in the Operation menu, you can use a web browsertoselectsettingsandcontrolprojectioneveniftheprojectorisinstandbymode(thepoweris off). The Standby Mode setting is displayed only if the A/V Output setting in the Signal I/O menu is set toWhileProjecting.

1. Makesuretheprojectoristurnedon.
   2.Startyourwebbrowseronacomputerordeviceconnectedtothenetwork.
2. Type the projector's IP address into the browser's address box and press the computer's Enter key (if you are entering an IPv6 address, wraptheaddress with [and]).

Note: You can find the projector's IP address in the projector's Network menu or on the LAN input screen.

Note: If you attempt to connect to the Web Control screen via a proxy server, the screen will not be displayed. MakeadirectconnectiontotheWebControlscreen.

YouseetheWebControlscreen.

1. To control projection remotely, select the Basic Control option from the Web Controlscreen.

Note: If you see login window, enter your username and password. (The default username is EPSONREMOTE and the default password disgust.)

Youseeascreenlikethis:

1ReturnstotheEpsonWebControlscreen

2Powerbuttoncontrol

3Selectstheinputsource

4A/VMutebuttoncontrol

5Freezebuttoncontrol

6Displaysclosedcaptions

7DisplaysaQRcodeforconnectingwithiOSorAndroiddevicesusingtheEpsoniProjection app

8Volumebuttoncontrols

9Searchesforconnectedsources

1. Select the icon corresponding to the projector function you want to control.
2. Toselectprojectormenusettings, selectAdvancedontheWebControlscreen.

Note: If you see a login window, enter your username and password. (The default username is EPSONWEB and the default password admin.)

1. Selectthenameofthemenuandfollowtheon-screeninstructions.

Parenttopic: Using the Projectorona Network

CreatinganAddressBook

Whensendinge-mailsfromwhiteboardmode,youcanchoosee-mailaddressesfromanaddressbook.Youcancreatetheaddressbookbyloadingatextfileofupto999addressesthroughewebcontrolpage.

Note: Addressesaredisplayedintheordertheyappearinthetextfile.

1. Create the text file containing the list of addresses you want to add to the address book. The file must have the following characteristics:

2. Tab-delimited
   •Eachlinecancontainupto256characters

3. Filenamewitha.txtextension
   •CharactercodemustbeUnicode(UTF-16withBOM)

- Eachlinemustcontainapairofstringsseparatedbyatab:

Thetextfileshouldlooksomethinglikethis:

Joe Smith [e-mail] Mary Jones-Smith xxxxxxx@xxxx.c John Q. Public [e-mail]

1. Makesuretheprojectoristurnedon.
   3.Startyourwebbrowseronacomputerconnectedtothenetwork.

2. Type the projector's IP address into the browser's address box and press the computer's Enter key (if you are entering an IPv6 address, wraptheaddress with [and]).

Note: You can find the projector's IP address in the projector's Network menu or on the LAN input screen.

5.Entertheusernameandpasswordattheprompts.

6.SelectAdvanced.

Note: If you attempt to connect to the Web Control screen via a proxy server, the screen will not be displayed.MakeadirectconnectiontotheWebControlscreen.

YouseetheWebControlscreen.

1. Select Interactive > Mail > Address Book File and browse for the address book file.

2. SelecttheaddressbookfileandselectSend.

Theaddressbookfileisuploadedtotheprojector.

Note: If you need to delete the address book, select Interactive > Mail > Address Book Settings > DeleteAddressBookandselectExecute.

Parenttopic: UsingtheProjectoronaNetwork

UsingCrestronConnected

If you are using the Crestron Connected network monitoring and control system, you can setup your projector for use on the system. Crestron Connected lets you control and monitor your projector using a web browser.

Note: You cannot use the Message Broadcasting feature in the Epson Projector Management software when you use Crestron Connected.

ForadditionalinformationonCrestronConnected,contactCrestron.

SettingUpCrestronConnected

ControllingaNetworkedProjectorUsingCrestronConnected

Parenttopic: UsingtheProjectoronaNetwork

SettingUpCrestronConnected

TosetupyourprojectorfonitoringandcontrolusingaCrestronConnectedsystem,makesureyour computerandprojectorareconnectedtothenetwork.

Note: If you want to use the Crestron Connected system when the projector is turned off, you need to adjust the Standby Mode setting in the Operation menu. The Standby Mode setting is displayed only if the A/V Output setting in the Signal I/O menu is set to While Projecting.

1. PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheNetworkmenuandpressEnter.
3. SelectNetworkSettingsandpressEnter.
4. Select the Projector Control menu and press Enter.
5. Set the Crestron Connected setting to On to allow the projector to be detected.

Note: Enabling Crestron Connected disable the Epson Message Broadcasting feature in the Epson Projector Management software.

1. When you are finished selecting settings, select Return and press Enter to return to the Network Settingsmenu.

2. SelectSet, and follow the on-screen instruction to save your settings and exit themenus.

3. Turnoff the projector, thenturnitonagain to enable these setting.

Parenttopic: UsingCrestronConnected

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

NetworkSettings-NetworkMenu

FeatureSettings-OperationMenu

ControllingaNetworkedProjectorUsingCrestronConnected

OnceyouhavesetupyourprojectortouseCrestronConnected,youcancontrolandmonitorprojection usingacompatiblewebbrowser.

1.Startyourwebbrowseronacomputerconnectedtothenetwork.

1. Type the projector's IP address into the browser's address box and press the computer's Enter key.

YouseetheEpsonWebControlscreen:

1. SelectCrestronConnected.

Youseeascreenlikethis:

Note: Sources in the image above vary depending on ports available by your product.

1. Select the input source that you want to control in the Sources List box. You can scroll through available sources using the up and down narrows in the box.
2. To control projection remotely, click the on-screen button that corresponds to the projector's remote control buttons. You can scroll through button options at the bottom of the screen.

Note: These on-screen buttons do not directly correspond to the projector's remote control buttons:

• OKactsastheEnterbutton
  • Menudisplaystheprojector'smenu

• Toviewinformationabouttheprojector, clicktheInfotab.

• To change projector, Crestron, and password settings, click the Tools tab, select settings on the displayedscreen, and clickSend.
• When you finish selecting settings, click Exit to exit the program.

Parenttopic: UsingCrestronConnected

RegisteringaDigitalCertificateontheProjector

Followtheinstructionshereifyouneedtoinstalladigitalcertificateontheprojectortoprovidesecurityforyourpresentationfiles.

Note: You can register a digital certificate over a network. However, be sure to register just once or the certificatemaynotinstallcorrectly.

ImportingaWebServerCertificateUsingtheProjectorMenus

RegisteringDigitalCertificatesfromaWebBrowser

DigitalCertificateTypes

Parenttopic: UsingtheProjectoronaNetwork

ImportingaWebServerCertificateUsingtheProjectorMenus

You can create your web server certificate and import it using the projectormenus and USB flash drive.

Note: You can also register digital certificates from your web browser. Make sure to only register once, orthecertificatemaynotinstallcorrectly.

1. Makesureyourdigitalcertificatefileiscompatiblewithprojectorregistrationandsavedintheroot directoryoftheUSBflashdrive.

2. PresstheMenubuttonontheprojectororremotecontrol.

3. Select Network > Network Settings > Projector Control > Secure HTTP > On.

4. SelecttheWebServerCertificatesettingandpressEnter.

5. SelectSaveandpressEnter!

6. Follow the on-screen instructions to connect a USB flash drive to the USB-A port on the projector or controlpad(BrightLink1485Fi).

7. PressEntertodisplaythecertificatelist.

8. Select the certificate you want to import from the displayed list.

Amessageisdisplayedpromptingyoutoenterthepasswordforthecertificate.

9.EnterthepasswordandpressEnter

The certificate is imported and a completion message appears.

Parenttopic: RegisteringaDigitalCertificateontheProjector

RegisteringDigitalCertificatesfromaWebBrowser

YoucanregisterthedigitalcertificatesontheprojectorforwirelessLANauthentication.

Note: You can also register the digital certificates in the projector's Network menu. However, be sure to registerjustonceorthecertificatemaynotinstallcorrectly.

1. Makesureyourdigitalcertificatefileiscompatiblewithprojectorregistration.

2. Makesuretheprojectoristurnedon.

3.Startyourwebbrowseronacomputerormobiledeviceconnectedtothenetwork.

1. Type the projector's IP address into the browser's address box and press the computer's Enter key.

YouseetheWebControlscreenandaprompttoenterauserIDandpassword.

1. Select Advanced and enter the following information in uppercase or lowercase letters, exactly as shown:

- FortheuserID, enterEPSONWEB.(YoucannotchangetheuserID.)

- Forthepassword, enterthedefaultpasswordadmin. (YoucanchangetheWebControlpassword usingtheprojector'sNetworkSettingsmenu.)

6.UnderNetwork,selectCertificate.

Note: You may need to select the ☐ menu icon to find Network, depending on your device.

Youseeascreenlikethis:

1. Click the Choose File button, select the certificate file, and click Open.

Note: The buttonnamemayvarydependingonthebrowseryouareusing.

8.EnterapasswordinthePasswordboxandclickSend.
9. When you finish registering the certificate, click Apply to finalize your changes and complete the registration.

Parenttopic: RegisteringaDigitalCertificateontheProjector

DigitalCertificateTypes

Youcanregisterthesetypesofdigitalcertificates.

ClientCertificate(PEAP-TLS/EAP-TLS)

SpecificationDescription
FormatPKCS#12
ExtensionPFX,P12
EncryptionRSA
HashesMD5/SHA-1/SHA-256/SHA-384/SHA	A-512
Keylength512/1024/2048/4096bit
PasswordUpto64alphanumericcharacters;required

CACertificate(PEAP/PEAP-TLS/EAP-TLS/EAP-FAST)

SpecificationDescription
FormatX509v3
ExtensionDER/CER/PEM
EncryptionRSA
HashesMD5/SHA-1/SHA-256/SHA-384/SHA-512
Keylength512/1024/2048/4096bit
EncodingBASE64/Binary

WebServerCertificate(SecureHTTP)

SpecificationDescription
FormatPKCS#12
ExtensionPFX,P12
EncryptionRSA
HashesMD5/SHA-1/SHA-256/SHA-384/SHA-512
Keylength512/1024/2048/4096bit
CommonnameNetworkhostname
OrganizationOptional
PasswordUpto64alphanumericcharacters;required

Parenttopic: RegisteringaDigitalCertificateontheProjector

UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstouseyourprojector'sbasicfeatures.

TurningOntheProjector

TurningOfftheProjector

SelectingtheLanguagefortheProjectorMenus

SettingtheDateandTime

ImageShape

ResizingtheImagewiththeWideandTeleButtons

AdjustingtheImagePosition

FocusingtheImage

RemoteControlOperation

SelectinganImageSource

ProjectionModes

ImageAspectRatio

ColorMode

AdjustingtheHue, Saturation, and Brightness

AdjustingGamma

AdjustingtheProjector'sBrightnessLevel

TurningOnAutomaticLuminanceAdjustment

ControllingtheVolumewiththeVolumeButtons

InvertingtheAudioChannels

SelectingaQuickStartupSetting

ProjectingaPCFreePresentation

TurningOntheProjector

Turnontheprojectorbeforeyouturnonthecomputerorvideoequipmentyouwanttouse.

1. Connect the power cord to the projector's power inlet.

2.Plugthepowercordintoanelectricaloutlet.

Theprojector's On/Standbylightturnsblue. This indicates that the projector is receiving power.

Note: With Direct Power On turned on, the projector turns on as soon as you plug it in. If you enable the Auto Power On setting in the projector's Operation menu, the projector turns on when it detects assignorcableconnectionfromtheselectedport.

1. Pressthepowerbuttonontheprojector, controlpad(BrightLink1485Fi), orremotecontroltoturnon theprojector.

TheprojectorbeepsandtheStatuslightflashesblueastheprojectorwarmsup.Afterabout30 seconds,theStatuslightstopsflashingandturnsblue.

Note: When Quick Startup is enabled in the projector's Operation menu, the projector becomes readyforuseinseveralsecondsthenexttimeyoupressthepowerbutton.

Warning: Never look into the projector lens when the laser is on. This can damage your eyes and is especially dangerous for children and pets. If you are using theremote control to turn the projector on, makes sure no one is looking into the sensor in front of the projector before returning it on.

Caution: Make sure no objects are blocking the light from the projector lens. Objects blocking the lensforanextendedtimecanmeltandlightthatisreflectedbackintothelenscancausethe projectortomalfunction.

If you donot see a projected imageright away, try the following:

- Turnontheconnectedcomputerorvideodevice.

- InsertaDVDorothervideomediaandpresstheplaybutton,ifnecessary.

- PresstheSourceSearchbuttonontheprojectororremotecontroltodetectthevideosource.

Note: If the Auto Source Search setting in the Operation menu is enabled, the projector automaticallydetectstheinputsignalwhenyouturniton.

- Changethescreenoutputfromthecomputerwhenusingalaptop.

- Pressthebuttonforthevideosourceontheremotecontrol.

- IftheHomescreenisdisplayed,selectthesourceyouwanttoproject.

UsingtheHomeScreen

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

Relatedreferences

FeatureSettings-OperationMenu

UsingtheHomeScreen

You can select inputs sources and other frequently used options from the Homescreen.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed to enable finger touch operation.

1. TodisplaytheHomescreen,dooneofthefollowing:

- PresstheHomebuttononthecontrolpanelorremotecontrol.

- TurnontheprojectorwiththeHomeScreenAutoDispsettingenabled.

- Turnontheprojectorwhennosignalisreceivedfromtheselectedinputsource.

2.Pressthearrowbuttonsontheremotecontrolorcontrolpaneltonavigatethescreen,andpress

Enter to select an option. You can also select menu items using the interactive pen or your finger.

1Selectsthesourceyouwanttoproject

Acheckmarkappearsintheupperrightcornerofthecurrentinputsource.Formostsources, apreviewoftheinputimageappearsasathumnail.

2Turnsofftheprojector

3ClosestheHomescreen

4StartsWhiteboardmode

5Projectsimagesfromtwoorfourinputsourcessimultaneouslyinagridformat

6Sharesyourprojectedimagewithotherprojectorsconnectedtothesamenetwork

7DisplaystheConnectionGuide

You can view steps for different wireless connection methods depending on the devices you are using, such as smartphones or computers.

8Letsyouselectthefollowingcommonprojectorsettings(thesesettingsmayvarydepending onotherselectedsettings):

•ColorMode
•BrightnessLevel
•Volume
- Geometry Correction (H/V-Keystone and Quick Corner are available)
•AutoCalibration
- Aspect

9Movestothepreviousornextpageiftherearemoreavailableinputsources

10Displaystheprojectornameandtheprojectorkeyword

11 Displaysthecurrenttime

Note: The Homescreencloses after 10 minutes of inactivity.

1. Presstheicontoclosethe Homescreen.

Parenttopic: TurningOntheProjector

TurningOfftheProjector

Before turning off the projector, shutdown any computer connected to it so you can see the computer display during shutdown.

Note: Turn off this product when not in use to prolong the life of the projector. Laser life will vary depending upon modeselected, environmental conditions, and usage. Brightness decreases over time.

1. Pressthepowerbuttonontheprojector, controlpad, orremotecontrol.

Theprojectordisplaysashutdownconfirmationscreen.

Power Off?

Yes:Press 🔊 button

No : Press any other button

1. Pressthepowerbuttonagain.(Toleaveiton, pressanyotherbutton.)

Theprojectorbeepstwice, the laserturnsoff, and the Statuslightturnson.

Note: If the Light Source Calibration setting is set to Run Periodically in the projector's Managementmenu, lightsourcecalibrationstartsautomaticallyifyouturnofftheprojectorandthe followingconditionsarepresent:

•100hourshavepassedsincethelastlightsourcecalibration.
- Youhaveusedtheprojectorcontinuouslyforatleast20minutes.

1. Totransportorstoretheprojector, makesuretheOn/Standbylightisblue(notflashing)andthe Statuslightisoff, thenunplugthepowercord.

Caution: To avoid damaging the projector or laser, never unplug the power cord when the status light is on or flashing.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

Relatedreferences

AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

SelectingtheLanguagefortheProjectorMenus

If you want to view the projector's menus and messages in another language, you can change the Languagesetting.

1. Turnontheprojector.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheManagementmenuandpressEnter.

1. SelecttheLanguagesettingandpressEnter.
2. SelectthelanguageyouwanttouseandpressEnter.
3. PressMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

SettingtheDateandTime

Youcansetthedateandtimefortheprojector.

1.PresstheMenubutton.

1. SelecttheManagementmenuandpressEnter
2. SelecttheDate&TimesettingandpressEnter.

Youseeascreenlikethis:

1. SelecttheDate&TimesettingandpressEnter.

2. Select Date, press ↕ Enter, and use the displayed keyboard to enter today's date.

3. Select Time, press ↕ Enter, and use the displayed keyboard to enter the current time.
4. Adjust the Time Difference (UTC) settings to set the time difference from the Coordinated Universal Time.
5. When you are finished, select Set and press Enter.
6. To activate daylight saving time, select the Daylight Saving Time setting and set it to On. Then selectsettings.
7. When you are finished, select Set and press Enter
8. To update the time automatically through an internet time server, select the Internet Time setting andsetittoOn.
9. SelectInternetTimeServerandpressEnter
   13.EnterthelPaddressfortheInternettimeserveryouwanttouseandselectOK.
10. SelectSetandpressEnter.
11. PressMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

ImageShape

Youcanprojectanevenlyrectangularimagebyplacingtheprojectordirectlyinfrontofthecenterofthe screenandkeepingitlevel.Ifyouplacetheprojectoratanangletothescreen,ortiltedupordown,oroff totheside,youmayneedtocorrecttheimageshapeforthebestdisplayquality.Aftercorrection,your imageislightlysmaller.

Forthebestqualityimages, trytoadjusttheprojector'spositiontoachievethecorrectimagesizeand shape. You cannot correct an imageshape using multiple correction methods at the same time.

Note: For interactive use, the image must be evenly rectangular, without distortion. Refer to the online Installation Guide for instructions on positioning the projector to achieve an evenly rectangular image.

CorrectingImageShapewiththeKeystoneButtons

CorrectingImageShapewithQuickCorner

CorrectingImageShapewithArcCorrection

CorrectingImageShapewithPointCorrection

CorrectingImageShapewithCornerMarkers

ApplyingSavedImageShapeSettings

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

CorrectingImageShapewiththeKeystoneButtons

Youcanusetheprojector'skeystonecorrectionbuttonstocorrecttheshapeofanimagethatis unevenlyrectangularonthesides.

Note: You can use the keystone buttons to correct the image up to ±3^ horizontally or vertically. If the projectorismountedonthewall, usetheadjustmentdialsonthewallmountocorrectthescreenimage before usinganyotherdigitalcorrectionmethods.

Note: If you change the Screen Type setting or adjust the image position, your image adjustments are reset.

1. Turnon the projector and display an image.
2. PressoneofthesekeystonebuttonsonthecontrolpaneltodisplaytheKeystoneadjustment screen.

graph TD
    A["Menu"] --> B["Enter"]
    C["Esc"] --> B
    D["W"] --> B
    E["Home"] --> B
    F["Source Search"] --> B
    B --> G["T"]
    B --> H["W"]
    B --> I["Esc"]

1. Pressakeystonebuttonontheprojector'scontrolpaneltoadjusttheimageshape.

graph TD
    A["Input Data"] --> B["Processing Module"]
    B --> C["Output Module"]
    subgraph Input
        D["Menu"] --> E["Esc"]
        F["W"] --> G["Enter"]
        H["Home"] --> I["T"]
        J["Source Search"] --> K["Esc"]
    end
    subgraph Processing
        L["Menu"] --> M["Esc"]
        N["W"] --> O["Enter"]
        P["Home"] --> Q["T"]
        R["Source Search"] --> S["Esc"]
    end
    subgraph Output
        T["Menu"] --> U["Esc"]
        V["W"] --> W["Enter"]
        X["Home"] --> Y["T"]
        Z["Source Search"] --> AA["Esc"]
    end

Note: The horizontal keystone adjustment buttons are labeled W and T.

Aftercorrection, your image is slightly smaller.

Note: To save the current image shape, select Save Memory. You can save up to three image shapes in the projector's memory.

Note: If the projector is installed out of reach, you can also correct the image shape with the remote controlling the H/V-Keystonesettings in the projectormenus.

Parenttopic:ImageShape

CorrectingImageShapewithQuickCorner

Youcanusetheprojector'sQuickCornersettingtocorrecttheshapeandsizeofanimagethatis unevenlyrectangularonallsides.

graph TD
    A["Blue Shape with Dashed Line and Red Arrow"] --> B["Blue Rectangle with Control Button"]

Note: If you change the Screen Type setting or adjust the image position, your image adjustments are reset.

1. Turnon the projector and display an image.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.

3. SelecttheInstallationmenuandpressEnter.

Frequently Used Items	Installation
Image	Fixed Installation	Off
Signal I/O	Test Pattern
Installation	Setting Plate Installation Guide
Display	Vertical Installation	No
Operation	Projection	Front/Upside Down
Management	Auto Screen Adjustment
Network	Geometry Correction	Point Correction
Pen/Touch	Digital Zoom
Interactive	Connect ELPCB02	Off
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Remote Receiver	Off
ECO	Screen Type	16:9
Initial/All Settings	High Altitude Mode	Off
	Reset Insalation Settings
	Display
	Pattern Display
	Pattern Type

1. Select the Geometry Correction setting and press Enter.
2. SelecttheQuickCornersettingandpressEnter.

Note: You may see a confirmation screen. Select Yes and press Enter again.

YouseetheQuickCorneradjustmentscreen:

[Quick Corner]

Abstract geometric shape with blue and gray color blocks (no text or symbols)

[Esc] Press for 2 seconds to reset

Note: To reset your adjustments, press and hold the Esc button for at least 2 seconds to display a resetscreen. ThenselectYes.

1. Use the arrow button on the projector or remote control to select the corner of the image you want to adjust. Then press Enter.

2. Press the arrow buttons to adjust the image shape as necessary. Press Enter to return to the area selectionscreen.

Note: You can also use the numeric buttons on the remote control to adjust the image shape. If one of the directional arrows on the screen turns gray, you cannot adjust the shape any further in that direction.

1. When you are finished, press Esc.

The Geometry Correction setting is now set to Quick Corner in the projector's Installation menu. If you pressthekeystoneadjustmentbuttonsonthecontrolpanel,theareaselectionscreenappears.

Note: To save the current image shape, select Save Memory. You can save up to three image shapes in the projector's memory.

Parenttopic:ImageShape

CorrectingImageShapewithArcCorrection

Youcanusetheprojector'sArcCorrectionsettingtoadjustthecurveorarcofthesidesofyourimage.

Note: If you change the Screen Type setting or adjust the image position, your image adjustments are reset.

1. Turnon the projector and display an image.

2.PresstheMenubutton.

3. SelecttheInstallationmenuandpressEnter.

Frequently Used Items	Installation
Image	Fixed Installation	Off
Signal I/O	Test Pattern
Installation	Setting Plate Installation Guide
Display	Vertical Installation	No
Operation	Projection	Front/Upside Down
Management	Auto Screen Adjustment
Network	Geometry Correction	Point Correction
Pen/Touch	Digital Zoom
Interactive	Connect ELPCB02	Off
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Remote Receiver	Off
ECO	Screen Type	16:9
Initial/All Settings	High Altitude Mode	Off
	Reset Insalation Settings
	Display
	Pattern Display
	Pattern Type

1. Select the Geometry Correction setting and press Enter.

2. Select the Arc Correction setting and press Enter. Then select Yes and press Enter again.

YouseetheArcCorrectionadjustmentscreen:

Note: To reset your adjustments, press the Esc button for at least 2 seconds to display a reset screen, and select Yes.

1. Use the arrow button on the projector or theremote control to select the corner or side of the image you want to adjust. Then press Enter.

2. Pressthearrowbuttonstoadjusttheimageshapeasnecessary.

3. When you are finished, press Esc.

Note: To save your the current image shape, select Save Memory. You can save up to three image positions in the projector's memory.

Parenttopic:ImageShape

CorrectingImageShapewithPointCorrection

Youcanusetheprojector'sPointCorrectionfeaturetofine-tunetheimageshapeusingpointsonagrid. Thisisusefulforadjustingoverlappingareasinmultipleprojectedimagesthatdonotlineupcorrectly.

Diagram showing a curved surface with directional arrows and grid lines, no text or symbols present

1. Turnon the projector and display an image.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.
2. Select Installation > Geometry Correction > Point Correction.

Note: If you see a confirmation message, select Yes and press ← Enter.

1. SelectthePointCorrectionsettingagainandpressEnter.
2. SelectthenumberofgridlinestodisplayandpressEnter.

Youseeagridontheprojectedimage.

Note: If you need to change the color of the grid lines, select the Pattern Color setting and select a suitable color.

6.Pressthearrowbuttonsontheprojectororremotecontrolltomovetothepointonthegridthatyou wanttoadjust.ThenpressEnter.

Illustration of a beach scene with clouds, birds, and a small house (no text or symbols)

1. Pressthearrowbuttonsasnecessarytocorrecttheimageshape.

1. Press Esc to return to the previous screen and select another point to correct, if necessary.

2. When you are finished, press the Menubutton.

Note: If necessary, you can fine-tune your image adjustments using the Quick Corner setting.

Parenttopic:ImageShape

Relatedtasks

CorrectingImageShapewithQuickCorner

CorrectingImageShapewithCornerMarkers

If you have installed corner markers on the projection surface, you can use the projector's Auto Screen Adjustment setting to correct the imageshape automatically.

graph LR
    A["Presentation"] --> B["Image Processing"]
    B --> C["Output"]

1.PresstheMenubutton
2. SelecttheInstallationmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Installation
Image	Fixed Installation	Off
Signal I/O	Test Pattern
Installation	Setting Plate installation Guide
Display	Vertical Installation	No
Operation	Projection	Front/Upside Down
Management	Auto Screen Adjustment
Network	Geometry Correction	Point Correction
Pen/Touch	Digital Zoom	√
Interactive	Connect ELPCB02	Off
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Remote Receiver	Off
	Screen Type	16:9 √
ECO	High Altitude Mode	Off
Initial/All Settings	Reset Installation Settings
	Display
	Pattern Display
	Pattern Type

1. SelecttheAutoScreenAdjustmentsettingandpressEnter.

Youseeaguidescreen.

1. Followtheon-screen instruction to adjust the position of the projected images that the corner markers appear just inside the yellow area.

2. PressEnter.

Aguidepatternappearsandtheprojectorstartsadjustingtheimageshape.

Note: If necessary, you can fine-tune your image adjustments using the Quick Corner setting.

Parenttopic:ImageShape

Relatedtasks

CorrectingImageShapewithQuickCorner

ApplyingSavedImageShapeSettings

Youcanloadtheimageshapesettingsyouselectedandsavedtotheprojector'smemoryandapply themtothecurrentimage.

1. Turnon the projector and display an image.

2. HolddowntheNumbuttonontheremotecontrolandpressthenumberbutton(1,2,or3)that matchsthenumberofthesavedimageshapesetting.

graph TD
    A["Memory1"] --> B["Memory2"]
    B --> C["Memory3"]
    D["Num + 1"] --> E["Num + 2"] --> F["Num + 3"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

Thesavedimageshapesettingisappliedandyouarepromptedtocalibratethescreen.

1. Followtheon-screen instructionstocalibratethescreen.

Parenttopic:ImageShape

ResizingthImagewiththeWideandTeleButtons

YoucanresizetheimageusingtheWideandTelebuttons.

1. Turnontheprojectoranddisplayanimation.
2. Toenlargetheimagesize, presstheW(Wide)buttonontheprojector'scontrolpanel.
3. Toreducetheimagesize, presstheT(Tele)button.

graph TD
    A["Menu"] --> B["Enter"]
    B --> C["Esc"]
    C --> D["Home"]
    D --> E["Source Search"]
    E --> F["User icon"]
    F --> G["User icon"]
    G --> H["User icon"]
    H --> I["User icon"]
    I --> J["User icon"]
    J --> K["User icon"]
    K --> L["User icon"]
    L --> M["User icon"]
    M --> N["User icon"]
    N --> O["User icon"]
    O --> P["User icon"]
    P --> Q["User icon"]
    Q --> R["User icon"]
    R --> S["User icon"]
    S --> T["User icon"]
    T --> U["User icon"]
    U --> V["User icon"]
    V --> W["User icon"]
    W --> X["User icon"]
    X --> Y["User icon"]
    Y --> Z["User icon"]
    Z --> A

Afteryouadjusttheimagesize, theImageShiftscreenisdisplayautomaticallyforadjustingthe imageposition.

Note: If the projector is installed out of reach, you can also adjust the image size with the remote controlling the DigitalZoomsetting in the projectormenus.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

Relatedreferences

InstallationSettings-InstallationMenu

AdjustingtheImagePosition

YoucanusethelmageShiftfeaturetoadjusttheimagepositionwithoutmovingtheprojector.Waitat least20minutesafteryoustartprojectingtoadjusttheimageposition.

graph TD
    A["User Platform"] -->|Red Arrow| B["User Single User Platform"]

Note: This feature is not available if the Zoom option is set to the widest setting.

1. Turnon the projector and display an image.
2. Adjust the imagesize using the W(Wide) and T(Tele) buttons.

Afteryouadjusttheimagesize, theImageShiftscreenisdisplayedautomatically.

1. Usethearbuttonsontheprojectororremotecontroltoadjusttheimageposition.

Note: You can also use the Installation menu to adjust the Image Shift setting.

1. Press Esc to close the Image Shift screen. The screen closes if no operation is performed for approximately 10 seconds.

Note: The Image Shift setting is retained even if the projector is turned off; however, you need to readjusttheimagepositionifyouchangetheprojector'slocationorangle.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

Relatedreferences

InstallationSettings-InstallationMenu

Focusingthelmage

Waitatleast20minutesafteryoustartprojectingtoadjustthefocus.

1. Turnon the projector and display an image.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheInstallationmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Installation
Image	Fixed Installation	Off
Signal I/O	Test Pattern
Installation	Setting Plate installation Guide
Display	Vertical Installation	No
Operation	Projection	Front/Upside Down
Management	Auto Screen Adjustment
Network	Geometry Correction	Point Correction
Pen/Tcuch	Digital Zoom
Interactive	Connect ELPCB02	Off
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Remote Receiver	Off
ECO	Screen Type	16:9
Initial/All Settings	High Altitude Mode	Off
	Reset Installation Settings
	Display
	Pattern Display
	Pattern Type

1. SelectTestPatternandpressEnter
2. Openthefrontcover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical housing component with a red arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

6.Movethefocusleverandadjustthefocususingthecenterreferencepointoftheprojectedscreen.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical housing or enclosure with internal components and a red directional arrow indicating movement (no text or symbols present)

Blue basketball court with white grid lines and a circular target on the left (no text or symbols)

1. Oncethecenterreferencepointisinfocus, check that the corner reference points are also infocus.

Blue basketball court with white grid lines and corner markers (no text or symbols)

Note: If any areas are out of focus, use the focus lever to adjust the focus until the corners appear thesame.

1. Toremovethetestpattern, pressEsc.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

RemoteControlOperation

Theremotecontrolledsyoucontroltheprojectorfromalmostanywhereintheroom,upto19.7feet(6m) away.Youcanpointitatthescreenorboard,orthefrontorbackoftheprojector.

Makesurethatyouaimtheremotecontrolattheprojector'sreceiverswithintheangleslistedhere.

119.7 feet(6m)

2 ± 30^

3 ± 55^

460°

515°

Note: Avoid using the remote control in conditions with bright fluorescent lights or in direct sunlight, or theprojectormaynotrespondtocommands. If you will not use theremote control for alongtime, removethebatteries.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

SelectinganImageSource

If you connected multiple images our cestotheprojector, such as a computer and DVD player, you may want to switch from one images our ceto the other.

Note: If you turned on the Auto Source Search setting in the Operation menu, the projector automatically switch the another detected imagesource if the signal to the current imagesource is lost.

1. Makesuretheconnectedimagesourceyouwanttouseisturnedon.
2. For videoimagesources, insert a DVD or other videomedia and press its play button, if necessary.
3. Dooneofthefollowing:

- Press the Source Search button on the projector or remote control until you see the image from the source you want.

graph TD
    A["Home"] --> B["Enter"]
    C["Menu"] --> B
    D["Esc"] --> B
    E["Source Search"] --> B
    B --> F["W"]
    B --> G["T"]

- Pressthebuttonforthesourceyouwantontheremotecontrol.Ifthereismorethanoneportfor thatsource,pressthebuttonagaintcyclethroughthesources.

1HDMI, Video, and HDBaseT(BrightLink1485Fi) sources

2VGAportsources

3USBportsources(computerdisplayorexternaldevices)

4NetworkandScreenMirroringsources

- PressthebuttonfortheHDMIsourceyouwantonthecontrolpad(BrightLink1485Fi).

- PresstheHomebuttonontheremotecontrolorprojectorandselectyourimagesource.

Note: Your Homescreen may look different from the illustrations shown here.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

Relatedreferences

FeatureSettings-OperationMenu

Relatedtasks

UsingtheHomeScreen

ProjectionModes

Dependingonhowyoupositionedtheprojector,youmayneedtochangetheprojectionmodesoyour imagesprojectcorrectly.

- Frontletsyouprojectfromatableinfrontofthescreen.

• Front/Upside Down flips the image over top-to-bottom to project upside-down from a wall or ceiling mount.
• Rearflipstheimagehorizontallytoprojectfrombehindattranslucentscreen.
• Rear/Upside Down flips the image over top-to-bottom and horizontally to project from the wall or ceiling and behindatranslucent screen.

You can change the projection mode using the remote control or by changing the Projection setting in the Installationmenu.

ChangingtheProjectionModeUsingtheRemoteControl

ChangingtheProjectionModeUsingtheMenus

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

ChangingtheProjectionModeUsingtheRemoteControl

Youcanchangetheprojectionmodetofliptheimageovertop-to-bottom.

1. Turnontheprojectoranddisplayanimation.
   2.HolddowntheA/VMutebuttonontheremotecontrolfor5to10seconds.

Theimagedisappearsbrieflyandreappearsflippedtop-to-bottom.

1. To change projection back to the original mode, hold down the A/V Mute button for 5 to 10 seconds again.

Parenttopic:ProjectionModes

ChangingtheProjectionModeUsingtheMenus

You can change the projection model to flip the image over top-to-bottom and or left-to-right using the projectormenus.

1. Turnontheprojectoranddisplayanimation.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.
2. Select the Installation menu and press Enter.

1. SelecttheProjectionsettingandpressEnter.
2. SelectaprojectionmodeandpressEnter.
3. PressMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Parenttopic: ProjectionModes

ImageAspectRatio

Theprojectorcandisplayimagesindifferentwidth-to-heighttratioscalledaspectratios. Normally the inputsignalfromyourvideosourcedeterminestheimage'saspectratio. However, for certain images you can change the aspect ratio of your screen by pressing a button on theremote control.

If you always want to use a particular aspect ratio for certain video inputs, you can select using the projector's menus.

ChangingthelmageAspectRatio

AvailableImageAspectRatio

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

ChangingthelmageAspectRatio

Youcanchangetheaspectratioofthedisplayedimagetoresizeit.

Note: Set the Screen Type setting in the projector's Installation menu before changing the aspect ratio.

Note: This setting is available only when the Scale setting is turned off or the Scale Mode setting is set to FullDisplay(BrightLink1485Fi).

1. Turnon the projector and switch to the images source you want to use.
   2.PresstheAspectbuttonontheremotecontrol.

Theshapeandsizeofthedisplayedimagechanges,andthenameoftheaspectratioappears brieflyonthescreen.

1. Tocyclethroughtheavailableaspectratiosforyourinputsignal, press the Aspectbutton repeatedly.

Note: To remove black bars when projecting from a computer, set the Resolution setting to Wide or NormalinthImagemenu, depending on your computer's resolution.

Parenttopic:ImageAspectRatio

Relatedreferences

ImageQualitySettings-ImageMenu

AvailableImageAspectRatio

You can select the following image aspect ratios, depending on the selected Screen Type setting and inputsignalfromyourimagesource.

Note: Black bands and cropped images may project in certain aspect ratios, depending on the aspect ratio and resolution of your input signal.

AspectratiosettingDescription
AutoAutomaticallysetstheaspectratio	ioaccordingtotheinputsignaland theResolutionsetting.
FullDisplaysimagesusingthefullwidth	thoftheprojectionarea,butdoes notmaintaintheaspectratio.
ZoomDisplaysimagesusingthefullwidth	thoftheprojectionareaand maintainstheaspectratiooftheimage.
NativeDisplaysimagesasis(aspect ratioandresolutionaremaintained).

Note: The appearance of the Native image aspect ratio setting varies depending on the input signal.

If there are margins between the images, you can adjust the position of the projected image using the Screen Position setting in the Installation menu.

Parenttopic:ImageAspectRatio

ColorMode

TheprojectoroffersdifferentColorModestoprovideoptimumbrightness,contrast,andcolorfora varietyofviewingenvirnmentsandimagetypes.Youcanselectamodedesignedtomatchyourimage andenvironment,orexperimentwiththeavailablemodes.

If you always want to use a particular color mode for certain video inputs, you can select it using the projectormenus.

ChangingtheColorMode

AvailableColorModes

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

ChangingtheColorMode

Youcanchangetheprojector'sColorModeusingtheremotecontroltooptimizetheimageforyourviewingenvironment.

1. Turnon the projector and switch to the images source you want to use.
2. If you are projecting from a DVD player or other videos source, insert ad disc or other video media and press the play button, if necessary.
   3.PresstheColorModebuttonontheremotecontroltochangetheColorMode.

The image appearance changes and then a name of the Color Mode appears briefly on the screen.

1. To cycle through all the available Color Modes for your input signal, press the Color Mode button repeatedly.

Parenttopic:ColorMode

AvailableColorModes

YoucansettheprojectortousetheseColorModes,dependingontheinputsourceyouareusing:

ColorModeDescription
PresentationBestforcolorpresentationsinabrightroom
DynamicBestforvideogamesinabrightroom
CinemaBestformoviesprojectedinadarkroomwithnaturaltoneimages
sRGBBestforstandardsRGBcomputerdisplays
BlackboardBestforprojectingimagesdirectlyonagreenchalkboard
DICOMSIMBestforprojectingX-raysandothermedicalimages(showsclear shadows)
Multi-Projection(BrightLink1485Fi)	Bestforprojectingfrommultipleprojectors(reducesthecolortone differencebetweenimages)

Note: The DICOM SIM color mode is for reference purposes only and should not be used to make medical diagnoses.

Parenttopic:ColorMode

AdjustingtheHue, Saturation, and Brightness

You can adjust the hue, saturation, and brightness settings for individual image colors.

1. Turnon the projector and switch to the images source you want to use.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.

3. Select theImagemenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Image
Image	Color Mode	Presentation
Signal I/O	Brightness	50
Installation	Contrast:	50
Display	Color Saturation	50
Operation	Tint	50
Management	Sharpness	50
Network	White Balance
Pen/Touch	Dynamic Contrast	Off
	Noise Reduction	0
Interactive	MPEG Noise Reduction	Off
Multi-Projection	Gamma	0
Memory	RGBCMY
ECO	Deinterlacing	Off
Initial/All Settings	Super-resolution
	Detail Enhancement
	Reset to Defaults
	Source	Computer1
	Resolution	Auto

4. SelectRGBCMYandpressEnter!

5. SelectthecolortoadjustandpressEnter

6.Dothefollowingasnecessaryforeachsetting:

• Toadjusttheoverallhueofthecolor(bluish,greenish,reddish),adjusttheHuesetting.
• Toadjusttheoverallvividnessofthecolor,adjusttheSaturationsetting.
• Toadjusttheoverallbrightnessofthecolor,adjusttheBrightnesssetting.

1. PresstheMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

AdjustingGamma

You can adjust the gammato improved differences in half-tone brightness that vary depending on the connected device.

Note: Project a still image to adjust the gamma; you cannot adjust it properly when projecting a movie or othermovingvideo.Medicalimagesmanynotreproducecorrectlydependingonyouroperating environmentandscreen.

1. Turnon the projector and switch to the images source you want to use.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.
2. Select the ImagemenuandpressEnter
3. SelecttheGammasettingandpressEnter
4. Selectandadjustthecorrectionvalue.

Youseeascreenlikethis:

When you select small value, you can reduce the overall brightness of the image to make the images sharper. When you select large value, the dark areas of images become brighter, but the colors aturation for lighter areas may become weaker.

Note: If you set the Color Mode setting to DICOM SIM in the projector's Image menu, select the adjustment value according to the projection size. If the projection size is 80 inches (203cm) or less, select a small value. If the projection size is 80 inches or more, select a large value.

1. If you want to make finer adjustments, select Custom and press ↕ Enter.

7.Presstheleftorrightarrowbuttontoselectthetoneyouwanttochange,thenpresstheupordown arrowbuttontoadjustthetoneandpressEnter!

Youseeascreenlikethis:

[Gamma]

Blinking area is the adjustment target.

1. PressMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

AdjustingtheProjector'sBrightnessLevel

Youcanadjustthebrightnessofyourprojector'slightsource.

1. Turnon the projector and switch to the images source you want to use.

2.PresstheMenubutton.

3. SelecttheOperationmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Operation
Image	Auto Source Search	On
Signal I/O	Light Source Brightness Cont...
Installation	Direct Power On	Off
Display	Auto Power On	Off
Operation	Sleep Mode	On
Management	Sleep Mode Timer	10 min.
Network	A/V Mute Timer	On
Pen/Touch	Standby Mode	Communication On
Interactive	Port	Wired LAN
Multi-Projection	Quick Startup	Off
Memory	Indicators	On
ECO	Inv Direction Button	Off
Initial/All Settings	Reset Operation Settings
	Management
	User Button	Light Source Mode
	User's Logo
	User Pattern

4. SelectLightSourceBrightnessControlandpressEnter

1. If you want to maintain the brightness at a specific level, select the Maintain Brightness setting and selectOn.
2. If you turn on Maintain Brightness, select the Maintain Brightness Level setting and check the EstimatedRemainsinformation.
3. If you turn off Maintain Brightness, select the Light Source Mode setting:

- Normal: Setsbrightnessstothemaximumlevel(idealforconferencerooms, auditoriums, and lecturehalls)

• Quiet: Sets brightness to 70% and reduces fan noise (ideal for libraries, theaters, museums, and artgalleries)
• Extended: Sets brightness to 70% and extends the life expectancy of the light source (ideal for darkerenvironmentswithambientlight,suchasmuseumsandartgalleries,whereareduced maintenancecycleisdesired)

• Custom: Allowsyoutoselectacustombrightnesslevelbetween70to100%

• If you set the Light Source Mode setting to Custom, select Brightness Level and use the left and rightarrowbuttonstoselectthebrightness.

• PressMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Note: For the best results in maintaining the brightness level, set the Light Source Calibration settingtoRunPeriodicallyintheprojector'sManagementmenu.

ConstantBrightnessUsageHours

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

Relatedreferences

AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

Relatedtasks

SavingaScheduledEvent

ConstantBrightnessUsageHours

If you turn on the Maintain Brightness setting, the number of hours the projector can maintain constant brightnessisdisplayedastheEstimatedRemainssetting.

DisplaylevelEstimatedremaining	hours
	10000ormorehours
	8000to9999hours
	6000to7999hours
	4000to5999hours
	2000to3999hours
	0to1999hours

Lightsourcelifespan

The estimated life span of the light source varies depending on the Brightness Level setting and whether the MaintainBrightnesssettingisonoroff.

MaintainBrightnessoff

BrightnessLevelsettingHours
100%20000hours
90%21000hours
80%24000hours
70%30000hours

MaintainBrightnesson

1Brightnesslevel

2Timetheprojectorcanmaintainconstantbrightness(approximate)

BrightnessLevelsettingHours
85%6000hours
80%10000hours
70%19000hours

Note: The lightsourceusage hours vary depending upon environmental conditions and usage. The hours listed here are an approximate and are not guaranteed. After 2000 hours of use, you may need to replace parts in the projector. If Maintain Brightness is turned on, and you have exceeded the usage hours listed here, you may not be able to select a high Maintain Brightness Level setting.

Parenttopic: Adjusting the Projector's Brightness Level

TurningOnAutomaticLuminanceAdjustment

You can turn on the Dynamic Contrast setting to automatically optimize the image luminance. This improves the image contrast based on the brightness of the content you project.

1. Turnon the projector and switch to the images source you want to use.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.

3. Select theImagemenuandpressEnter.

Frequently Used Items	Image
Image	Color Mode	Presentation
Signal I/O	Brightness	50
Installation	Contrast:	50
Display	Color Saturation	50
Operation	Tint	50
Management	Sharpness	50
Network	White Balance
Pen/Touch	Dynamic Contrast	Off
	Noise Reduction	0
Interactive	MPEG Noise Reduction	Off
Multi-Projection	Gamma	0
Memory	RG8CMY
ECO	Deinterlacing	Off
Initial/All Settings	Super-resolution
	Detail Enhancement
	Reset to Defaults
	Source	Computer1
	Resolution	Auto

1. Select the Dynamic Contrast setting, choose one of the following options, and press Enter:

•Normaltoadjustbrightnessatthestandardspeed.

•HighSpeedtoadjustbrightnessassoonasthescenechanges.

1. PressMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

ControllingtheVolumewiththeVolumeButtons

You can use the Volume buttons on the remote control to adjust the volume of your projected content. The volume buttons control the projector's internal speakers system or any external speakers you connected to the projector.

Youmustadjustthevolumeseparatelyforeachconnectedinputsource.

1. Turnon the projector and start apresentation that includes audio.

2. Tolowerorraisethevolume, press the Volume button son theremote control.

Avolumegaugeappearsonthescreen.

1. Tosetthevolumetoaspecificlevelforaninputsource, usetheprojectormenus.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

InvertingtheAudioChannels

Youcaninverttheaudio'sleftandrightchannelstomatchtheprojectorinstallationposition.

1. Turnon the projector and start apresentation.

2.PresstheMenubutton.

3. SelecttheSignall/OmenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Signal I/O
Image	Volume
Signal I/O	Source	Computer1
Installation	Signal Format
Display	Mic Input Level	50
Operation	Overscan	Auto
Management	EDID	3240x1080/60Hz
Network	Reset to Defaults
Pen/Touch	A/V Output	While Projecting
Interactive	Inverse Audio	Off
Multi-Projection	Audio Output	Auto
Memory	HDMI Audio Output
ECO	Monitor Out Port	Monitor Out
Initial/All Settings	USB Display	9
	HDMI Link
	Reset Signal I/O Settings
	Installation
	Fixed Installation	Off

1. SettheInverseAudiosettingtoOn.
2. PressMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

SelectingaQuickStartupSetting

If you want to quickly restart the projector within five seconds after turning it off, you can change the Quick Startup setting. You can select 20, 60, or 90 minutes of Quick Startup time.

Note: The projectormaytakelongerthanfivesecondstostartupinthefollowingconditions:

• When projecting from the projector's USB-B1 or HDMIOutport
• WhenprojectingwithScreenMirroring
• Ifwhiteboardsharingwasterminatedintheprevioussession

• If you want to restore the white board contents from the previous session

• Turnontheprojector.
  2.PresstheMenubutton.

• SelecttheOperationmenuandpressEnter.

Frequently Used Items	Operation
Image	Auto Source Search	On
Signal I/O	Light Source Brightness Cont...
Installation	Direct Power On	Off
Display	Auto Power On	Off
Operation	Sleep Mode	On
Management	Sleep Mode Timer	10 min.
Network	A/V Mute Timer	On
Pen/Touch	Standby Mode	Communication On
	Port	Wired LAN
Interactive	Quick Startup	Off
Multi-Projection	Indicators	On
Memory	Inv Direction Button	Off
ECO	Reset Operation Settings
Initial/All Settings	Management
	User Button	Light Source Mode
	User's Logo
	User Pattern

1. SelecttheQuickStartupsettingandpressEnter.
2. Select how long you want to enable Quick Startup mode for and press Enter.
3. PressMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Pressthepowerbuttontoquicklyrestarttheprojectorinthismode.

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

ProjectingaPCFreePresentation

Youcanuseyourprojector'sPCFreefeaturewheneveryouconnectaUSBdevicethatcontains compatiblefiles. Thisletysyouquicklyandeasilydisplaythecontentsofthefilesandcontroltheirdisplay usingtheprojector'sremotecontrol.

SupportedPCFreeFileTypes

StartingaPCFreeSlideShow

StartingaPCFreeMoviePresentation

PCFreeDisplayOptions

Parenttopic: UsingBasicProjectorFeatures

SupportedPCFreeFileTypes

Youcanprojectthesetypesoffilesusingtheprojector'sPCFreefeature.

Note: For best results, place your files on media that is formatted in FAT16/32. If you have trouble projectingfrommediaformattedfornon-Windowsfilesystems,tryformattingthemediaforWindows instead.YoumaynotbeabletousethesecurityfeaturesoncertainUSBstoragedeviceswithPCFree features.WhenconnectingaUSB-compatibleharddrive,connecttheACadaptersuppliedwiththe drive.PCFreemaynotworkwithUSBdevicesecurityfeatures.

Note: While projecting a PC Free presentation, you cannot correct the image shape using keystone correction. Correct the imageshape before starting your presentation.

Filetypeand extension	Details
Image(.jpg)Makes	urethefileisnot:•CMYKformat•Progressiveformat•Highlycompressed•Above8192×8192resolution
Image(.bmp)Makes	surethefileresolutionisnotabove1280×800
Image(.gif)Makes	urethefileisnot:•Above1280×800resolution•Animated•Interlaced
Image(.png)Makes	surethefileresolutionisnot:•Above1920×1080•Interlaced
MotionJPEG movie(.avi)	SupportsonlyAVI1.0Makesurethefileisnot:•SavedwithanaudiocodeotherthanPCMorADPCM•Above1280×720resolution•Largerthan2GB

Parenttopic: ProjectingaPCFreePresentation

StartingaPCFreeSlideShow

AfterconnectingaUSBdeviceordigitalcameratotheprojector,youcanswitchtotheUSBinputsource andstartyourslideshow.

Note: You can change the PC Free operation options or add special effects by highlighting Option at the bottomofthescreenandpressingEnter.

Note: You can also set the interactive penory your fingertoo operatetheslideshow.

1. PresstheUSBbuttonontheprojectorremotecontroluntilthePCFreefilelistappears.

ThePCFreescreenappears.

2.Dothefollowingasnecessarytolocateyourfiles:

• If you need to display files inside as subfolder your device, press the arrow button to highlight the folder and press the Enter button.
  • To move back up a folder level on your device, highlight Back to Top and press Enter.
• To view additional files in a folder, highlight Next page or Previous page and press Enter.
• To display images from a different USB drive, select Select Drive at the top of the PC Free screen andpressEnter.

3.Dooneofthefollowing:

• To display an individual image, press the arrow buttons to highlight the image and press Enter. (PresstheEscbuttontoreturntothefilelistscreen.)
• Todisplayaslideshowofalltheimagesinafolder,pressthearrowbuttonstohighlghtthe SlideshowoptionatthebottomofthescreenandpressEnter.

Note: If any file names are longer than the display area or include unsupported symbols, the file names may be shortened or changed only in the screendisplay.

1. While projecting, use the following command to control the display as necessary:

2. Torotateadisplayedimage, presstheupordownarrowbutton. Youcanalsorotatetheimageby flickingitwiththeinteractivepenoryourfinger.

3. Tomovetothenextorpreviousimage, presstheleftorrightarrowbutton. Youcanalsomove betweenimagesbyflickingtheimagewiththeinteractivepenoryourfinger.

4. Tostophthedisplay, followtheon-screeninstructionsorpresstheEscbutton.

5. TurnofftheUSBdevice, if necessary, and thendisconnect the device from the projector.

Parenttopic: ProjectingaPCFreePresentation

StartingaPCFreeMoviePresentation

AfterconnectingaUSBdeviceordigitalcameratotheprojector,youcanswitchtotheUSBinputsource andstartyourmovie.

Note: You can change the PC Free operation options by highlighting Option at the bottom of the screen and pressing Enter.

1. PresstheUSBbuttonontheprojectorremotecontroluntilthePCFreescreenappears.

ThePCFreescreenappears.

1. Dothefollowingasnecessarytolocateyourfiles:

2. If you need to display files inside as subfolder your device, press the arrow button to highlight the folder and press the Enter button.

3. To move back up a folder level on your device, highlight Back to Top and press Enter.
4. To view additional files in a folder, highlight Next page or Previous page and press Enter.

5. To display movie files from a different USB drive, select Select Drive at the top of the PC Free screenandpressEnter.

6. Toplaybackamovie, pressthearbuttonstohighlighthefileandpressEnter.

Note: If any file names are longer than the display area or include unsupported symbols, the file namesmaybeshortenedorchangedonlyinthescreendisplay.Ifyouwanttoplaybackallthe moviesinafolderinsequence,selecttheSlideshowoptionatthebottomofthescreen.

1. To stop movie playback, press the Esc button, highlight Exit, and press Enter.
2. TurnofftheUSBdevice, if necessary, and then disconnect the device from the projector.

Parenttopic: ProjectingaPCFreePresentation

PCFreeDisplayOptions

Youcanselectthesedisplayoptionswhenusingtheprojector'sPCFreefeature.

SettingOptionsDescription
DisplayOrderNameOrder	erDisplaysfilesinnameorder
	DateOrderDisplaysfilesindateorder
SortOrderInAscending	Sortsfilesinfirst-to-lastorder
	InDescendingSortsfilesinlast-to-firstorder
ContinuousPlayOnDisplaysaslideshowcontinuously
		OffDisplaysaslideshowonetime through
ScreenSwitching Time	NoDoesnotdisplaythenextfileautomatically
	1Secondto60SecondsDisplays filesfortheselectedtimeand switchchestothenextfileautomatically;high resolutionimagesmayswitchataslightly slowerrate
EffectNoNoeffect
	WipeTransitionsbetweenimageswithawipeeffect
	Dissolve	Transitionsbetweenimageswithadissolve effect
	Random	Transitionsbetweenimagesusingarandom varietyofeffects

Parenttopic: ProjectingaPCFreePresentation

AdjustingProjectorFeatures

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstouseyourprojector'sfeatureadjustments.

ShuttingOffthePictureandSoundTemporarily

StoppingVideoActionTemporarily

ZoomingIntoandOutofImages

UsingMultipleProjectors(DuoLink)

ProjectingMultipleImagesSimultaneously

ProjectorSecurityFeatures

CreatingaUserPatterntoDisplay

SavingSettingstoMemoryandUsingSavedSettings

CopyingMenuSettingsBetweenProjectors

SchedulingProjectorEvents

ShuttingOffthePictureandSoundTemporarily

Youcantemporarilyturnofftheprojectedpictureandsoundifyouwanttoredirectyouraudience's attentionduringapresentation.Anysoundorvideoactioncontinuestorun,however,soyoucannot resumeprojectionatthepointthatyoustoppedit.

If you want to display an images such as a company logo or picture when the presentation is stopped, you can setup this feature using the projector's menus.

1. Press the A/V Mute button on the remote control to temporarily stop projection and mute any sound.

1. Toturnthepictureandsoundbackon, pressA/VMuteagain.

Note: The projector's power automatically turns off thirty minutes after A/V Mute is enabled. You can disable this feature in the projector's Operationmenu.

Note: You can also stop projection by selecting the A/V Mute icon in the interactive toolbar.

Parenttopic: AdjustingProjectorFeatures

Relatedtasks

SavingaUser'sLogolmagetoDisplay

StoppingVideoActionTemporarily

Youcantemporarilystoptheactioninavideoorcomputerpresentationandkeepthecurrentimageon thescreen.Anysoundorvideoactioncontinuestorun,however,soyoucannotresumeprojectionatthe pointthatyoustoppededit.

Note: You can also stop video action using the interactive pens.

1. PresstheFreezebuttonontheremotecontroltostopthevideoaction.

1. Torestartthevideoactioninprogress, pressFreezeagain.

Parenttopic: AdjustingProjectorFeatures

ZoomingIntoandOutofImages

Youcandrawattentiontopartsofapresentationbyzoomingintoaportionoftheimageandenlargingit onthescreen.

Note: This feature is unavailable if the Scale setting in the Image menu is enabled (BrightLink 1485Fi).

1. PresstheE-Zoom+buttonontheremotecontrol.

Youseeacrosshaironthescreenindicatingthecenterofthezoomarea.

1. Usethefollowingbuttonsontheremotecontroltoadjustthezoomedimage:

2. Usethearrowbuttonstopositionthecrosshairintheimageareayouwanttozoominto.

3. PresstheE-Zoom+buttonrepeatedlytozoomintotheimagearea,enlargingitasnecessary. PressandholdtheE-Zoom+buttontozoominmorequickly.
4. Toparoundthezoomedimagearea, usethearrowbuttons.
5. Tozoomoutoftheimage, presstheE-Zoom-buttonasnecessary.
   • Toreturntotheoriginalimagesize, pressEsc.

Parenttopic: AdjustingProjectorFeatures

UsingMultipleProjectors(DuoLink)

Youcancombinetheprojectedimagesfromtwoormoreprojectorstocreateonelargeimage (BrightLink1485Fi). Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstosetupandprojectfrommultiple projectors.

Note: The interactive features are not available when connecting more than two projectors. See the onlineDuoLinkSetupGuideforadditionalinformation.

ProjectorIdentificationSystemforMultipleProjectorControl

AdjustingColorUniformity

BlendingthelmageEdges

MatchingtheImageColors

AdjustingtheBlackLevel

AdjustingRGBCMY

ScalinganImage

Parenttopic: AdjustingProjectorFeatures

ProjectorIdentificationSystemforMultipleProjectorControl

Youcanoperatemultipleprojectorsusingoneremotecontrolformoreelaboratepresentations. Todo this, youassignanidentificationnumbertoeachprojectorandtotheremotecontrol. Thenyoucan operatealltheprojectorsatonceorindividually.

SettingtheProjectorID

SettingtheRemoteControlID

Parenttopic: Using Multiple Projectors(DuoLink)

SettingtheProjectorID

If you want to control multiple projectors from a remote control, give each projector a unique ID.

1.PresstheMenubutton.

1. SelecttheMulti-ProjectionmenuandpressEnter.

3. SelectProjectorIDandpressEnter.

4.Pressthearrowbuttonsontheremotecontroltoselecttheidentificationnumberyouwanttousefor theprojector.ThenpressEnter.

Repeat the seven steps for all the other projectors you want to operate from one remote control.

Note: If you don't know the projector's ID, aim the remote control at the projector and press the ID button to temporarily display the projector's Donthescreen.

Parenttopic:ProjectorIdentificationSystemforMultipleProjectorControl

SettingtheRemoteControlID

Theremotecontrol'sIDissettozerobydefaultsoitcanoperateanycompatibleproject.Ifyouwanto settheremotecontroltooperateonlyaparticularproject,youneedtosettheremotecontrol'sIDto matchtheprojector'sID.

1. Turnontheprojectoryouwanttheremotecontroltooperatewithexclusively.

2. Make sure you know the projector's ID number as set in the Multi-Projection menu Projector ID setting.
   3.Aimtheremotecontrolatthatprojector.

3. Hold down the ID button on the remote control while you press the numeric button that matches the projector'sID.Thenreleasethebuttons.

Theremotecontrol'sIDisset.

Note: If the batteries are left out of the remote control for an extended period, the remote control ID returnstoitsdefaultsetting.

Parenttopic: ProjectorIdentificationSystemforMultipleProjectorControl

AdjustingColorUniformity

Ifthecolortoneisunevenoneachscreen,adjustthecolortonebalanceintheMulti-Projectionmenuof eachprojector.(Thecolortonemaynotbeuniformevenafterperformingcoloruniformity.)

Note: Set the Color Mode setting in each projector's Image menu to Multi-Projection before you start projecting(BrightLink1485Fi).

1. Press the Menu button on the remote or control panel, select the Multi-Projection menu, and press Enter.

Frequently Used Items	Multi-Projection
Image	Projector ID	Off
Signal I/O	HDMI Out Setting	Off
Installation	Geometry Correction	Point Correction
Display	Edge Blending
Operation	Scale
Management	Color Uniformity
Network	Light Source Mode	Normal
Pen/Touch	Color Matching
Interactive	RGBCMY
	Reset Multi-Projection Settings
Multi-Projection	Memory
Memory	Save Memory
ECO	Load Memory
Initial/All Settings	Rename Memory
	Erase Memory
	Reset Memory
	ECO

1. SelecttheColorUniformitysettingandpressEnter.

1. Select On as the Color Uniformity setting and press Enter, then press Esc.
2. SelectAdjustmentLevelandpressEnter.
3. SelectanadjustmentlevelandpressEsc.
4. SelectStartAdjustmentsandpressEnter.

7. Select the area you want to adjust and press Enter.

1. Select Red, Green, or Blue and press the left arrow button to weaken the color tone or the right arrowbuttontostrengthenthecolortone.

Note: The adjustments screen changeseach time you press Enter.

1. PressEsctoreturntotheareaselectionscreen.

10.Repeatsteps7through9foreacharea,thenselectAlltoadjusttheentirescreen.

1. PressEsctoexitthemenus.

Parenttopic: Using Multiple Projectors(DuoLink)

Relatedreferences

ImageQualitySettings-ImageMenu

BlendingtheImageEdges

Youcanusetheprojector'sEdgeBlendingfeaturetocreateaseamlessimagefrommultipleprojectors (BrightLink1485Fi).

Two gray rectangular shapes with a red arrow pointing to a dashed rectangle, no text or symbols present.

1.PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheMulti-ProjectionmenuandpressEnter.

Frequently Used Items	Multi-Projection
Image	Projector ID	Off
Signal I/O	HDMI Out Setting	Off
Installation	Geometry Correction	Point Correction
Display	Edge Blending
Operation	Scale
Management	Color Uniformity
Network	Light Source Mode	Normal
Pen/Touch	Color Matching
Interactive	RGBCMY
	Reset Multi-Projection Settings
Multi-Projection	Memory
Memory	Save Memory
ECO	Load Memory
Initial/All Settings	Rename Memory
	Erase Memory
	Reset Memory
	ECO

1. SelecttheEdgeBlendingsettingandpressEnter.

2. Turn on the Edge Blending, Line Guide, and Pattern Guide settings.

Note: If the projected guide is unclear, try changing the Guide Color setting.

1. SelecttheedgeyouwanttoblendoneachprojectandpressEnter.

Youseeascreenlikethis:

1. SelecttheBlendingsettingandselectOn.
2. PressEsctoreturntothepreviousscreen.
3. SelecttheBlendStartPositionsettingandadjustthepointwhereedgeblendingbegins.

Note: If you created a unified image area using the Edge Blending feature, set the Blend Start Position setting to 0.

1. Select the Blend Range setting and use the arrow buttons to select the width of the blended area so that the displayed guides are at the edges of the overlapping area between the two images.

Note: If you created a unified image area using the Edge Blending feature, set the Blend Range setting to 300.

1. SelecttheBlendCurvesettingandselectagradientfortheshadedareaontheprojectors.
2. PressEsctogobacktothepreviousscreen.
3. When the edges are blended, turn off the Line Guide and Pattern Guide settings on each projector to check the final settings.
4. When you are finished, press the Menubutton.

Parenttopic: UsingMultipleProjectors(DuoLink)

MatchingthelmageColors

Youcanmatchthedisplaycolorofmultipleprojectorsthatwillprojectnexttooneanother(BrightLink 1485Fi).Turnonalltheprojectorssoyoucanproperlyadjustthecolorofthecombinedscreen.

1.PresstheMenubutton.

1. Select the Multi-Projection menu (BrightLink 1485Fi) or Management menu (BrightLink 1480Fi) andpressEnter.

1. SelecttheColorMatchingsettingandpressEnter

Youseethisscreen:

4.PresstheleftorrightarrowbuttontoselectAdjustmentLevel8.

Note: There are several adjustment levels and you can adjust each level individually.

5.PresstheleftorrightarrowbuttonstoadjusttheBrightnesssetting.
6. Press the left or right arrow buttons to adjust the color tone for the Red, Green, and Blue settings if necessary.
7. PressEsctoreturntotheMulti-Projectionmenu.
8. SelecttheOperationmenuandpressEnter
9. SelectLightSourceBrightnessControlandpressEnter
10. Set the Light Source Mode setting to Custom and adjust the Brightness Level setting as necessary.
11. Press Esc and repeat steps 2-6 for Adjustment Level 7 through 2.
12. When you are finished, press the Menubutton.

Parenttopic: UsingMultipleProjectors(DuoLink)

AdjustingtheBlackLevel

Whentwoimagesoverlap, theoverlappingareacanappeardifferentlyfromtheareasthatdonot overlap. Youcanusetheprojector'sBlackLevelsettingtomakethedifferencelessnoticeable (BrightLink1485Fi).

Diagram showing a red arrow pointing to a vertical gray line between two black rectangular regions, with no text or symbols present.

Note: You cannot adjust the black levels while projecting a test pattern, and you may not be able to adjust the black levels correctly if the Geometry Correction settings are set too high. The brightness and tone of the overlapping areas may differ from the rest of the image even after adjusting the black level.

1.PresstheMenubutton.

2. SelecttheMulti-ProjectionmenuandpressEnter

3. SelecttheBlackLevelsettingandpressEnter.

Note: The Black Level setting is displayed only if Edge Blending is enabled and at least one (top, bottom, left, right) edgeissettoOn.

4. Select the Color Adjustment setting and press Enter

You see a screen based on the Top Edge, Bottom Edge, Right Edge, and Left Edge settings you selected for the Edge Blending setting.

5. SelecttheareayouwanttoadjustandpressEnter.

Note: The areayou selected disdisplayed in orange. Adjustoverlapping areas starting with the brightest areas first. Forexample, adjustarea2tomatcharea1, then adjustarea3tomatcharea2.

1. Adjustthebrightnessandtoneoftheareasthatdonotoverlaptomatchtheareasthatoverlapusing thedisplayedadjustmentsliders.ThenpresstheEscbutton.

1. Repeat the previous wostepsas needed until all areas match.
2. If the tone of some areas do not match, you can adjust them using the Area Correction setting. Continue with then next step. Otherwise, press the Menubutton to exit.
3. PresstheEscbuttontoreturntotheBlackLevelscreen.
4. SelecttheAreaCorrectionsettingandpressEnter#
5. SelecttheStartAdjustmentssettingandpressEnter

Youseeascreenwithboundarylinesindicatingareasthatareoverlapping.Theboundarylinesare based on the Top Edge, Bottom Edge, Right Edge, and Left Edge settings you selected for the EdgeBlendingsetting.

1. Use the arrow buttons to select a boundary line of the area you want to adjust and press Enter. Theselectedlineisdisplayedinorange.

Abstract geometric shape with a black triangle on a dark gray background, no text or symbols present.

1. UsethearrowbuttonstoadjusttheboundarylinepositionandpresstheEnterbutton.

2. UsethearrowbuttonstoselectanadjustmentpointandpresstheEnterbutton.

Note: You can change the number of adjustment points displayed by changing the Points setting in theAreaCorrectionmenu.

Theselectedpointturnsorange.

1. Usethearrowbuttonstomovethepoint.
2. Tomoveanotherpoint, presstheEscbuttonandrepeattheprevioustwosteps.
3. To move another boundary line, press the Esc button repeatedly until you can select a boundary line.
4. When you are finished, press the Esc button until you see a confirmation message. Select Yes and pressEnter.
5. When you are finished, press the Menubutton.

Note: Changing the Top Edge, Bottom Edge, Right Edge, or Left Edge settings resets the Black Levelsettingtoitsdefaultvalue.

Parenttopic: Using Multiple Projectors(DuoLink)

AdjustingRGBCMY

You can adjust the Hue, Saturation, and Brightness settings for R (red), G (green), B (blue), C (cyan), M(magenta), and Y(yellow) colorcomponents.

Turn on all the projectors and select the RGBCMY setting in each projector's Image menu so that the colortoneonthecombinedscreenbecomesentirelyeven.

1. PresstheMenubutton.

2. SelectthelmagemenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Image
Image	Color Mode	Presentation
Signal I/O	Brightness	50
Installation	Contrast:	50
Display	Color Saturation	50
Operation	Tint	50
Management	Sharpness	50
Network	White Balance
Pen/Touch	Dynamic Contrast	Off
	Noise Reduction	0
Interactive	MPEG Noise Reduction	Off
Multi-Projection	Gamma	0
Memory	RG8CMY
ECO	Deinterlacing	Off
Initial/All Settings	Super-resolution
	Detail Enhancement
	Reset to Defaults
	Source	Computer1
	Resolution	Auto

3. SelecttheRGBCMYsettingandpressEnter

4. SelectthecoloryouwanttoadjustandpressEnter.

Youseethisscreen:

• Toadjusttheoverallhueofthecolor,adjusttheHuesetting.
• Toadjusttheoverallvividnessofthecolor,adjusttheSaturationsetting.

• Toadjusttheoverallbrightnessofthecolor,adjusttheBrightnesssetting.

• Press the left or right arrow buttons to adjust the Hue, Saturation, and Brightness settings.

6.Repeattheprevioustwostepsasnecessarytoadjusteachcolor.

1. PressMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Parenttopic: Using Multiple Projectors(DuoLink)

ScalinganImage

YoucanprojectthesameimagefrommultipleprojectorsandusetheScalefeaturetocropandcombine themintoonelargeimage(BrightLink1485Fi).

graph TD
    A["Top Panel"] --> B["Surface Detection"]
    C["Top Panel"] --> D["Object Tracking"]
    B --> E["Surface Display"]
    D --> F["Object Tracking"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#dfd,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#dfd,stroke:#333

1.PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheMulti-ProjectionmenuandpressEnter
3. SelecttheScalesettingandpressEnter

Youseethisscreen:

1. SelectoneofthefollowingastheScalesetting:

2. Auto to automatically adjust the clipped areas according to the HDMI Output Setting and Edge Blendingsettingsyouselected
   •Manualtoadjusttheclippedareasmanually

3. Select the Scale Modesetting and select one of these options:

- ZoomDisplaytomaintaintheimageaspectratioasyouscaletheimage

Four-panel diagram showing a beach scene with birds and fish, each before and after transformation (no text or symbols)

•FullDisplaytoadjusttheimagetotheprojector'sscreensizeasyouscaletheimage

Four-panel diagram showing a bird flying over water with a bird flying away, each panel containing a grayscale image of a bird (no text or symbols)

1. If you selected Auto as the Scale setting, you can skip the remaining steps. If you selected Manual, adjust each of the following options as necessary:

2. Select – or + to scale the image horizontally and vertically at the same time

3. SelectScaleVerticallytoscaletheimageverticallyonly

4. SelectScaleHorizontallytoscaletheimagehorizontallyonly

5. Select the Clip Adjustment setting and use the arrow buttons to adjust the coordinates and size of each imageasyouviewthescreen.

6. SelecttheClipRangesettingtopreviewtheareayoujustselected.
   9.PresstheMenubuttontoexit.

Parenttopic: UsingMultipleProjectors(DuoLink)

ProjectingMultipleImagesSimultaneously

Youcanusethesplitscreenfeatureosimultaneouslyprojectfromtwoorfourimagesfromdifferent imagesourcesnexttoeachother.Youcancontrolthesplitscreenfeatureusingtheremotecontrol,the projectormenus,ortheinteractivefunction.

graph TD
    A["User Server"] --> B["Server"]
    C["Desktop Computer"] --> B
    D["Mobile Device"] --> B
    E["Global Map Display"] --> B
    F["Data Dashboard"] --> B
    G["User Interface"] --> B
    H["User Interface"] --> B
    I["User Interface"] --> B
    J["User Interface"] --> B
    K["User Interface"] --> B
    L["User Interface"] --> B
    M["User Interface"] --> B
    N["User Interface"] --> B
    O["User Interface"] --> B
    P["User Interface"] --> B
    Q["User Interface"] --> B
    R["User Interface"] --> B
    S["User Interface"] --> B
    T["User Interface"] --> B
    U["User Interface"] --> B
    V["User Interface"] --> B
    W["User Interface"] --> B
    X["User Interface"] --> B
    Y["User Interface"] --> B
    Z["User Interface"] --> B
    AA["User Interface"] --> B
    AB["User Interface"] --> B
    AC["User Interface"] --> B
    AD["User Interface"] --> B
    AE["User Interface"] --> B
    AF["User Interface"] --> B
    AG["User Interface"] --> B
    AH["User Interface"] --> B
    AI["User Interface"] --> B
    AJ["User Interface"] --> B
    AK["User Interface"] --> B
    AL["User Interface"] --> B
    AM["User Interface"] --> B
    AN["User Interface"] --> B
    AO["User Interface"] --> B
    AP["User Interface"] --> B
    AQ["User Interface"] --> B
    AR["User Interface"] --> B
    AS["User Interface"] --> B
    AT["User Interface"] --> B
    AU["User Interface"] --> B
    AV["User Interface"] --> B
    AW["User Interface"] --> B
    AX["User Interface"] --> B
    AY["User Interface"] --> B

Note: While you use the split screen feature, other projector features may not be available and some settingsmaybeautomaticallyappliedtoallimages.

Note: You cannot use split screen with certain input source combinations. You cannot perform split screen projection when the Connect ELPCB02 setting is set to On in the Installation menu.

Note: If you are projecting content from one source, you can split the projected image with a whiteboard screen.Clickthelinkbelowformoreinformation.

1. PresstheSplitbuttonontheremotecontrol.

Note: You can also select SplitScreen from the Homescreen.

You are prompted forthenumberofscreens.

1. Select 2 Screens or 4 Screens, depending on the number of input sources you want to project.

If you selected 2 Screens, the currently selected input source moves to the left side of the screen. If youselected4Screensandusedthesplitscreenfeaturetoprojectfourimagesbefore,the projectedimagesarearrangedinthesameorderastheywerepreviously.

3.PresstheMenubutton.

Youseeascreenlikethis:

4.PressthearrowandEnterbuttonstoselectanimagesourceforeachsectionofthescreen.
5. To choose the audio you want to hear, select an input source as the Audio Sources setting.
6. Toselecttheinputsourcetobecontrolledbyfingerorpeninteractivity,selectaninputsourceasthePCInteractivitysetting.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed to enable finger touch operation.

1. If you selected 2 Screens and want to change the size of the images, select a sizing option as the ScreenSizesetting.

2. SelectExecuteandpressEnter

3. Toexitthesplitscreenfeature, presstheSplitorEscbutton.

InputSourcesforSplitScreenProjection

Parenttopic: AdjustingProjectorFeatures

Relatedtasks

SplittingtheProjectedImagewithWhiteboardMode

InputSourcesforSplitScreenProjection

You can choose most inputs source combinations for splits screen projection, but the following combinations are not supported:

•HDMI2,HDMI3,HDBaseT

•Computer1, Computer2, Video

• USB1, USB2, USB Display, LAN

Note: The HDBaseT source is available only for the Bright Link 1485Fi.

Parenttopic: Projecting Multiple Images Simultaneously

ProjectorSecurityFeatures

You can secure your project to do better the for prevent unintended use by setting up the following security features:

- Passwordsecuritytopreventtheprojectorfrombeingturnedon,andpreventchangestothestartup screenandothersettings.

- Buttonlocksecuritytoblockoperationoftheprojectorusingthebuttonsonthecontrolpanel.

•Securitycablingtophysicallycabletheprojectorinplace.

PasswordSecurityTypes

LockingtheProjector'sButtons

InstallingaSecurityCable

Parenttopic: AdjustingProjectorFeatures

PasswordSecurityTypes

Youcansetupthesetypesofpasswordsecurityusingonesharedpassword:

• Power On Protection password prevents anyone from using the projector without first entering a password.
• User's Logo password prevents anyone from changing the custom screen the projector can display when it turn on. The presence of the custom screen is to identify the projector's owner.

• Networkpasswordpreventsanyonefromchangingthenetworksettingsintheprojectormenus.

- Schedule password prevents anyone from changing the projector's time or schedule settings.

- Interactivepasswordpreventsanyonefromchangingtheprojector'sinteractivesettings.

SettingaPassword

SelectingPasswordSecurityTypes

EnteringaPasswordtoUsetheProjector

SavingaUser'sLogolmagetoDisplay

Parenttopic:ProjectorSecurityFeatures

SettingaPassword

Tousepasswordsecurity,youmustsetapassword.

Note: Thedefaultpasswordissetto0000.

1. Hold down the Freeze button on the remote control for about five seconds or until you see this menu.

1. PressthedownarrowtoselectPasswordandpressEnter.

Youseetheprompt"Changethepassword?".

1. SelectYesandpressEnter.

2. Press and hold down the Num button on the remote control and use the numeric buttons to set a four-digit password.

Thepassworddisplaysas****asyouenterit. Thenyouseetheconfirmationprompt.

5.Enterthepasswordagain.

Youseethemessage"Passwordaccepted."

1. PressEsctoreturntothemenu.

7.Makeanoteofthepasswordandkeepitinasafeplaceincaseyouforgetit.

Parenttopic:PasswordSecurityTypes

SelectingPasswordSecurityTypes

Aftersettingapassword,youseethismenu,allowingyoutoselectthepasswordsecuritytypesyouwanttouse.

[ Password Protection ]
Power On Protection	Off
Menu Protection
Password

If you do not see this menu, hold down the Freeze button on the remote control for about five seconds or untilthemenuappears.

- To prevent unauthorized use of the projector, select Power On Protection, press Enter, select On, press Enter again, and press Esc.

• To prevent changes to certain projector settings, select Menu Protection, press Enter, and do the followingasnecessary:
• To prevent changes to the User's Logo screen or related display settings, select User's Logo, press Enter, select On, press Enter again, and press Esc.
• To prevent changes to the projector's time or schedule settings, select Schedule, press Enter, selectOn, pressEnteragain, andpressEsc.
• To prevent changes to network settings, select Network, press ↕ Enter, select On, press ↕ Enter again, and press Esc.
• To prevent changes to the projector's interactive settings, select Interactive, press Enter, select On, press Enter again, and press Esc.

YoucanattachthePasswordProtectstickertotheprojectorasanadditionaltheftdeterrent.

Note: Be sure to keep the remote control in a safe place; if you lose it, you will not be able to enter the passwordrequiredtousetheprojector.

Parenttopic: PasswordSecurityTypes

EnteringaPasswordtoUsetheProjector

If a password is set up and a Power On Protection password is enabled, you see a prompt to enter a passwordwheneveryouturnontheprojector.

[Password]

Enter the password.

See your documentation for more information.

Youmustenterthecorrectpasswordtousetheprojector.

1. Press and hold down the Num button on the remote control while you enter the password using the numericbuttons.

Note: The default password is 0000.

Thepasswordscreencloses.

1. If the password is incorrect, the following may happen:

2. Youseea"wrongpassword"messageandaprompttotryagain.Enterthecorrectpasswordto proceed.

3. If you have forgotten the password, make note of the RequestCode: xxxx number that appears on the screen and contact Epson Support.
4. If you enter an incorrect password three times in succession, you see a message getting you that the projector is locked. After the message is displayed for 5 minutes, the projectorenters standby mode. Unplug the projector, plugin the power cord, and turn the projector. You see a prompt to enter the password.
5. If you continueto enter an incorrect password many times in succession, the projector displays a request code and messages a contact Epson Support. Donot attempt to enter the password again. When you contact Epson Support, provided displayed request code and proof of ownership for assistance in unlocking the projector.

Parenttopic:PasswordSecurityTypes

Relatedreferences

WheretoGetHelp

SavingaUser'sLogolmagetoDisplay

Youcantransferanimagetotheprojectorandthendisplayitwhenevertheprojectorturnson. Youcan alsodisplaytheimagewhentheprojectorisnotreceivinganinputsignalorwhenyoutemporarilystop projection. ThistransferredimageiscalledtheUser'sLogoscreen.

TheimageyouselectastheUser'sLogocanbeaphoto,graphic,orcompanylogo,whichisusefulin identifyingtheprojector'sownertohelpdetertheft.YoucanpreventchangestotheUser'sLogoby settinguppasswordprotectionforit.

Note: You cannot save an image that is protected by HDCPasaUser's Logo.

Note: When you copy the menu settings from one projector to another using the batch setup feature, the userlogoisalsocopied.Donotincludeanyinformationintheuserlogothatyoudonotwanttoshare betweenmultipleprojectors.

1. Display the image you want to project the User's logo.

2. Press the Menu button, select the Management menu, and press ↕ Enter.

1. SelecttheUser'sLogosettingandpressEnter

2. SelectStartSettingandpressEnter

Youseeapromptaskingifyouwanttousethedisplayedimageasauser'slogo.

Note: When you select User's Logo, adjustments such as Geometry Correction, E-Zoom, Aspect, Scale (BrightLink 1485Fi), and Screen Type are temporarily canceled.

1. SelectYesandpressEnter!

Note: Depending on the imagesignal, the screensize may change to match the resolution of the imagesignal.

1. Make sure the image appears as you want it, then select Yes again and press Enter. Youseeacompletionmessage.

2. PressEsctoexitthemessagescreen.

3. SelecttheDisplaymenuandpressEnter

4. SelectwhenyouwanttodisplaytheUser'sLogoscreen:

5. To display it whenever there is no input signal, select No-Signal Screen and set it to Logo.

6. To display it whenever you turn the projector on, select Startup Screen and set it to On.

TopreventanyonefromchangingtheUser'sLogosettingswithoutfirstenteringapassword,seta passwordandenableUser'sLogosecurity.

Parenttopic: PasswordSecurityTypes

Relatedtasks

SelectingPasswordSecurityTypes

SettingaPassword

LockingtheProjector'sButtons

Youcanlockthebuttonsontheprojector'scontrolpaneltopreventanyonefromusingtheprojector.You canlockallthebuttonsonallthebuttonsexceptthepowerbutton.

1. PresstheMenubutton.

2. SelecttheManagementmenuandpressEnter.

1. SelecttheControlPanelLocksettingandpressEnter.

2. SelectoneoftheselocktypesandpressEnter:

3. Tolockalloftheprojector'sbuttons,selectFullLock.

4. Tolockallbuttonsexceptthepowerbutton,selectExceptforPower.

Youseeaconfirmationprompt.

1. SelectYesandpressEnter.

UnlockingtheProjector'sButtons

Parenttopic:ProjectorSecurityFeatures

UnlockingtheProjector'sButtons

If the projector's buttons have been locked, hold the Enter button on the projector's control panel for seven seconds to unlock them. You can also set the Control Panel Lock setting to Off in the Managementmenu.

Parenttopic:LockingtheProjector'sButtons

Relatedreferences

AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

InstallingaSecurityCable

Youcaninstalltwotypesofsecuritycablesontheprojectortodetertheft.

- Use the security slot on the project to attack a Kensington lock. See your local computer or electronics dealer for purchase information.

- Use the security cable attachment point on the project to attach a wire cable and secure it to a room fixture or heavy furniture.

Line drawing of a rectangular electronic device casing with internal components and a cable inserted (no text or symbols)

Note: Do not pass drop-prevention cables through the security cable attachment point when mounting the projectoronawallorceiling.

Parenttopic: ProjectorSecurityFeatures

CreatingaUserPatterntoDisplay

Youcantransferanimagetotheprojectorandthendisplayitasapatterntoaidinpresentationswhen youusethePatternDisplayfeature. ThistransferredimageiscalledtheUserPattern.

Note: Once you save a user pattern, you cannot restore the default pattern.

1. Display the image you want to project the User Pattern from a connected computer or video source.

2. Press the Menu button, select the Management menu, and press Enter.

1. Select the UserPatternsetting and press Enter.

YouseeapromptaskingifyouwanttousethedisplayedimageasaUserPattern.

Note: When you select User Pattern, adjustments such as Keystone, E-Zoom, Aspect, Adjust Zoom, orImageShiftaretemporarily canceled.

1. SelectYesandpressEnter.

Note: It takes a few moments for the projector to save the image; do not use the projector, its remote control, oranyconnectedequipmentuntilitisfinished.

Youseeacompletionmessage.

1. PressEsctoexitthemessagescreen.

To view your user pattern, press the Menu button, select the Display menu, and press Enter. Set the Pattern Type setting to User Pattern, then return to the Display menu and select Pattern Display.

Parenttopic:AdjustingProjectorFeatures

SavingSettingstoMemoryandUsingSavedSettings

Youcansavecustomizedsettingsforeachofyourvideoinputsandthenselectthesavedsettings wheneveryouwanttousethem.

1. Turnontheprojectoranddisplayanimation.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheMemorymenuandpressEnter.

Youseethisscreen:

Frequently Used Items	Scale
Image	Color Uniformity
Signal I/O	Light Source Mode	Normal
Installation	Color Matching
Display	RGBCMY
Operation	Reset Multi-Projection Settings
Management	Memory
Network	Save Memory
Pen/Touch	Load Memory
Interactive	Rename Memory
Multi-Projection	Erase Memory
	Reset Memory
Memory	ECO
ECO	Light Source Mode	Normal
Initial/All Settings	Sleep Mode	On
	Standby Mode	Communication On
	Initial/All Settings
	Reset All

1. Selectoneofthefollowingoptions:

2. LoadMemory:Overwritesyourcurrentsettingswithsavedsettings

3. SaveMemory: Savesyourcurrentsettingstomemory(10memorieswithdifferentnamesare available)

Note: Amemorynamethathasalreadybeenusedisindicatedbyabluemark. Savingovera previously saved memory over writesthesettings with your current settings.

• EraseMemory: Erasestheselectedmemorysettings
  •RenameMemory: Renamesasavedmemory

• ResetMemorySettings: Deleteallsavedmemory

• PressEsctoexit.

Parenttopic: AdjustingProjectorFeatures

CopyingMenuSettingsBetweenProjectors

Afteryouselectmenusettingsforyourprojector,youcantransferthemtoanotherprojectorofthesame model.

Note: Copy the projector's settings before you adjust the projected image using the projector's Geometry Correctionsettings.AnysavedUser'sLogosettingontheprojectorwilltransfertotheotherprojector.

Caution: If the copy process fails due to a power failure, communication error, or for any other reason, Epsonwillnotberesponsibleforanyrepaircostsincurred.

The following settings will not transfer between projectors:

•LightSourceHours

- Status

The following settings will not transfer between projectors if you set the Batch Setup Range setting to Limited:

- PasswordProtectionsettings

•EDIDintheSignall/Omenu

•Networkmenusettings

Note: In addition to the methods covered in this section, you can also copy and transfer settings to multipleprojectorsoveranetworkusingtheEpsonProjectorManagementsoftware.Seetheonline Epson Projector Management Operation Guide for instructions. You can download the latest software anddocumentationfromtheEpsonwebsite.

SavingSettingstoaUSBBFlashDrive

TransferringSettingsfromaUSBFlashDrive

SavingSettingstoaComputer

TransferringSettingsfromaComputer

Parenttopic: AdjustingProjectorFeatures

SavingSettingstoaUSBFlashDrive

YoucansavetheprojectorsettingsyouwanttotransfertoaUSBflashdrive.

Note: Use an empty flash drive. If the drive contains other files, the transfer may not complete correctly. TheflashdrivemustusetheFATformatandcannothaveanysecurityfeatures.

1. Turnoff the projector and unplug the power cord from the projector's power inlet.
2. Insert the flash drive into the USB-A1 or USB-A2 port.

Note: Connect the flash drive directly to the projector. Do not use a hub or your settings may not be saved correctly.

1. Press and hold the Esc button on the control panel or remote control as you connect the power cord totheprojector'spowerinlet.

2. When the On/Standby and Status lights are blue, and the Laser and Templights are orange, release the Esc button.

Thelightsflashtoindicate that settings are transferring to the flash drive. Whenthelightsstop flashing, the On/Standby light turns blue and the projectorentersstandbymode.

Caution: Do not unplug the power cord or remove the flash drive while the lights are flashing. This could damage the projector.

1. Oncetheprojectorentersstandbymode, removetheflashdrive.

Note: If the projector does not enter standby mode and the lights continue flashing, see the link belowforasolution.

Parenttopic: CopyingMenuSettingsBetweenProjectors

TransferringSettingsfromaUSBFlashDrive

AftersavingprojectorsettingstoaUSBflashdrive,youcantransferthemtoanotherprojectorofthe samemodel.

Note: Make sure the USB flash drive contains only a single settings transfer from another projector of the same model. The settings are contained in a file called pjconfdata.bin. If the drive contains other files, the transfer may not complete correctly.

Donotadjustimagesettingsonaprojectoruntilafteryoutransfersettingstoit. Otherwise, you may have to repeat your adjustments.

1. Turnoff the projector and unplug the power cord from the projector's power inlet.
2. Insert the flash drive into one of the USB-Aports.

Note: Connect the flash drive directly to the projector. Do not use a hub or your settings may not be saved correctly.

1. Press and hold the Menu button on the control panel or remote control as you connect the power cordtotheprojector'spowerinlet.
2. When the On/Standby and Status lights are blue, and the Laser and Templights are orange, release the Menubutton.

Thelightsflashtoindicatethatsettingsaretransferringtotheprojector.Whenthelightsstop flashing,theOn/Standbylightturnsblueandtheprojectorentersstandbymode.

Caution: Do not unplug the power cord or remove the flash drive while the lights are flashing. This could damage the projector.

1. Oncetheprojectorentersstandbymode, removetheflashdrive.

Note: If the projector does not enter standby mode and the lights continue flashing, see the link belowforasolution.

Parenttopic: CopyingMenuSettingsBetweenProjectors

SavingSettingstoaComputer

Youcansavetheprojectorsettingsyouwanttotransfertoacomputer.

Yourcomputermustberunningoneofthefollowingoperatingsystems:

- Windows7

- Windows8.x

- Windows10

-OSX10.11.x

•macOS10.12.x

•macOS10.13.x

•macOS10.14.x

1. Turnoff the projector and unplug the power cord from the projector's power inlet.

2. ConnectaUSBcabletoyourprojector'sUSB-B1port.

1. ConnecttheotherendtoanyavailableUSBportonyourcomputer.

2. Press and hold the Esc button on the control panel or remote control as you connect the power cord totheprojector'spowerinlet.

3. When the On/Standby and Status lights are blue, and the Laser and Templights are orange, release the Esc button.

Theprojectorshowsupasaremovablediskonyourcomputer.

1. Opentheremovablediskandcopythepjconfdata.binfiletoyourcomputer.

2. Oncethefilehascopied, dooneofthefollowing:

- Windows: Open the My Computer, Computer, Windows Explorer, or File Explorer utility. Right-clickthenameofyourprojector(listedasaremovabledisk)andselectEject.

•Mac:Dragtheremovablediskiconforyourprojectorfromthedesktopintothetrash.

TheprojectorturnsoffwhenyoudisconnecttheUSBcable.

Note: If the projector does not turn off and the lights continue flashing, see the link below for a solution.

Parenttopic: CopyingMenuSettingsBetweenProjectors

TransferringSettingsfromaComputer

Aftersavingprojectorsettingstoacomputer,youcantransferthemtoanotherprojectorofthesame model.

Yourcomputermustberunningoneofthefollowingoperatingsystems:

- Windows7

- Windows8.x

- Windows10

-OSX10.11.x

•macOS10.12.x

•macOS10.13.x

•macOS10.14.x

Donotadjustimagesettingsonaprojectoruntilafteryoutransfersettingstoit. Otherwise, you may have to repeat your adjustments.

1. Turnoff the projector and unplug the power cord from the projector's power inlet.
2. ConnectaUSBcabletoyourprojector'sUSB-B1port.

1. ConnecttheotherendtoanyavailableUSBportonyourcomputer.
2. Press and hold the Menu button on the control panel or remote control as you connect the power cordtotheprojector'spowerinlet.
3. When the On/Stand-by and Status lights are blue, and the Laser and Templights are orange, release the Menubutton.

Theprojectorshowsupasaremovablediskonyourcomputer.

1. Copy the pjconf data.bin file from your computer to other removable disk.

Note: Donotcopyanyotherfilestotheremovabledisk.

1. Oncethefilehascopied,dooneofthefollowing:

2. Windows: Open the My Computer, Computer, Windows Explorer, or File Explorer utility. Right-clickthenameofyourprojector(listedasaremovabledisk)andselectEject.
   •Mac:Dragtheremovablediskiconforyourprojectorfromthedesktopintothetrash.

Various projector lights start flashing to indicate that the projector's settings are being updated. Whentelights stop flashing, remove the USB cable from the projector. The projectorenters standby mode.

Caution: Donotunplugthepowercordwhilethelightsareflashing. This could damage the projector.

Note: If the projector does not turn off and the lights continue flashing, see the link below for a solution.

Parenttopic: CopyingMenuSettingsBetweenProjectors

SchedulingProjectorEvents

Youcansaveaprojectorcommand, suchasturningtheprojectoronorofforswitchinginputsources, as an"event."Youcanschedulewhenyouwanttheprojectortoautomaticallyexecutethecommand.

Caution: Do not place flammable objects in front of the lens. If you schedule the projector to turn on automatically, flammable objects in front of the lens could catch on fire.

Note: The Schedule setting in the Menu Protection menu must be turned off to schedule an event.

SavingaScheduledEvent

ViewingScheduledEvents

EditingaScheduledEvent

Parenttopic: AdjustingProjectorFeatures

Relatedtasks

SelectingPasswordSecurityTypes

SettingaPassword

SavingaScheduledEvent

Youcanselectprojectorcommandsyouwanttoperformandschedulethemasanevent.

Note: Light Source Calibration events do not start if the projector is not used continuously for at least 20 minutes, or if the projector is regularly turned off by shutting off the power outlet. Set Light Source Calibration event to occur only after 100 hours of usage.

Note: The Schedule setting in the Menu Protection menu must be turned off to schedule an event.

1. SetthedateandtimeintheManagementmenu.
   2.PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheManagementmenuandpressEnter.

3. SelecttheScheduleSettingssettingandpressEnter.

4. SelecttheSchedulemenuandpressEnter.

5. SelectAddNewandpressEnter.

Youseeascreenlikethis:

1. In the Event Settings section, select the events you want to have occur. (Select No Change for eventsthatyoudonotwanttooccur.)

1. In the Date/Time Settings section, set the date and time for the scheduled event to occur.
2. When you are finished, select Save and press Enter.
3. Toschedulemoreevents, repeat the previous steps as necessary.
4. SelectSetupcompleteandpressEntertosaveyourchanges.

Parenttopic: SchedulingProjectorEvents

ViewingScheduledEvents

YoucanviewyourscheduledeventsonthecalendardisplayedontheScheduleSettingsscreen.

1. PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheManagementmenuandpressEnter.
3. SelectScheduleSettingsandpressEnter.
4. SelectScheduleandpressEnter.

Youseeascreenlikethis:

Coloredboxesonthecalendarindicatethefollowing:

One-timeevent
Repeatingevent
Eventisinvalid

Communicationisonoroff

1. Toviewanevent, presstheleftandrightarrowbuttonsontheremotetoselectaday.

Thescreendisplaysthedetailsoftheeventsscheduledforthatday.Ablueiconindicatesan enabledevent,agrayiconindicatesadisabledevent,andtheiconindicatesarepeatingevent.

Parenttopic: SchedulingProjectorEvents

EditingaScheduledEvent

Youcaneditanycurrentlyscheduledevent.

1. PresstheMenubutton.

2. SelecttheManagementmenuandpressEnter.

3. SelecttheScheduleSettingssettingandpressEnter.

Youseeascreenlikethis:

4.Presstheleftorightarrowbuttonstohighlightthedateonthecalendarcontainingthescheduled eventyouwanttoedit.
5.Presstheupordownarrowbuttonstohighlighttheeventyouwanttoedit,andpressEnter.
6. Selectoneofthefollowing:

• Enabled/Disabledtoenableordisabletheselectedevent.
  •Edittoeditthesettingsfortheselectedevent.
  •Cleartodeletetheselectedevent.

• AddNewtoaddanewscheduledevent.

• When you are finished, select Return and press Enter.

• SelectSetupcompleteandpressEntertosaveyourchanges.

Note: To delete all scheduled events, select Schedule Reset and select Yes.

Parenttopic: SchedulingProjectorEvents

UsingtheInteractiveFeatures

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstouseyourprojector'sinteractivefeatures.

InteractiveModes

UsingtheInteractivePens

UsingFingerTouchInteractivity

UsingBrightLinkwithaComputer

WindowsPenInputandInkTools

WhiteboardMode

UsingBrightLinkWithoutaComputer

SplittingtheProjectedImagewithWhiteboardMode

SharingtheProjectedScreen

Using Interactive Features with Two Projectors (DuoLink)

InteractiveModes

TheBrightLinkinteractivefeaturesturnanyflatwallintoaninteractivewhiteboard,eitherwithorwithoutacomputer. Theseinteractivemodesareavailable:

• In Whiteboard mode, you can use one or both interactive pens and up to 6 finger stowrite on the projected "whiteboard". You can split these screen and interact with the whiteboard and another projected source. You can insert images from a USB drive or scanner and save, print, oremaily your whiteboard pages without connecting a computer.

• Inbuilt-inAnnotationmode(PCFreeAnnotation), youcanannotateovercontentprojectedfroma computer, tablet, documentcamera, or othersource. Youcancaptureyourannotatedpages, and saveorprintthem. Youcanevensplitthescreenandannotateonuptofourimagesatthesametime, usingoneorbothpensoryourfinger.

•InPCInteractivemode, youcanusetheinteractivepenoryourfingerasamousetonavigate, select, andscrollthroughcontentfromyourcomputer.Youcansplitthescreenintofourandinteractwiththe computerononescreenandannotateanimationontheotherthreescreens.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed for finger touch operation.

Note: You can also use the Easy Interactive Tools software to provide additional interactive features, such as saving your annotations and printing them. See the online Easy Interactive Tools Operation Guidefordetailedinstructions.

Using the Projected Screenasa Whiteboard (Built-in Whiteboard Mode)

DrawingonaProjectedImage(Built-inAnnotationMode)

ControllingComputerFeaturesfromaProjectedScreen(PCInteractiveMode)

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Features

Using the Projected Screenasa Whiteboard (Built-in Whiteboard Mode)

Youcanusetheinteractivepensoryourfingertowriteordrawontheprojectionsurfacejustasyou wouldonachalkboardordryeraseboard.Youcanuseonepen,bothpensatthesametime,ora combinationofpensandfingertouch.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed for finger touch operation.

1.PresstheHomebuttonontheremotecontrolandselectWhiteboard.

Youseethewhiteboardscreen, withthetoolbaronthebottomofthescreen:

Blank white canvas with no visible text, symbols, or graphics

1. Tomovethetoolbartotheright, left, top, or bottom of the screen, use the penory our fingertodragit to the desired location.

2. Toshoworhidethetoolbar, selecttheicon.

Note: You can also show or hide the projector control toolbar by setting the Interactive > Display Toolbars setting to Always Show or Hide for Set Time.

Parenttopic: InteractiveModes

Relatedreferences

InteractiveSettings-InteractiveMenu

DrawingonaProjectedImage(Built-inAnnotationMode)

Youcanprojectfromacomputer, tablet, videodevice, or othersource and annotate over your projected content using the interactive sensory your finger. You can use one pen, both pens at the same time, or a combination of pens and fingert touch.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed for finger touch operation.

1. Projectanimagefromaconconnecteddevice.

Youseethetoolbaronthebottomoftheprojectedimage.

1. Tomovethetoolbartotheright, left, top, orbottomofthescreen, usethepenoryourfingertodragit tothedesiredlocation.

2. Toswitchtooneoftheotherinteractivemodes,dooneofthefollowing:

- Tosplitthescreenwithwhiteboardmode,selecttheWhiteBoardicononthetoolbar.

- ToswitchtoPCInteractivemode, switchtotheinputsourcefortheconnectedcomputerorselect the PC Interactivity icon on the toolbar and make sure it is set to On if the computerisalreadyconnected.

1. Toshoworhidethetoolbar, selecttheicon.

Note: You can also show or hide the projector control toolbar by setting the Interactive > Display Toolbars setting to Always Show or Hide for Set Time.

Parenttopic: InteractiveModes

Relatedreferences

InteractiveSettings-InteractiveMenu

ControllingComputerFeaturesfromaProjectedScreen(PCInteractiveMode)

Youcannavigate, select, and interact with your computer programs from the projected screen using the interactive pensory our finger just as you would damouse.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed for finger touch operation. MacusersneedtoinstalltheEasyInteractiveDriverbeforeusingPCIinteractiveemode.Gotoepson.com/support (U.S.) or epson.ca/support (Canada) and select your projector.

1. Connect your computerto any available video input port on the projector other than a USB port.

2. Connect your computer to the projector's USB-B1 port.

Note: When using the control pad (BrightLink1485Fi), you need to connect your computer to the control pad with an HDMI cable and a USB cable plugged in to the control pad's USB-B port. If you are connecting over an network, you donot need a USB cable.

1. Turnonyourprojectorandcomputertoprojectyourcomputerscreen.

2. Press the Menu button on the remote control, select the Pen/Touch menu, and press the Enter button.

1. SelectthePCInteractivitysettingandpresstheEnterbutton.
2. Selectone of the following as the Pen Tracking Mode depending on the operating system your computer is using:

•PenMode:WindowsorMac
- MouseMode:Ubuntu

1. Press the ↕ Enter button and press the Menu button to exit the projector's menus.

2. Hovernearortapontheboardortheprojectedimagewiththeinteractivepenoryourfinger.

3. MakesurethatPCInteractivityisenabledonthetoolbar.

Note: YoucanusePCInteractivemodewhenconnectedoveranetworkorwithaUSBcable (connectingviaUSBisrecommended).WhenconnectedviaUSB, enabletheUSBDisplaysetting in the projector's Signal I/O menu and connect the computer to the projector's USB-B1 port or the USB-Bportonthecontrolpad(BrightLink1485Fi).WhenprojectingusingUSBDisplay, response timemaybeslower.

Youcannowoperatethecomputerusingtheinteractivepensoryourfinger.

PCInteractiveModeSystemRequirements

Parenttopic: InteractiveModes

PCInteractiveModeSystemRequirements

YourcomputersystemmustmeetthesystemrequirementsheretousePCInteractiveemodeandEasy InteractiveTools.

Note: Easy Interactive Driver must be installed and running to use Easy Interactive Tools on a Mac.

RequirementWindows	Mac
OperatingsystemWindows	7SP1Ultimate,Enterprise,Professional,andHomePremium(32-and64-bit)	OSX10.11.x;macOS10.12.x,macOS10.13.x,macOS10.14.x(64-bit)
	Windows8.1,ProandEnterprise(32-and64-bit)
	Windows10HomeandPro(32-and64bit)
CPUIntelCore2Duo1.2	GHzorfaster(IntelCorei3orfasterrecommended)	IntelCore2Duo1.2GHzorfaster(IntelCorei5orfasterrecommended)
Memory1GBormore(2GBormore recommended)		2GBormore(4GBormore recommended)
Harddiskspace100MBormore
DisplayResolutionbetween1024×768and1920×1200,16-bitcolororgreater

Parenttopic: Controlling Computer Features from a Projected Screen (PC Interactive Mode)

UsingtheInteractivePens

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstousetheinteractivepens.

UsingthePens

PenCalibration

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Features

UsingthePens

Yourprojectorcamewithabluepenandanorangepen,identifiedbythecolorstripattheendofthe pen.Youcanuseeitherpen,orbothpensatthesametime(oneofeachcolor)inbuilt-inwhiteboardor annotationmode.

Makesurethepenbatteriesareinstalled.

Note: The pen turns off automatically after 15 seconds of inactivity. Hold the pen to turn the pen back on.

Note: If you are using two pens at the same time, make sure to use them at least 4 inches (10.16 cm) apart to avoid interference.

1 Pentip

2Batterylight

3Functionbutton

4Attachmentforoptionalstraporcord

5Batterycover

Note: To check the battery, press and hold the function button. If the battery is low, the light flashes. If the light does not turn on or flash, replace the battery.

- Forbestperformance, holdthepenperpendicular to the board, as shown below. Donot cover the black section near the tip of the pen.

Line drawing of a hand holding a pen (no text or symbols)

- Towriteordrawontheprojectionsurfaceinbuilt-inAnnotationmodeorbuilt-inWhiteboardmode,do thefollowing:

• Toselectaprojecteditem, suchasanicon, taptheprojectionsurface with the pentip.
• Todrawon the projected screen, tap the projections surface with the pen and drag it as necessary.
- Tomovethepointer, hoveroverthesurfacewithouttouchingit.
- Toswitchthepenfromdrawingtooltoeraseroradifferentfunction, pressthebuttonontheside.

Note: You can change the function of the button by changing the Pen Button Function setting in the Interactive menu.

•TousethepenasamouseinPCInteractivemode,dothefollowing:

Illustration of a pen and magnifying glass over a blue background with a circular emblem (no text or symbols)

•Toleft-click,taptheboardwiththepentip.
• Todouble-click, taptwise.
- Toright-click, press the button on the side or press and hold the pen on the screen.

Note: Tomakealongpressofthepenactasaright-clickonaMacorPC, setthePenTracking Mode setting to Mouse Mode and set the Press and Hold setting to Right Click.

• Toclickanddrag, tapanddragwiththepen.
- Tomovethecursor, hoverovertheboardwithouttouchingit.

Note: You can turn off the hovering feature using the Pen Hovering setting in the projector's Pen/Touchmenu.

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Pens

Relatedreferences

PenandTouchSetupSettings-Pen/TouchMenu

InteractiveSettings-InteractiveMenu

PenCalibration

Calibrationcoordinatesthepositionofthepenwiththelocationofyourcursor.Youonlyneedtocalibrate thefirsttimeyouuseyourproject'sinteractivefeatures.Calibrationresultsremainuntilyoucalibrate again.

Besuretocalibratethepenbeforeperformingfingertouchcalibration.

If you notice positioning discrepancies after doing any of the following, calibrate again:

•PerformingGeometryCorrection

- Adjustingtheimagesize

•UsingthelmageShiftfeature

- Movingtheprojector

Note: When two projectors are connected and projecting interactive content (BrightLink 1485Fi), draw a lineacrossthetwoscreensafterpencalibrationandmakesurethescreensarealignedcorrectly.Ifthe linepositiondoesnotmatch,realignthescreensandperformcalibrationagain.

Note: Moveanypenyouarenotusingawayfromtheprojectionscreenwhilecalibrating.

CalibratingAutomatically

CalibratingManually

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Pens

CalibratingAutomatically

YoudonotneedthepensoracomputerforAutoCalibration.

Note: You can start Auto Calibration by pressing the User button on the remote control or by pressing the Menubuttonontheremotecontrolasdescribedhere.

1. Press the Menu button, select the Pen/Touch menu, and press ↕ Enter.

1. SelectAutoCalibrationandpressEnter

Thisscreenappears:

1. Adjust the image focus, if necessary.

2. Check that the image pattern fits into the projected display, then press ↕ Enter to select Yes.

Apatternappearsthendisappears, and the system is calibrated. If you see a message that calibration failed, you need to calibrate manually.

Thecursorlocationandpenpositions should match after calibration. If not, you may need to calibrate manually.

Parenttopic: Pen Calibration

Relatedtasks

CalibratingManually

CalibratingManually

If the cursor location and pen position on hot match after autocalibration, you can calibrate manually.

1. Press the Menu button, select the Pen/Touch menu, and press ↕ Enter.

1. SelectManualCalibrationandpressEnter

Thisscreenappears:

1. Adjust the image focus, if necessary.
2. PressEntertoselectYes.

Agreencircleappearsintheupperleftcornerofyourprojectedimage.

1. Touch the center of the circle with the tip of the pen.

The circled disappears, and you see another circle below the first stone.

Note: For themostaccuratecalibration, makesureyoutouchthecenterofthecircle.

Note: Make sure you are not blocking the signal between the pen and the interactive receiver (next totheprojectorlens).

1. Touch the center of then next circle, then repeat. When you get to the bottom of the column, then next circle appears at the top of a new column.

graph TD
    A["Top Circle"] --> B["Down Arrow"]
    B --> C["Left Arrow"]
    C --> D["Right Arrow"]
    D --> E["Bottom Circle"]
    E --> F["Down Arrow"]
    F --> G["Left Arrow"]
    G --> H["Right Arrow"]
    H --> I["Green Plus"]

Note: If you make a mistake, press the Esc button on the remote control or control panel to go back to the previous circle. To cancel the calibration process, press and hold the Esc button for 2 seconds.

1. Continue until all of the circles disappear.

Parenttopic: Pen Calibration

UsingFingerTouchInteractivity

Youcanuseyourfingertoperformthesamefunctionsastheinteractivepenswhenyouinstallthe TouchUnit.

Note: See the online Installation Guide for detailed instructions on installing the Touch Unit (BrightLink 1485Fi). If your product did not comewith a TouchUnit, you can use incompatible TouchUnit that you already have or you can purchase one as an optional accessory (BrightLink 1480Fi).

TouchUnitSafetyInstructions

CalibratingforFingerTouchInteractivity

UsingFingerTouchOperations

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Features

TouchUnitSafetyInstructions

The TouchUnitenablesfingertouchinteractivitywithyourprojector.Donotconnectittoanyother projectorsordevices.

Abuilt-in, high-powerlaserisemitted from the laser diffusion portion the bottom of the Touch Unit.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical bracket with a red circle highlighting a small feature (no text or symbols)

Followthese precautions when using the Touch Unit and fingertouchinteractivity:

- Childrenusingfingertouchinteractivityshouldalwaysbeaccompaniedbyanadult.

- NeverdisassembleormodifytheTouchUnit.NeveropenancasesontheprojectororTouchUnit. Electricalvoltagesinsidetheprojectorcancausesevereinjury.

• DonotlookintothelaserdiffusionportsonthebackoftheTouchUnit. Thelasercandamageyour eyes. Extracareshouldbetakenwhenchildrenarepresent.
• DonotallowthelaserlightfromtheTouchUnittopassthroughorbereflectedbyanyopticaldevices, suchasamagnifyingglassormirror. Thiscouldcausepersonalinjuryorfire.
• DonotviewthelaserlightfromtheTouchUnitusinganopticaldevicesuchasaneyeloupe, magnifyingglass,ormicroscope,especiallywithin2.75inches(70mm)ofthelaserdiffusionports. Thiscoulddamageyoureyes.
• Unplugtheprojectorfromtheelectricaloutletandreferallrepairstoqualifiedservicepersonnelifany problemsoccurwiththeTouchUnit.ContinueduseoftheTouchUnitmayresultinfireoraccidents, andcanalsodamageyoureyes.
  The TouchUnitisaClass1laserproductthatcomplieswithIEC/EN60825-1:2007. The labels indicating the Class3BlaserproductandwarningsarelocatedinthefollowingareaontheTouchUnit:

Parenttopic: Using FingerTouchInteractivity

CalibratingforFingerTouchInteractivity

Fingertouchcalibrationcoordinatesthepositioningofyourfingerwiththelocationofthecursor.

Note: Make sure you have calibrated the pens, installed the Touch Unit, performed angle adjustment, and turned the Touch Unit on before calibrating for finger touch interactivity. See the online Installation GuideforTouchUnitinstallationandangleadjustmentinformation.

1. Press the Menu button, select the Installation menu, and press Enter.

Frequently Used Items	Installation
Image	Fixed Installation	Off
Signal I/O	Test Pattern
Installation	Setting Plate Installation Guide
Display	Vertical Installation	No
Operation	Projection	Front/Upside Down
Management	Auto Screen Adjustment
Network	Geometry Correction	Point Correction
Pen/Touch	Digital Zoom
Interactive	Connect ELPCB02	Off
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Remote Receiver	Off
ECO	Screen Type	16:9
Initial/All Settings	High Altitude Mode	Off
	Reset Installation Settings
	Display
	Pattern Display
	Pattern Type

2.SelectTouchUnitandpressEnter

[ Touch Unit ]		Return
Installation Pattern
Power	On
Touch Unit Setup
Touch Calibration
Calibration Range	Wide

3.SelectTouchCalibrationandpressEnter

Thefollowingscreenappears:

[Touch Calibration]

Attention: Do not place hands or other obstacles on the screen during adjustment.

• Touch each mark shown on the screen with your finger.
• Keep touching the marks until they move.
• Continue until you have touched all of the marks up to the
  final mark at the bottom-right.

Calibration starts when preparations are complete. Do you want to continue?

Note: If Touch Calibration is disabled, make sure Power is set to On.

1. Adjust the image focus, if necessary.
2. PressEntertoselectYes.

Agreencircleappearsintheupperleftcornerofyourprojectedimage.

1. Touchandholdthecenterofthecirclewithyourfingeruntilthecircledisappearsandanothercircle appears,thenreleaseit.

The circled disappears, and you see another circle below the first stone.

Note: For the most accurate calibration, make sure you touch the center of the circle with the tip of yourfinger.

Note: Make sure you are not blocking the signal between your finger and the interactive receiver (nexttotheprojectorlens).

1. Touch the center of then next circle with your finger and continue until all of the circles disappear.

Whenyougettothebottomofacolumn,thenextcircleappearsatthetopofanewcolumn.

Note: If you make a mistake, press the Esc button on the remote control or control panel to go back to the previous circle. It may take several seconds after all of the dot shaved disappeared for touch calibration to be completed. To cancel the calibration process, press and hold the Esc button for 2 seconds.

1. If the cursor location and your finger position on hot match, repeat these step to calibrate again.

Parenttopic: Using FingerTouchInteractivity

Relatedconcepts

PenCalibration

Relatedreferences

PenandTouchSetupSettings-Pen/TouchMenu

InstallationSettings-InstallationMenu

UsingFingerTouchOperations

You can use your fingertoint interact with the projected screen, just as you would use an interactive pen.

Youcanuseeitherapenoryourfinger,orusebothatthesametime.

When performing touch operations with your finger, you can use up to six fingers (depending on the interactive mode, operating system, and connection type).

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed for finger touch operation.

1. Install the Touch Unit as described in the online Installation Guide.

Note: If you are using an older TouchUnit, referto the installation guide for that model.

1. Turnonyourprojector. This automatically turns on the TouchUnitalso.

ThebluelightontheTouchUnitturnson.

Simple line drawing of a handheld device with a blue dot on its tip, no text or symbols present.

Note: If the blue light does not turn on, press the Menu button on the remote control and make sure the Installation>TouchUnit>PowersettingissettoOn.

1. Calibratethepens.

2. Adjust the angle of the Touch Unit as described in the online Installation Guide.

Note: If you are using an older Touch Unit, refer to the angle adjustment steps in the installation guideforthatmodel.

1. Calibrate for fingertouchinteractivity.

2. Towriteordrawontheprojectionsurface, dothefollowing:

Hand pointing at a blank screen with a small mark, no text or symbols present

Illustration of a hand pointing at a stylized blue 'e' symbol on a white background (no text or symbols present)

• Toselectaprojecteditem, suchasanicon, taptheprojectionsurface with your finger.
• Todrawontheprojectedscreen, taptheprojectionsurfacewithyourfingeranddragitas necessary.

1. TouseyourfingerasamouseinPCInteractivemode, dothefollowing:

•Toleft-click,taptheboardwithyourfinger.
• Todouble-click, taptwicewithyourfinger.
- Toright-click, presstheboard with your finger for about 3 seconds (Windows).
• Toclickanddrag, pressonanddraganitemwithyourfinger.

•Toscroll,dragyourfingeronthescreen.

1. If your operating systems support these functions, you can also do the following:

2. Tozoominorout, touchanitemusingtwofingersandeithermoveyourfingersawayfromeach other(zoomin)ortowardeachother(zoomout).

3. Torotateanimage, touchtheimagewithyourfingersandrotateyourhand.
   • Todragupordownonapage,ormovebackwardorforwardinabrowserwindow,useswiping gesturesorflicks.

Note: Finger touch operations may not work correctly with long or artificial nails, or fingers wearing bandages. If your fingers are to close together, or your sleeve or free hand touches the screen, fingertouch may not be recognized. Some operating systems may not support gestures such as flicks.

Parenttopic: Using FingerTouchInteractivity

Relatedreferences

PenandTouchSetupSettings-Pen/TouchMenu

InstallationSettings-InstallationMenu

UsingBrightLinkwithaComputer

YoucanconnectacomputertotheprojectorandinstalltheEasyInteractiveToolssoftwarefromthe website. Make sure your computer is connected to the USB-B port on the projector or the control pad (BrightLink1485Fi)withaUSBcable.Youcanthendothefollowing:

•Usethepensoryourfingerasamousetocontrolyourcomputer

- Use the Easy Interactive Tools software to annotate with both tensor combination of pen and finger touch at the same time

Note: ATouchUnitisoptionalfortheBrightLink1480Fiandmustbeinstalledforfingertouch operation.

Note: See the online Easy Interactive Tools Operation Guide for detailed information.

• Saveandprintyourannotations
• UsetheTabletPCinputpanelinWindows10,Windows8.x,orWindows7
• UseInkToolsforannotationinMicrosoftOffice(2007orlater)applications
• Connecttoaremotecomputerandcontrolitwiththeinteractivepensoryourfinger
  • Annotateacrosstwoprojectors(BrightLink1485Fi)

Adjusting the Pen Operation Area

EasyInteractiveTools

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Features

Adjusting the Pen Operation Area

If you connect different computer or adjust the computer's resolution, the pen operation area is adjusted automatically to match your mouse pointer position. If you notice that the pen position is incorrect when using PC Interactive mode, you can adjust the pen are manually.

Note: ManualadjustmentisnotavailablewhenprojectingfromaLANsource.

Note: To perform manual pen area adjustment, the computer must be connected to the USB-B1 port on the projectorortheUSB-Bportontheprojectorcontrolpad(BrightLink1485Fi).

1. Project your computer's desktop.

2. Press the Menu button, select the Pen/Touch menu, and press Enter.

Frequently Used Items	Pen/Touch
Image	Auto Calibration
Signal I/O	Manual Calibration
Installation	Touch Unit
Display	Installation of Projectors
Operation	Pen Hovering	On
Management	PC Interactivity
Network	Reset Pen/Touch Settings
Pen/Touch	Interactive
Interactive	Drawing Function	On
Multi-Projection	Display Toolbars	Always Show
Memory	Display Drawing Area
ECO	Confirm Clear Screen	On
Initial/All Settings	Pen Button Function	Eraser
	Display Clock	Date & Time
	Date	YYYY-MM-DD
	Time	HH:MM
	Print

1. SelectthePCInteractivitysettingandpressEnter

Youseeascreenlikethis:

1. Make sure Auto Adjust Pen Area is set to Off, then select Manual Adj. Pen Area and press Enter.

Youseethisscreen:

1. PressEntertoselectYes.

Themousepointermovestowardthetopleftcorner.

1. Whenthemousepointerstops, touch the tip of the pointer with the interactive pen.
   Themousepointmovestowardthebottomrightcorner.
2. Whenthemousepointerstops, touchthetipofthepointerwiththeinteractivepen.
   Parenttopic: UsingBrightLinkwithaComputer

EasyInteractiveTools

YoucandownloadtheEasyInteractiveToolssoftwareforusewithacomputer.EasyInteractiveTools letsyouuseyourinteractivepenorfingertodraw,save,andinteractwithprojectedcontentfromyour computer.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi must be installed for finger touch operation.

Thesetwomodesareavailable:

- Annotation(PCinteractive)modedisplaysthetoolbarontheprojectedImageandletysyouusethepenorfingerasamousetoopenapplications,accesslinks,andoperatescrollbars,forexample.Youcan alsoannotateoverwhateverisdisplayedfromyourcomputer(usingbothpensanduptosixfingersatthesametime).

- Whiteboardmodeletsyouprojectononeof6backgroundpatternsin3coloroptions,andusethe toolbartowriteordrawonthebackground.Youcanalsoimportimagesfromyourcomputerora documentcamera.Infullscreenwhiteboardmode,twopeoplecanusethepensatthesametime. Fingertouchisalsoavailableinwhiteboardmode.

Note: For detailed instructions on using the Easy Interactive Tools software, see the online Easy Interactive ToolsOperationGuideortheonlinehelp.

Parenttopic: UsingBrightLinkwithaComputer

Relatedreferences

AdditionalProjectorSoftwareandManuals

WindowsPenInputandInkTools

If you are using Windows 10, Windows 8.x, or Windows 7, you can set the pen input and lnktool to add input and annotation to your work. You can also set these features over an network when you set the interactive features to be available on your network. See the online Epson iProjection Operation Guide (Windows/Mac) for instructions on setting up your computer for network projection.

EnablingWindowsPenInputandInkTools

UsingWindowsPenInputandInkTools

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Features

EnablingWindowsPenInputandInkTools

TousethepeninputandInktoolsinWindows10, Windows8.x, or Windows7, youneedtoadjustthe penoperationmodeinyourprojectorsmenus.

1. Press the Menu button, select the Pen/Touch menu, and press ↕ Enter.

1. SelectthePCInteractivitysettingandpressEnter

Youseeascreenlikethis:

1. SelectPenTrackingModeandpressEnter
2. SelectPenModeandpressEnter

Parenttopic: Windows Pen Input and Ink Tools

UsingWindowsPenInputandInkTools

If you are using Windows 10, Windows 8.x, or Windows 7, you can add handwritten input to your work and convert text.

If you have Microsoft Office 2007 or later, you can also set the Ink function to add handwritten notes on Word document, Excel spreadsheet, or PowerPoint presentation.

Note: OptionnamesfortheannotationfunctionsmayvarydependingonyourversionofMicrosoft Office.

- ToopentheTouchKeyboardinWindows10, right-clickortap-and-holdontheTaskbar, and select Showtouchkeyboardbutton. Selectthekeyboardicononthescreen.

• ToopentheTouchKeyboardinWindows8.x, right-clickortap-and-holdontheTaskbar, and select Toolbars > TouchKeyboard. Select the keyboard dicon on the screen and select the pen icon.
- To open the Tablet PC input panel in Windows 7, select > All Programs > Accessories > Tablet PC>TabletPCInputPanel.

Youcanwriteintheboxusingtheinteractivepenoryourfinger,andselectfromavarietyofoptionsto editandconvertthetext.

Note:ATouchUnitisoptionalfortheBrightLink1480Fiandmustbeinstalledforfingertouch operation.

- To add Ink annotations in Microsoft Office applications, select the Draw tab. If the Draw tab does not appear in your Microsoft Office application, change the Pen Tracking Mode setting in the projector's menus.

• To annotate your PowerPoint slides in Slideshow mode, press the button on the side of the interactive pen or press the projection surface with your finger for about 3 seconds, and select Pointer Options > Pen from the pop-up menu.

Formoreinformationaboutthesefeatures,seeWindowsHelp.

Parenttopic:WindowsPenInputandInkTools

WhiteboardMode

Youcanusethepensandyourfingerstowriteordrawontheprojectionsurfacejustasyouwouldona chalkboardordryeraseboard.Amaximumoftwopensandsixfingerscanbeusedatthesametime.Seethesesectionsforinstructions.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed to enable finger touch operation.

UsingtheWhiteboardToolbar TheWhiteboardToolbar SelectingBackgroundTemplates InsertingandWorkingWithImages SelectingWhiteboardSettings SelectingaNetworkedDeviceSource SavingPagesinWhiteboardMode PrintingWhiteboardPages EmailingWhiteboardPages Parenttopic:UsingtheInteractiveFeatures

UsingtheWhiteboardToolbar

Youcanusebothpensandyourfingerstointeractwiththescreenandwhiteboardtoolbar.

1. PresstheHomebuttonontheremotecontrolandselectWhiteboard.

Youseethewhiteboardscreen, with the whiteboard toolbar at the bottom:

Blank white canvas with no visible text, symbols, or graphics

1. Tomovethetoolbartotheright, left, top, orbottomofthescreen, dragittothedesiredlocation.
2. To addanewpage, select the New page icon above the toolbar.
3. Toshoworhidetheprojectorcontroltoolbar, selecttheicon.

Note: You can also show or hide the toolbar by setting the Interactive > Display Toolbars setting to AlwaysShoworHideforSetTime.

Parenttopic: WhiteboardMode

TheWhiteboardToolbar

The whiteboardtoolbarletsyoudraw, write, and insert images and shapes.

Note: A mini toolbar also appears when you press the button on the interactive pen anywhere in the drawingarea.Youcanusetheminitoolbartoswitchthetypeofpenoreraser.Youcanchangethe functionofthebuttonbychangingthePenButtonFunctionsettinginthelnteractivemenu.

	DisplaystheHomescreen.
	Togglesthevideoandaudiooffandon.
	Displaysadditionaltools.Mail: Shares the projected screen with an email recipient (set up theMailsettings in theInteractivemenufirst).Save: Saves the projected screen (set up theSavesettings in theInteractivemenu first).Print: Printstheprojectedscreenfromaprinteronthesamenetwork(setupthePrintsettingsintheInteractivemenufirst).Timer: Countsthetimeupordown.Volume: Adjuststheprojector'svolume.ShareProjection: SharesthecurrentscreenwithdevicesconnectedusingEpsoniProjection.ParticipantList: Displaystheuserselectionscreensoyoucanprojectfromdevicesconnectedtotheprojectoroveranetwork.Guidance: Displays the help screen for the toolbar functions. SelectCloseto close thehelpscreen.Clearalldrawingcontents:Clearsallicurrentdrawingsandimagesandreturnsthewhiteboardmodetoitsdefaultstatus.
	Displaystheavailablepentype, thickness, orshape.(Yellow/Green/Aqua/Pink/Red/Blueforhighlighter): Selectthecolorforthetypeofpen/shapefromtheoptions.
	Switchestotheerasertooltoerasecontentfromthewhiteboard.Selectthesizeoftheeraser.
	Selectsalobjectsandimagesinarectangulararea.Specifytheareabydrawingonthe projectionsurface.Youcanalsotapanobjectorimagetoselectit.·Tocancelthecurrentselection,tapanemptyareaontheboard.·Dragtheedgeoftheareatoenlargeorreducetheobjectorimage.·Dragtheiconatthetopoftheareatorotatetheslectedobjectorimage.·Toperformthefollowingoperations,selecttheiconatthebottomrightoftheselected objectorimage:·Duplicate·Copy·Paste(taphelocationwhereyouwanttopaste)·Delete
	Undoesthepreviousaction.
	Restoresacancelledaction.
	Clearsalldrawingsfromthedisplayedpage.
	Disablestouchinputtemporarilytopreventunintendedoperation.Tapagaintoenabletouch operation.
	Hidesthetoolbar.Tapagaintoshowthetoolbar.

AdditionalFunctionsinWhiteboardMode

	Opensafileintoanewwhiteboardpage.
	Importsanimagetothecurrentwhiteboardpage.
	Selectsfrom6pre-installedbackgroundtemplatesin3differentcolors.
	Enlargesorreducestheprojectedimage(notavailablewhenthewhiteboardscreenissplit withtheannotationscreen).
	Deletesthecurrentwhiteboardpage.
	Displaysthepreviouswhiteboardpage.
>	Displaysthenextwhiteboardpage.
→	Addsanewwhiteboardpageafterthecurrentpage.Youcanhaveupto20whiteboard pages.

Followtheseguidelineswhenusingthewhiteboardtoolbar:

• Youcandisplayimagesofupto2filesperpageat1920×1080pixelsonthewhiteboardscreen (includingimagesstoredontheclipboard).
• Topasteanimage, youneedtousethesamepenthatyouusedtocutorcopytheimage.
• Drawnobjectsaredisplayedatthefrontoftheprojectedpage.
• Ifobjectsorimagesaremovedoutoftheprojectedscreen,youmaynotbeabletoselectthem.

Parenttopic: WhiteboardMode

SelectingBackgroundTemplates

Inwhiteboardmode,youcaninserthorizontalorverticallines,agraph-papergrid,oranother backgroundtemplateandplaceitonyourwhiteboardpages.Youcanselectfrom6pre-installed templatesin3differentcolors.

1. In Whiteboard mode, select the icon to the left of the toolbar.

Youseetheavailabletemplates.

1. Selectoneofthetemplatepatternsorselecttoimportanimage.

Note: To import a template image, connect to a USB flash drive or a shared directory containing a JPGorPNGfile.

Parenttopic: WhiteboardMode

InsertingandWorkingWithImages

InWhiteboardmode,youcanusethInsertImagetooltoinsertanimagefromaUSBflashdriveora networkfolder. Imagescanbein.pngor.jpgformat,withamaximumsizeof2048×2048pixels. You canalsoscanadocumentorimageintoanewpageusingasupportedEpsonall-in-oneprinter connectedtothesamenetworkortheprojectorcontrolpad(BrightLink1485Fi).Oncetheimageis projected,youcanmove,resize,orrotateit.

Note: You can also use the ☐ tool to the left of the toolbar to import files (including .pdf files) in whiteboardmode.

Note: You cannot scan with standalone scanners or printers that have run out of ink or cannot print. When importing from ascan, you cannot usethescan button, the partial documentorimagescanning function, or the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF), even if these are available on your product.

1. SelecttheInsertImagetool.
   2.Dooneofthefollowing:

2. Select USB or Network, then locate and select the image you want to add.

3. Load your original in the scanner, select Scan, and choose the settings for the scanned image as necessary.

4. SelectOpenorScan.

Afteramoment, the image appears on the whiteboard page.

1. SelecttheSelecttoolanddoanyofthefollowingasnecessary:

2. Tomovetheimage,touchinsideitanddragtheimage.

3. Toresizetheimage,touchanycorneranddraginwardtoshrinkoroutwardtoenlarge.

4. Torotatetheimage,touchtheiconatthetopoftheimageanddragleftorright.

5. Usethemenuinthebottomrightcorneroftheimagetoselectanyofthefollowingasnecessary:

6. Duplicatecreatesacopyoftheimageonthecurrentwhiteboardpage.

7. Copy copies the image on the whiteboard. Touch a location on the screen to paste a copy of the image.
8. Pastecreatesanewcopyoftheimage.Dragtheimagetothedesiredlocation.
9. Deleteremovestheimagefromthewhiteboard.

When you are finished, select any other tool from the white board tool to exit image editing mode.

Parenttopic: WhiteboardMode

SelectingWhiteboardSettings

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstoselectsettingsforcapturing,scanning,saving,printing,and emailinginWhiteboardmode.

Note: If the Menu Protection password setting is set to On for the Interactive option, you cannot changesettingsintheInteractivemenu.

SelectingBasicWhiteboardSettings

SelectingWhiteboardPrintSettings

SelectingSettingsforSavingWhiteboardPages

SelectingSettingsforEmailingWhiteboardPages

SelectingSettingsforaDirectoryServer

Parenttopic: WhiteboardMode

Relatedtasks

SelectingPasswordSecurityTypes

SettingaPassword

SelectingBasicWhiteboardSettings

Youcanselectthewhiteboardfeaturesyouwanttouseandcontrolthewaywhiteboardpagesaresaved intheprojector.

1. PresstheMenubuttonontheremotecontrol.
2. SelecttheInteractivemenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Interactive
Image	Drawing Function	On
Signal I/O	Display Toolbars	Always Show
Installation	Display Drawing Area
Display	Confirm Clear Screen	On
Operation	Pen Button Function	Eraser
Management	Display Clock	Date & Time
Network	Date	YYYY-MM-DD
Pen/Touch	Time	HH:MM
Interactive	Print
	Save
Multi-Projection	Mail
Memory	Directory
ECO	Reset Interactive Settings
Initial/All Settings	Multi-Projection
	Projector ID	Off
	HDMI Out Setting	Off
	Geometry Correction	Point Correction

1. Select the following options as necessary:

- DrawingFunctiondisplaytheinteractivetoolbar

•DisplayToolbarssetswhentodisplaytheinteractivetoolbar
- DisplayDrawingAreadisplaystheavailabledrawingarea
- ConfirmClearScreendisplaysaconfirmationscreenbeforeclearingallthedrawingsfromthe projectedscreen
- Pen Button Function selects the operation performed by the button on the side of the interactive pen
- Display Clock sets the date and time display format on the whiteboard toolbar (set the date and timeintheManagementmenu)
•PrintshowsthePrintmenusettings
•SaveshowstheSavemenusettings
- MailshowstheMailmenusettings
- DirectoryshowstheDirectorymenusettings
- Reset Interactive Settings resets all adjustment values on the Interactive menu to their default settings

1. When you finish selecting settings, press the Menubutton to exit themenus.

Parenttopic: Selecting Whiteboard Settings

SelectingWhiteboardPrintSettings

You can select the default settings for printing whiteboard pages from the projector.

1. PresstheMenubutton.

2. SelecttheInteractivemenuandpressEnter

3. SelectPrintandpressEnter!

1. Select the following printing options as necessary:

- Printer lets you select either USB Printer or Network Printer as the printer connection.

Note: Selecting USB Printer will also enable scanning from Epson all-in-one printers.

- Printer Address lets you enter an IP address for a printer connected to the same network as the projector.

Note: You cannot set the following IP addresses: 127.x.x.x, 192.0.x.x, or 224.0.0.0 through 255.255.255.255 (wherexisanumberfrom0to255). ToreturnthelPaddresstoitsdefaultvalue, enter0.0.0.0.

- Printer Type lets you manually select the printer type or let the projector automatically determine the printertype(inmostcases,youshouldleavethissettingasAutoDetect).

•PCLTypeletsyouselectthePCLtypetomatchtheprintertypeandsettingsoftheconnected networkprinter.

Note: If printing fails when using a PCL6 printer in Normal mode, try printing in Mode 1 or Mode 2.

• TestPrintletsyousendatestpagetotheconnectedprinter.
• Default Paper Size lets you select either Letter or A4 as the default paper size.

Note: Use the displayed keyboard to enter the IP address if necessary. Press the arrow buttons on theremotecontroltohighlightnumbersandpressEnteroselectthem.

1. When you finish selecting settings, press the Menubutton to exit themenus.

Parenttopic: SelectingWhiteboardSettings

SelectingSettingsforSavingWhiteboardPages

You can select the default settings for saving white board pages from the projector.

1.PresstheMenubutton.
2. SelecttheInteractivemenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Interactive
Image	Drawing Function	On
Signal I/O	Display Toolbars	Always Show
Installation	Display Drawing Area
Display	Confirm Clear Screen	On
Operation	Pen Button Function	Eraser
Management	Display Cock	Date & Time
Network	Date	YYYY-MM-DD
Pen/Touch	Time	HH:MM
Interactive	Print
Multi-Projection	Save
Memory	Mail
ECO	Directory
Initial/All Settings	Reset Interactive Settings
	Multi-Projection
	Projector ID	Off
	HDMI Out Setting	Off
	Geometry Correction	Point Correction

3. SelecttheSavemenuandpressEnter

1. Select the following options as necessary:

2. USBStorageletsyousavewhiteboardpagefilestoaUSBthumbdrive.

3. PC via USB Cable lets you save whiteboard page files to a device connected to the projector with aUSBcable.
   •NetworkFolderletsyousavewhiteboardpagefilestoanetworkfolder.
4. CIFS Server lets you set the CIFS server's IP address or fully qualified domain name (FQDN). Youcanenterupto64alphanumericcharacters.

Note: You cannot use the following characters: " ' + , : ; <= > ? [ \ ] ` | or spaces. If you need to entermorecharacters, enterthemusingtheWebConfigutility. TouseaFQDN, you must configureaDNSserver. You cannot usethefollowingIPaddresses: 127.x.x.x, 192.9.2.x, or 224.0.0.0to255.255.255.255.

• SharedFolderPathletsyouenterthenetworkfoldernameinthisformat: share_name\folder_nameorsharename.Youcanenterupto64alphanumericcharacters.You cannotusethefollowingcharacters:"*/:<>?or].
• User name lets you enter a user name with read/write privileges on the network folder. You can enterupto64alphanumericcharacters.Youcanenteradomainnamebyaddingitbeforethe usernameandseparatingthemwithabackslashinthisformat:domain\username.Donotusea colon(:")orspaces.
• Passwordletyouenterapasswordfortheusernameyouentered. Youcanenterupto64 alphanumericcharacters. AfteryouenterthepasswordandselectOK, thepasswordishidden. Donotuseacolon(":")orspaces.
• CheckConnectionletsyoutestthenetworkconnection.
• Alwaysapplypasswordletsyourequirethatwhiteboardfilesmustbesavedaspassword-protectedPDFForEWF2files.

Note: Usethedisplayedkeyboardtoentertheaddress, username, and password if necessary. PressthearrowbuttonsontheremotecontroltohighlightnumbersandpressEntertoelect them.

1. When you finish selecting settings, press the Menubutton to exit themenus.

Parenttopic: SelectingWhiteboardSettings

SelectingSettingsforEmailingWhiteboardPages

You can select these settings for emailing whiteboard pages from the projector.

1. PresstheMenubuttonontheremotecontrol.
2. SelecttheInteractivemenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Interactive
Image	Drawing Function	On
Signal I/O	Display Toolbars	Always Show
Installation	Display Drawing Area
Display	Confirm Clear Screen	On
Operation	Pen Button Function	Eraser
Management	Display Cock	Date & Time
Network	Date	YYYY-MM-DD
Pen/Touch	Time	HH:MM
Interactive	Print
	Save
Multi-Projection	Mail
Memory	Directory
ECO	Reset Interactive Settings
Initial/All Settings	Multi-Projection
	Projector ID	Off
	HDMI Out Setting	Off
	Geometry Correction	Point Correction

1. SelecttheMailmenuandpressEnter
2. Select the following options foremailing as necessary:

- MailFunctionletsyousharecapturedwhiteboardpagesviaemail.

- SMTPServerletysyouenterthelPaddressorfullyqualifieddomainname(FQDN)forthemail server.Youcanenterupto64alphanumericcharacters.IfyouspecifyanFQDN,youmust configureaDNSserver.Donotusespacesorthefollowingsymbols:"*+;;;<=>?[']

Note: You cannot set the following IP addresses: 127.x.x.x, 192.0.2.x, or 224.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 (where exisanumber from 0 to 255).

- Port Number lets you enter a port number for the SMTP server. The default port is 25 when set to Open,465forSSL,and587forTLS.

• Authenticationletsyousetthetypeofauthenticationexpectedbythemailserver.
• Usernameletsyouenterausernameforthemailserver.Youcanenterupto64alphanumeric characters.Donotuseacolon(":")orspaces.
• Passwordletsyouenterapasswordforthemailserver.Youcanenterupto64alphanumeric characters.Donotuseacolon(":")orspaces.
• Fromletysyouentertheemailaddresstobedisplayedtothesender.Youcanenterupto64 alphanumericcharacters.Donotusespacesorthefollowingsymbols:"(),;,[>
• Defaulte-mailaddressletsyouenteranoptionaladdressfortesting.Youcanenterupto64 alphanumericcharacters.Donotusespacesorthefollowingsymbols:"(),;<>[.]
• Send a test e-mail lets you connect to the SMTP server and send a test email to the address you setasthedefault.
• DisallowAddressInputcontrolswhetheryoucanenteremailaddressesmanually.When enabled,youcanonlychooseemailaddressesfromanaddressbookordirectoryservice.

Note: Usethedisplayedkeyboardtoentertheaddresses.Pressthearowbuttonsontheremote controltohighlightnumbersorcharactersandpressEnteroselectthem.

1. When you finish selecting settings, press the Menubutton to exit themenus.

Parenttopic: SelectingWhiteboardSettings

SelectingSettingsforaDirectoryServer

Youcanselectthesettingsforspecifyingaemaildirectoryserverforyourprojector.

1. Pressthe Menubuttonontheremotecontrol.

2. SelecttheInteractivemenuandpressEnter

Frequently Used Items	Interactive
Image	Drawing Function	On
Signal I/O	Display Toolbars	Always Show
Installation	Display Drawing Area
Display	Confirm Clear Screen	On
Operation	Pen Button Function	Eraser
Management	Display Cock	Date & Time
Network	Date	YYYY-MM-DD
Pen/Touch	Time	HH:MM
Interactive	Print
Multi-Projection	Save
Memory	Mail
ECO	Directory
Initial/All Settings	Reset Interactive Settings
	Multi-Projection
	Projector ID	Off
	HDMI Out Setting	Off
	Geometry Correction	Point Correction

3. SelectDirectoryandpressEnter

1. Select the following options as necessary:

2. Directory Access Function specifies whether to search an active directory server for user names and email addresses.

3. LDAPServerletyouentertheIPaddressorfullyqualifieddomainname(FQDN)fortheLDAP server.Youcanenterupto64alphanumericcharacters.Donotusespacesorthefollowing symbols:"*+;";<=>?[]'.IfyouspecifyanFQDN,youmustconfigureaDNSserver.

Note: You cannot us the following IP addresses: 127.x.x.x, 192.0.2.x, or 224.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 (wherexisanumber from 0 to 255).

• Port Number lets you enter a port number for the LDAP server. The default port is 389. Specify "3268" to search the global catalog.

• Authentication lets you set the type of authentication expected by the LDAP server. If you are using Digest-MD5 or Simple authentication and the LDAP Server setting is set to an IP address, you must enable reverse DNS lookup on the DNS server.

• UserNameletsyouenterausernameforthemailserver.Youcanenterupto64alphanumeric characters.Useoneofthefollowingmethodswhenenteringtheusernamewiththedomain name:domainname\[e-mail](":")orspaces.

• PasswordletsyouenterapasswordfortheLDAPserver.Youcanenterupto64alphanumeric characters.Donotuseacolon(":")orspaces.
• CheckConnectionteststhenetworkconnection.
• SearchBaseDNletsyouentertheDN(DistinguishedName)wherethesearchforusernames andemailaddressesshouldstart.Youcanenterupto64alphanumericcharacters.Donotusea colon(:):"orspaces.Thisfieldiscase-sensitive.

Note: MakesureyouspecifytheOU(OrganizationalUnit)andDC(DomainComponent)as necessary, withOUfirstinthisformat:OU=accounts, DC=example, DC=com. TheDNmustbeat orbelowtheDClevelinthedatabasestructure.

• User Attributes lets you enter a user name, for example, "cn." You can enter up to 64 alphanumeric characters. Donotuseacolon(":")orspaces. Thisfieldisease-sensitive.
• MailAttributesletyouentertheattributeforthemailaddress.Youcanenterupto64 alphanumericcharacters.Donotuseacolon(:")orspaces.Thisfieldisease-sensitive.
• GroupAttributesletsyouentertheattributefortheusergroupname.Youcanenterupto64 alphanumericcharacters.Donotuseacolon(":")orspaces.Thisfieldiscase-sensitive.
• Search target attributes lets you enter the search attributes for user name, email address, and usergroupname.Youcanenterupto64alphanumericcharacters.Donotuseacolon(:")or spaces.Thisfieldiscase-sensitive.

Note: The default value is "cn." You can specify up to three keys separated by commas. Do not use three more commas, commas right at the start for the end, or continuous commas. The search is performed using forward matching and returns all results that start with these search keys.

- Additional filter lets you enter an additional filter to Search target attributes. You can enter up to64alphanumericcharacters.Donotuseacolon(:")orspaces.Thisfield disease-sensitive.

Note: Usethedisplayedkeyboardtoentertheaddresses.Pressthearowbuttonsontheremote controltohighlightnumbersorcharactersandpressEnterloselectthem.

1. When you finish selecting settings, press the Menubutton to exit themenus.

Parenttopic: SelectingWhiteboardSettings

SelectingaNetworkedDeviceSource

Youcanprojectanimagefromdevicesconnectedtotheprojectorviaanetwork.Youcanselectthe imagesourcefromcomputersrunningEpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)andsmartphonesortablets runningtheEpsoniProjectionapp.

1. SelecttheOtherToolsiconontheprojectortoolbar.
2. SelectParticipantList.

Youseealistofavailabledevices. Theiconnexttoausernameindicatesthecurrentlyselected source.

1. Select the username for the device from which you want to project.

Note: You can select Thumbnail to switch the display from user names to thumbnail images of each device's screen. SelectRefreshtoupdatetheuserlist.

1. SelectClose.

Youseethescreenimagefromtheselecteddevice.

While the user selections screen is displayed, you cannot do the following:

• Useotherinteractivefeatures
•Control the projector from the bottom toolbar
- Connecttomultipleprojectors
•Hearsoundfromtheprojector
- ProjectanimageusingEpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)

Note: You cannot access the Participant List screen when connecting to multiple projectors by using EpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)andprojectingthesameimage(mirroring).

Parenttopic: WhiteboardMode

SavingPagesinWhiteboardMode

YoucansaveyourwhiteboardpagesasJPG, PDF, PNG, or EWF2filesandselectthelocationwhere youwanttostoreyourfiles.

Note: You must first set up the Save settings in the projector's Interactive menu. For best results, connectdirectlytotheprojectororcontrolpad(BrightLink1485Fi)tosavewhiteboardpages.Youmay notbeabletouseUSBflashdrivesthatincorporatesecurityfunctions.

1. SelecttheOtherToolsiconontheprojectortoolbar.

2. SelecttheSavicon.

Youseeascreenlikethefollowing:

1. Selectoneofthefollowingasthedestinationwhereyouwanttosaveyourfile:

- USB or Network to save to a connected USB storage device or network folder

- Computer to temporarily save the file on the projector and make it available for copying from a computer. After you copy the file, it is erased

Note: You cannot save the file to a computer when the input source is USB Display or the HDBaseT control pad (BrightLink1485Fi), or when you have split the screen into halves or quarters.

1. Select the folder where you want to save your file.

2. To enter a file name, select the File Name text box, use the on-screen keyboard to enter a file name.

3. SelectoneofthefollowingastheRangesetting:

4. Alltosaveallthepagesinthecurrentwhiteboardsession(PDForEWF2)

5. Currenttosaveonlythecurrentwhiteboardpage

6. Select the file format. If you choose PDF or EWF2 (Epson Whiteboard Format), you can encrypt the file and add a password. If you choose EWF2, you can reopen the file later and continue editing.

Note: JPGandPNGfilesaresavedas1920×1080pixels.

1. When you are ready to save the whiteboard pages, select Save or Next.

Parenttopic: WhiteboardMode

PrintingWhiteboardPages

You can print your white board pages directly to a printer and select various print settings forth them.

The projectorsupportsthe following printer control commands:

•Networkconnection:ESC/P-RandPCL6

•USBconnection:ESC/P-R

Note: You must first set up the Print settings in the projector's Interactive menu.

1. SelecttheOtherToolsiconontheprojectortoolbar.
2. SelectthePriIcon.

Youseeascreenlikethefollowing:

1. Selectanyoftheprintsettingsasnecessary.
2. When you are ready, select Print.

Parenttopic: WhiteboardMode

EmailingWhiteboardPages

If your projector is set upon an network and configured to use an email server, you can email your white board pages as an email attachment directly from the projector.

Note: You must first set up the Mail settings in the projector's Interactive menu.

1. SelecttheOthToolsiconontheprojector'stoolbar.
2. SelecttheMacon.

Youseeascreenlikethefollowing:

1. Tap the E-mail Address text box, select Add to enter the recipient's email address using the on-screenkeyboard, and select OK.
   Note: If you imported an address book or set up a directory service, you can select up to 50 email addressesbyselectingtheaddressbookicon.

2. Tap the Subject text box and enter the email subject using the on-screen keyboard, and select OK.

3. TaptheFileNametextboxandenterthenameoftheemailattachmentusingtheon-screen keyboard, andselectOK.

4. Select the file format for the email attachment. If you choose PDF or EWF2 (Epson Whiteboard Format), you can encrypt the file and add up a password.

5. SelectoneofthefollowingunderRange:

- Alltoattachallthepagesinthecurrentwhiteboardsession(PDForEWF2format)

- Currenttoattachonlythecurrentwhiteboardpage

1. When you are ready to email the whiteboard pages, select Send.

Parenttopic: WhiteboardMode

UsingBrightLinkWithoutaComputer

Youcanusethepensandyourfingerstowriteordrawontheprojectionsurfacesimultaneouslywithout connectingacomputer(PCFreeannotation).Thisletsyouannotateimagesfromadocumentcamera, iPad,DVDplayer,orothersource.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the BrightLink 1480Fi and must be installed for finger touch operation.

Thesetwomodesareavailable:

•Built-inannotationmodedisplaysthebuilt-intoolbaronwhateverimageisbeingprojectedfroma documentcamera,iPad,orothersource.

•Built-inWhiteboardmodeletsyouprojectawhitescreenoroneof6backgroundpatternsin3colors, andusethetoolbartowriteordrawasyouwouldonachalkboardordryeraseboard.

UsingtheBuilt-inAnnotationMode

Built-inToolsforUseWithoutaComputer

ControllinganEpsonDocumentCamera

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Features

UsingtheBuilt-inAnnotationMode

Youcanuseeitherpenwiththebuilt-intoolbar,bothpensatthesametime,yourfinger,oracombination ofbothpenandfingertouch.

Note: Make sure the Drawing Function setting is set to On in the projector's Interactive menu.

1. Makesureyourdeviceisconnectedandselecttheinputsourceyouwanttodisplay.

Youseethetoolbaratthebottomoftheprojectedimage.

1. Tomovethetoolbartotheright, left, top, or bottom of the screen, use the penory our fingertodragit to the desired location.

2. Select the drawing tool you want to use from the toolbar and cannot be projected screen using the interactive sensory or fingers.

3. Tominimizethetoolbar, selecttheMininzeiconontherightsideofthetoolbar.

Parenttopic: UsingBrightLinkWithoutaComputer

Built-inToolsforUseWithoutaComputer

The built-in annotation toolbar is embedded in the projector and allows you to draw and write on the projected screen. Make sure the PC Interactivity setting on the toolbar is disabled, if it appears.

Note: A mini toolbar also appears when you press the button on the interactive pen anywhere in the drawing area. Youcanusetheminitoolbartoswitchthetypeofpenoreraser.Youcanchangethe functionofthebuttonbychangingthePenButtonFunctionsettinginthelnteractivemenu.

	DisplaystheHomescreen.
	Togglesthevideoandaudiooffandon.
	Enlargesorreducestheprojectedimage(notavailablewhenthescreenissplitintohalvesorquarters).
	Capturesthecurrentscreenandcopiesittothewhiteboard.FullScreencapturestheentirescreen.SelectArealetsyouselectaportionoftheimagetocapture.Note:If you want to capture the Screen Mirroring image, set Capture to Enabled in the projector's Network > Network Settings > Network Projection menu.
	Splitsthescreenanddisplaysthewhiteboardsourcewiththecurrentsource(notavailable whenthescreenissplitintohalvesorquartersorwhentheScalesettingison.).
	Specifiesthesplitscreensettings(availableonlywhenyouhavesplitthescreenintohalves orquarters).
	Specifiesthehorizontalpositionoftheimageinsidetheultra-widedisplay(availableonly whenScreenTypeissetto16:6[BrightLink1485Fi]).Displaysadditionaltools.→ Mail: Shares the projected screen with an email recipient (set up the Mail settings in the Interactiveemenufirst).→ Save: Saves the projected screen (set up the Save settings in the Interactive menu first).→ Print:Printstheprojectedscreenfromaprinteronthesamenetwork(setupthePrint settingsinthelInteractivemenufirst).→ Timer:Countsthetimeupordown.→ Volume:Adjuststheprojector'svolume.→ ShareProjection:SharesthecurrentscreenwithdevicesconnectedusingEpson iProjection.→ ParticipantList:Displaystheuserselectionscreensoyoucanprojectfromdevices connectedtotheprojectoroveranetwork.→ Guidance: Displays the help screen for the toolbar functions. Select Close to close the helpscreen.Clearalldrawingcontents:Clearsallicurrentdrawingsandimagesandreturnsthe annotationmodetoitsdefaultstatus.
A	Displaystheavailablepentype,thickness,orshape.→ (Yellow/Green/Aqua/Pink/Red/Blueforhighlighter):Selectthecolorforthe typeofpen/shapefromtheoptions.
	Switchestotheerasertooltoerasecontentfromthewhiteboard.Selectthesizeofthe eraser.
	Selectsalobjectsandimagesinarectangulararea.Specifytheareabydrawingonthe projectionsurface.Youcanalsotapanobjectorimagetoselectit.Tocancelthecurrentselection,tapanemptyareaontheboard.Dragtheedgeoftheareatoenlargeorreducetheobjectorimage.Dragtheiconatthetopoftheareatorotatetheslectedobjectorimage.Toperformthefollowingoperations,selecttheiconatthebottomrightoftheselected objectorimage:DuplicateCopyPaste(tapthelocationwhereyouwanttopaste)Delete
	Undoesthepreviousaction.
	Restorestheactionthatwaspreviouslyundone.
	Clearsalldrawingsfromthedisplayedpage.
	Disablestouchinputtemporarilytopreventunintendedoperation.Tapagaintoenabletouch operation.
	Stopsscreensharing(availableonlywhenprojectingasharedimage).
	TogglesthePCInteractivitysettingoffandon.SetthePCInteractivitysettingtoOnto controlthecomputerusingtheinteractivepensand/oryourfingers(notavailablewhen projectingasharedimage).
	Hidesthetoolbar.Tapagaintoshowthetoolbar.

Followtheseguidelineswhenusingtheannotationtoolbar:

• Topasteanimage, youneedtousethesamepenthatyouusedtocutorcopytheimage.
• Drawnobjectsaredisplayedatthefrontoftheprojectedpage.
• Ifobjectorimagesaremovedoutoftheprojectedscreen,youmaynotbeabletoselectthem.

Parenttopic: UsingBrightLinkWithoutaComputer

ControllinganEpsonDocumentCamera

You can control certain document camera features from the projected toolbar when incompatible Epson document camera is connected.

Note: Adocument cameratoolbaris displayed only when an Epson DC-07, DC-13, or DC-21 document cameras is connected.

1. Connectan Epsondocument camerato the projector.

Note: If you are connecting the document camera via HDMI cable, make sure HDMI Link is set to On in the Signal I/O menu and disable PC Interactivity on the interactive toolbar.

Youseeatoolbarlikethisatthebottomoftheprojectedimage.Youcanselectthefollowingoptions asavailable.

1 Automatically focus the image

2Pausestheimage

3Enlargestheimage

4Rotatestheimage180°

5Capturestheimageanddrawings

6Recordstheimage

7SwitchessourcestotheSDCardViewer

1. Tomovethetoolbar, usethepenoryourfingertodragittothedesiredlocation.

Note: A Touch Unit is optional for the Bright Link 1480 Fi and must be installed for fingert or touch operation.

1. Tominimizeorexpandthetoolbar, selecttheicon.

Parenttopic: UsingBrightLinkWithoutaComputer

Relatedtasks

ConnectingtoaDocumentCamera

SplittingtheProjectedImagewithWhiteboardMode

When projecting from an input source in Annotation mode, you can split the screen and open a whiteboard pagetoint interact with simultaneously.

Note: This feature is not available when the screen is split into halves or quarters or the Scale setting (BrightLink1485Fi) is enabled.

1. Turnon the projector and project an image, if necessary.
2. SelecttheWhiteboardiconontheleftsideofthetoolbar.

Youseethewhiteboarddisplayonthescreen.

1. To increase either the whiteboard or the projected image, drag the white part of the center divided to the appropriateside.

Note: To enlarge either side to fit the entire screen, drag the white part of the center divider fully to the desired edge of the screen.

1. Toswaptheprojectedimageandwhiteboardfromlefttoright,selecttheatthebottomofthe centerdivider.

You cannot perform the following operations during splitscreen projection:

•E-Zoom

- Switchingaspectmode

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Features

SharingtheProjectedScreen

FollowtheinstructionsinthesesectionstosharetheprojectedscreenwithothercompatibleBrightLink projectors.

Thescreensharingfunctionislimitedbythefollowing:

- YoucannotshareimagesorcontentthatareprotectedbyHDCP.

- Youcannotchangetheprojector'sNetworksettingswhilescreensharing.

- The Screen Type setting in the Installation menu must be set to 16:9, 16:10, or 4:3.

StartingaSharedScreenSession

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Features

StartingaSharedScreenSession

Youcansharetheprojector'sscreenwithupto4compatibleprojectorsonthesamenetwork.Userscan interactwiththesharedscreenfromtheconnectedprojectors.

TousetheScreenSharingfeature, the distributing and receiving projectors must be connected to the same network and have the Screen Sharing setting enabled in the projector's Network menu. Other requirements include the following:

- Onthedistributingprojector:ifyouwanttoskipauthenticationofkeywordsforotherprojectorsto speed up connection, set the Connection Mode setting to Keyword Off in the projector's Network menu.

- Onthereceivingprojectors: makesurethatnocomputerisconnectingtotheprojectorusingEpson iProjection software, and that the Screen Type setting in the projector's Installation menu matches thatofthedistributingprojector.

1. Turnon the projector, if necessary.

2. Press the ⬆ Home button on the remote control and select Screen Sharing on the Home screen.

3.EnterthelPaddressoftheprojectoryouwanttoshareyourscreenwithandselectConnect.

The projectors start connecting.

4.EntertheProjectorKeywordifnecessary.

When the connection is established, a connection status bar appears at the top of the distributing projector's screen. Each receiving project displays a message indicating that it cannot share the image on the screen until the distributing projector selects an input source.

1. Repeatsteps3-4 to connect any remaining projectors.

2. Select the input source you want to display.

The projected screen is shared with the receiving projector on their LAN input source.

1. To end screen sharing from the distributing projector, select the Stop Sharing icon in the status bar atthetopofthescreen.

Note: To end screen sharing from the receiving projectors, select the Stop Sharing icon on the toolbar.

You can also restrict drawing from receiving projectors. Press the ⬆ Home button on the remote control and select Screen Sharing. In the list of connected projectors, tap the projector you wish to restrict drawingfromanddisablethedrawingsetting.

Parenttopic: SharingtheProjectedScreen

Using Interactive Features with Two Projectors (DuoLink)

Youcanuseyourprojector'sinteractivefeatureswhileprojectingwithtwoprojectorsinstalledsideby side(BrightLink1485Fi).Ifyou'reusingaMac,downloadandinstallthesoftwarefromthewebsitetoget started.

SeetheonlineDuoLinkSetupGuideforadditionalinformation.

Parenttopic: Using the Interactive Features

AdjustingtheMenuSettings

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstoaccesstheprojectormenusystemandchangeprojector settings.

UsingtheProjector'sMenus

ImageQualitySettings-ImageMenu

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

InstallationSettings-InstallationMenu

DisplaySettings-DisplayMenu

FeatureSettings-OperationMenu

AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

NetworkSettings-NetworkMenu

PenandTouchSetupSettings-Pen/TouchMenu

InteractiveSettings-InteractiveMenu

MultipleProjectorOperationSettings-Multi-ProjectionMenu

ImageQualityMemorySettings-MemoryMenu

SetupSettings-ECOMenu

InitialSettingsandResetOptions-Initial/AllSettingsMenu

UsingtheProjector'sMenus

Youcanusetheprojector'smenustoadjustthesettingsthatcontrolhowyourprojectorworks.The projectordisplaysthemenusonthescreen.

1. Pressthe Menubutton on the control panel or remote control.

graph TD
    A["Menu"] --> B["Enter"]
    B --> C["Esc"]
    B --> D["Target"]
    B --> E["Home"]
    B --> F["Source Search"]
    B --> G["W"]
    B --> H["T"]

Youseethemenuscreen.

Frequently Used Items	Image
Image	Color Mode	Presentation
Signal I/O	Brightness	50
Installation	Contrast:	50
Display	Color Saturation	50
Operation	Tint	50
Management	Sharpness	50
Network	White Balance
Pen/Touch	Dynamic Contrast	Off
	Noise Reduction	0
Interactive	MPEG Noise Reduction	Off
Multi-Projection	Gamma	0
Memory	RG8CMY
ECO	Deinterlacing	Off
Initial/All Settings	Super-resolution
	Detail Enhancement
	Reset to Defaults
	Source	Computer1
	Resolution	Auto

1. Presstheupordownarrowbuttontomovethroughthemenuslistedontheleft. Thesettingsfor eachmenuaredisplayedontheright.

Note: The available settings depend on the current input source, resolution, or other menu settings.

1. Tochangesettingsinthedisplayedmenu, pressEnter.
   4.Presstheupordownarrowbuttontomovethroughthesettings.
2. Changethesettingsusingthebuttonslistedonthebottomofthemenuscreens.
3. Toreturnallthemenusettingstotheirdefaultvalues, selectInitial/AllSettings.
4. When you finish changing settings on an amino acid, press Esc.
5. PressMenuorEsctoexitthemenus.

Note: The icon indicates that a setting contains sub-settings.

Note: You can also set the interactive property your fingertoselect menus and settings.

Parenttopic:AdjustingtheMenuSettings

ImageQualitySettings-ImageMenu

Settingsthelmagemenuletyouadjustthequalityofyourimagefortheinputsourceyouarecurrently using. Theavailablesettingsdependonthecurrentlyselectedcolormodeandinputsource.

Frequently Used Items	Image
Image	Color Mode	Presentation
Signal I/O	Brightness	50
Installation	Contrast	50
Display	Color Saturation	50
Operation	Tint	50
Management	Sharpness	50
Network	White Balance
Pen/Touch	Dynamic Contrast	Off
	Noise Reduction	0
Interactive	MPEG Noise Reduction	Off
Multi-Projection	Gamma	0
Memory	RGBCMY
ECO	Deinterlacing	Off
Initial/All Settings	Super-resolution
	Detail Enhancement
	Reset to Defaults
	Source	Computer1
	Resolution	Auto

ColorModeSettings

SettingOptionsDescription
ColorModeSeethelistofavailableColorModes	Color Modes	Adjuststhevividnessofimage colorsforvariousimagetypes andenvironments
BrightnessVaryinglevelsavailableLightensordarkenstheoverall	Lightensordarkenstheoverall	image
ContrastVaryinglevelsavailableAdjuststhedifferencebetween	Adjuststhedifferencebetween	lightanddarkareasoftheimage
ColorSaturationVaryinglevelsav	ilableAdjuststheintensityoftheimage	colors
TintVaryinglevelsavailableAdjustst	thebalanceofgreento	magentatonesintheimage
SharpnessVaryinglevelsavailable	Adjuststhesharpnessor	softnessofimagedetails
WhiteBalanceColorTemp.	G-MCorrectionCustom	Setstheoverallcolortoneofthe imageColorTemp.:setsthecolor temperatureaccordingtothe selectedcolormode;lower valuestinttheimagered,and highervaluestinttheimageblueG-MCorrection:makesfine adjustmentstothecolortone; highervaluestinttheimage greenandlowervaluestintthe imageredCustom:adjuststheindividual RGBcomponentsoftheoffset andgain
DynamicContrastOff	NormalHighSpeed	Adjuststheprojectedluminance basedontheimagebrightness
NoiseReductionVaryinglevelsav	ilableReducesflickeringinanalog	images
MPEGNoiseReductionHigh	NormalLowOff	Reducesthenoiseorstaticin MPEGvideo
Gamma-2to2	Custom	Adjuststhecolorsbyselecting oneofthegammacorrection valuesorreferringtoagamma graph
RGBCMYVaryinglevelsavailable	adjuststhehue,saturation,and	brightnessforeachcolor
DeinterlacingOff	VideoFilm/Auto	Setswhethertoconvert interlaced-to-progressivesignals forcertainvideoimagetypesOff:forfast-movingvideoimagesVideo:formostvideoimagesFilm/Auto:formovies,computer graphics,andanimation
Super-resolutionFineLineAdjust	SoftFocusDetail	Sharpensblurredimageswhen projectinglow-resolutionimagesFineLineAdjust:enhancesthe contrastandoutlinesof complicatedimagesSoftFocusDetail:enhancesthe contrastandoutlinesofsmooth backgrounds
DetailEnhancementStrength	Range	Enhancesdetailstocreateclear outlinesStrength:highersettingscreate astrongereffectRange:highersettingsincrease theaffectedareaaroundthe outline
ResettoDefaults—Resetsallsettings	gsfortheColor	Modecurrentlyselected

Note: The Brightness setting does not affect laser brightness. To change the laser brightness mode, usetheLightSourceBrightnessControlsettingintheOperationmenu.

InputSourceSettings

Tochangesettingsforaninputsource, makesurethesourceisconnectedandselectthatsource.

Note: You can restore the default settings of the Tracking, Sync, and Position settings by pressing the Autobuttonontheremotecontrol.

SettingOptionsDescription
Source—Displaysthecurrentinputsource		selected
ResolutionAuto	NormalWide	Setstheinputsignalresolutionif notdetectedautomaticallyusing theAutooption
AspectSeethelistofavailableaspect ratios		Setstheaspectratio(width-to-heightratio)TurnofftheScalesettingorset theScaleModesettingtoFull Displaybeforeselectingthis setting(BrightLink1485Fi).
Scale (BrightLink1485Fi)	VaryinglevelsavailableWhenusing	multipleprojectors, adjuststhescaleoftheimage displayedbyeachprojector
AnalogSignalAdjustmentAutoSetup	TrackingSync.Position	AdjuststhesignalwhenComputeristhecurrently selectedinputsourceAutoSetup:settoOnto automaticallyoptimizetheimage qualityTracking:adjuststhesignalto eliminateverticalstripesin imagesSync:adjustssignaltoeliminate fuzzinessorflickeringinimagesPosition:adjuststheimage locationonthescreen
ResettoDefaults—Resetsallsettingsforthe		currentlyselectedinputsource

Note: Select Reset Image Settings to reset all settings on the Image menu to their default values.

Parenttopic: Adjusting theMenu Settings

Relatedconcepts

ImageAspectRatio

Relatedreferences

FeatureSettings-OperationMenu

Relatedtasks

ChangingtheColorMode

TurningOnAutomaticLuminanceAdjustment

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

Normally the projector detects and optimizes the input signal settings automatically. If you need to customize these settings, you can use the Signall/Omenu. The available settings depend on the currently selected inputs source.

Frequently Used Items	Signal I/O
Image	Volume
Signal I/O	Source	Computer1
Installation	Signal Format
Display	Mic Input Level	50
Operation	Overscan	Auto
Management	EDID	3240x1080/60Hz
Network	Reset to Defaults
Pen/Touch	A/V Output	While Projecting
Interactive	Inverse Audio	Off
Multi-Projection	Audio Output	Auto
Memory	HDMI Audio Output
ECO	Monitor Out Port	Monitor Out
Initial/All Settings	USB Display	0
	HDMI Link
	Reset Signal I/O Settings
	Installation
	Fixed Installation	Off

Tochangesettingsforaninputsource,makesurethesourceisconnectedandselectthatsource.

SettingOptionsDescription
VolumeVaryinglevelsavailable	Adjuststhevolumeoftheprojector'sspeakersystemorexternalspeakers
SourceSignalFormat	MicInputLevelOverscanEDIDResettoDefaults	Displayssettingsselectedforthecurrent inputsourceSignalFormat:setsthesignaltypeand videorangeforcertaininputsources•VideoSignal:specifiesthesignaltype frominputsourcesconnectedtovideo ports;ifinterferenceappearsorno imageappearswhensettoAuto, selecttheappropriatesignaltype•VideoRange:setsthevideorangeto matchthesettingofaninputsource connectedtotheHDMIportsor HDBaseTport(BrightLink1485Fi)MicInputLevel:adjuststhevolumefrom amicrophonewhenaudioisnotoutputto anaudio/visualsystem;whentheMic InputLevelsettingisturnedup,the volumeoftheotherconnecteddeviceis turneddown,andwhentheMicInput Levelisturneddown,thevolumeofthe otherconnecteddeviceisturnedupOverscan:changestheprojectedimage ratiotomaketheadgesvisiblebya selectablepercentageorautomatically whenprojectingacomponentsignalEDID:describesthedisplaycapabilities ofyourprojectorwhentheselectedinput sourceisHDMlorHDBaseT(BrightLink 1485Fi);changethissettingas necessaryaccordingtotheresolutionof thecurrentinputsourceResettoDefaults:resetsallsettingsfor thecurrentinputsource
A/VOutputWhileProjecting	AlwaysOn	Determineswhentheprojectoroutputs audioandimagestoexternaldevices;set toAlwaysOntooutputaudioand imageswhentheprojectorisinstandby mode
InverseAudioOn	Off	SettoOntoinverttheaudio'sleftand rightchannelstomatchtheprojector's installationposition
AudioOutputAuto	Audio1Audio2Audio3	Setstheaudioinputportwhenprojecting frominputsourcesotherthanHDMI, HDBaseT(BrightLink1485Fi),LAN,and ScreenMirroring;selectAudio3when inputtingaudiofromtheAudloport
HDMIAudioOutputHDMI1	HDMI2HDMI3	Setstheaudioinputportwhenprojecting fromoneoftheHDMIports
MonitorOutPortMonitorOut	Computer2	Selectsthefunctionofthe Computer2/MonitorOutportMonitorOut:selectthisoptionwhen outputtinganimagesignaltoanexternal monitorComputer2:selectthisoptionwhen inputtinganimagesignalfroma computer
USBDisplayOn	Off	SettoOntoenabletheUSBDisplay featureforacomputerconnectedtothe USB-B1port
HDMILinkDeviceConnections	HDMILinkAudioOutDevicePowerOnLinkPowerOffLink	AdjuststheHDMILinkoptionsthatallow theprojectororremotetocontrolHDMI-connecteddevicesthatsupporttheCEC standardDeviceConnections:liststhedevices connectedtotheHDMI1,HDMI2,and HDMI3portsHDMILink:enablesordisablesthe HDMILinkfeatureAudioOutDevice:selectswhetherto outputaudiofromtheinternalspeakers oraconnectedaudio/visualsystemPowerOnLink:controlswhathappens whenyouturnontheprojectororalinked deviceBidirectional:automaticallyturnson theconnecteddevicewhenyouturnon theprojector,andviceversaDevice->PJ:automaticallyturnson theprojectorwhenyouturnonthe connecteddevicePJ->Device:automaticallyturnson theconnecteddevicewhenyouturnon theprojectorPowerOffLink:controlswhetherlinked devicesareturnedoffwhentheprojector isturnedoff
ResetSignall/OSettingsRese	sallsettingsontheSignall/O	menutotheirdefaultvalues

Parenttopic: Adjusting theMenu Settings

InstallationSettings-InstallationMenu

SettingsonthInstallationmenuletyousetupyourprojectoryourinstallationenvironment. The availablesettingsdependonthecurrentlyselectedinputsourceandothersettings.

Frequently Used Items	Installation
Image	Fixed Installation	Off
Signal I/O	Test Pattern
Installation	Setting Plate Installation Guide
Display	Vertical Installation	No
Operation	Projection	Front/Upside Down
Management	Auto Screen Adjustment
Network	Geometry Correction	Point Correction
Pen/Touch	Digital Zoom
	Connect ELPCB02	Off
Interactive	Touch Unit
Multi-Projection	Remote Receiver	Off
Memory	Screen Type	16:9
ECO	High Altitude Mode	Off
Initial/All Settings	Reset Installation Settings
	Display
	Pattern Display
	Pattern Type

SettingOptionsDescription
FixedInstallationOn	Off	SettoOnifyouinstalledthe projectorinafixedlocation
TestPattern—Displaysatestpatterntoassistin		focusingandzoomingtheimage andcorrectingimageshape
SettingPlateInstallationGuide—	Displaysanon-screenguideto	assistwithinstallingthe projectionscreenwhenyouhave installedtheprojectoronawall
VerticalInstallationYes	No	SettoYesifyouinstalledthe projectorinaverticalposition
ProjectionFront	Front/UpsideDownRearRear/UpsideDown	Selectsthewaytheprojector facesthescreensotheimageis orientedcorrectly
AutoScreenAdjustment—Automaticallyadjuststheimage		shapewhencornermarkersare placedontheprojectionsurface
GeometryCorrectionH/V-Keystone	QuickCornerArcCorrectionPointCorrectionMemory	Adjustsimageshapeto rectangular(horizontally and vertically)H/VKeystone:letyoumanually correcthorizontalandvertical sidesQuickCorner:selecttocorrect imageshapeandalignment usinganon-screendisplayArcCorrection:selecttoadjust thecurveorarcofthehorizontal andverticalsidesPointCorrection:selectto dividetheprojectedimageintoa gridandcorrectdistortionby movingaselectedpointMemory:controlsmemory functionsforcurrentimageshape settingsSaveMemory:savesthe currentimageshapeasa memorysettingLoadMemory:loadsasaved imageshapememoryRenameMemory:renamesa savedimageshapememoryEraseMemory:deletesa savedimageshapememoryResetMemory:resetsallthe imageshapememorysettings
DigitalZoomVaryinglevelsavailable	eAdjuststhesizeoftheprojected	image
ImageShiftVaryingpositionsavailable	bleAdjuststhepositionofthe	projectedimage
ConnectELPCB02On	Off	SettoOntoswitchtheinput sourcebetweentheHDMI2port andHDMI3porteachtimeyou presstheHDMI2buttononthe optionalinterfacebox
TouchUnitInstallationPattern	PowerTouchUnitSetupTouchCalibrationCalibrationRange	InstallationPattern:displaysa patterntohelpyouadjustthe positionoftheTouchUnitPower:turnsontheTouchUnit powerTouchUnitSetup:performs angleadjustmentforlaser diffusionTouchCalibration:performs calibrationforfingertouch operationsCalibrationRange:iffinger touchoperationsarerecognized asdragoperations,selectWidetowidenthecalibrationrange
RemoteReceiverFront/Rear	FrontRearOff	Limitsreceptionofremotecontrol signalsbytheselectedreceiver; Offturnsoffallreceivers
ProjectorID(BrightLink1480Fi)	Off1through9	AssignsanIDfortheprojector whenyouusemultipleprojectors
ScreenType4:3	16:6(BrightLink1485Fi)16:916:1021:9	Setstheaspectratiotofitthe imageontheprojectionsurface
ScreenPositionVaryingpositions	availableShiftstheimagepositiononthe	screen
HighAltitudeModeOn	Off	Regulatestheprojector's operatingtemperatureat altitudesabove4921feet(1500 m)
ResetInstallationSettings—Resetsallsettingsonthe		Installationmenutotheirdefault valuesexceptforthefollowing:•DigitalZoom•ImageShift

Parenttopic: Adjusting theMenu Settings

Relatedtasks

CorrectingImageShapewithArcCorrection

CorrectingImageShapewiththeKeystoneButtons

CorrectingImageShapewithQuickCorner

AdjustingtheImagePosition

LockingtheProjector'sButtons

UnlockingtheProjector'sButtons

Relatedtopics

SettingUptheProjector

DisplaySettings-DisplayMenu

SettingstheDisplaymenuletyoucustomizevariousprojectordisplayfeatures. Theavailablesettings dependonthecurrentlyselectedinputsourceandothersettings.

Frequently Used Items	Display
Image	Pattern Display
Signal I/O	Pattern Type
Installation	No-signal Screen	Blue
Display	Startup Screen	On
Operation	Home Screen Auto Disp.	On
Management	Messages	On
Network	Menu Rotation	Off
Pen/Touch	Split Screen Setting
Interactive	Reset Display Settings
Multi-Projection	Operation
Memory	Auto Source Search	On
ECO	Light Source Brightness Cont...
	Direct Power On	Off
Initial/All Settings	Auto Power On	Off
	Sleep Mode	On
	Sleep Mode Timer	10 min.
	A/V Mute Timer	On

SettingOptionsDescription
PatternDisplay—Displaystheselectedpattern		typetoassistinadjustingthe image
PatternTypePattern1	Pattern2Pattern3Pattern4UserPattern	Selectsthetypeofgridpattern,linepattern,orcustompatternto display
No-signalScreenBlack	BlueLogo	Selectthescreencolororlogoto displaywhennoinputsignalis detected
StartupScreenOn	Off	Controlswhetheralogois displayedwhentheprojector startsup
HomeScreenAutoDisp.On	Off	ControlswhethertheHome screenisdisplayedautomatically whennoinputsignalisdetected whentheprojectorturnson
MessagesOn	Off	Controlswhetherprojectorstatus anderormessagesare displayedontheprojectedimage
MenuRotationRight90Degree	Left90DegreeOff	Rotatesthemenudisplay 90^
SplitScreenSettingDisplayAudio	OutputSourceAlign	AdjuststheSplitScreenfeature DisplayAudioOutputSource: controlswhetheraniconis displayedwiththesource providingaudiooutputduring SplitScreenprojectionAlign:ifsplittingthescreen betweentwoimages,determines whethertheimagesarealigned atthetoporinthemiddleofthe screen
ResetDisplaySettings—Resetsa	lsettingsontheDisplay	menutotheirdefaultvalues

Note: You must disable User's Logo password protection to adjust the No-signal Screen and Startup Screensettings.

Parenttopic:AdjustingtheMenuSettings

Relatedtasks

CreatingaUserPatterntoDisplay

FeatureSettings-OperationMenu

Settings the Operation menu let you customize various projector features that controls operation. The available settings depend on the currently selected inputs source and other settings.

Frequently Used Items	Operation
Image	Auto Source Search	On
Signal I/O	Light Source Brightness Cont...
Installation	Direct Power On	Off
Display	Auto Power On	Off
Operation	Sleep Mode	On
Management	Sleep Mode Timer	10 min.
Network	A/V Mute Timer	On
Pen/Touch	Standby Mode	Communication On
Interactive	Port	Wired LAN
Multi-Projection	Quick Startup	Off
Memory	Indicators	On
ECO	Inv Direction Button	Off
Initial/All Settings	Reset Operation Settings
	Management
	User Button	Light Source Mode
	User's Logo
	User Pattern

SettingOptionsDescription
AutoSourceSearchOn	Off	Enablestheprojectorto automaticallyselectaninput source
LightSourceBrightness Control	MaintainBrightnessMaintainBrightnessLevelEstimatedRemainsLightSourceModeBrightnessLevel	Controlstheconstantbrightness of theprojector'slightsourceMaintainBrightness:maintains aconstantbrightnessMaintainBrightnessLevel: selectsthebrightnesslevel to maintainwhentheMaintainBrightnesssettingisenabled EstimatedRemains:ifthe MaintainBrightnesssettingis enabled,displaytheremaining numberofhourstheprojector canmaintainconstantbrightnessLightSourceMode:selectsthe brightnessmodeoftheprojector whentheMaintainBrightness settingisdisabledNormal:maximumbrightnessQuiet:70%brightnesswith reducedfannoiseExtended:70%brightness andextendsthelife expectancyofthelightsourceCustom:selectacustom brightnesslevelandenable useofthenextsettingBrightnessLevel:selectthe Custombrightnesslevelyou want
DirectPowerOnOn	Off	Controlswhethertheprojector automaticallyturnsonwhenyou pluginin
AutoPowerOnHDMI1	Computer1USBDisplayOff	Selectswhethertoautomatically turnontheprojectorwhenyou connectaninputsignaltoa specificinputsource
SleepModeOn	Off	Automaticallyturnsoffthe projectorafteranintervalof inactivity
SleepModeTimer1to30minutesSetsthetimebeforetheprojector		automaticallyturnsoff(Sleep Modemustbeturnedon)
A/VMuteTimerOn	Off	Automaticallyturnsoffthe projectorafter30minutesof inactivity
StandbyModeCommunicationOn	CommunicationOff	Enablethissettingtoallowthe followingoperationstooccur whentheprojectorisinstandby mode:Monitorandcontrolthe projectoroveranetworkOutputaudioandvideotoan externaldevice(A/VOutput mustbesettoAlwaysOn)
PortWiredLAN	WirelessLAN	Selectstheporttousewhilethe StandbyModesettingissetto CommunicationOn
QuickStartupOff	20min.60min.90min.	Setsthetimeperiodforwhich youwanttobeabletorestartthe projectorwithinfivesecondsof turningitoff(QuickStartmode).
ClosedCaptionCC1	CC2Off	Enablesandselectsthetypeofclosedcaptionstodisplay
IndicatorsOn	Off	Enablesordisablesthestatusindicatorlightsontheprojector
InvDirectionButtonOn	Off	Enablethissettingifyouwanttoinvertthedirectionofthearrowbuttonsonthecontrolpaneltomatchtheprojector'sinstallationposition
ResetOperationSettings—Reset	allsettingsthe	Operationmenutotheirdefaultvalues

Parenttopic: Adjusting theMenu Settings

Relatedtasks

TurningOntheProjector

TurningOfftheProjector

SelectingaQuickStartupSetting

AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

SettingstheManagementmenuletyoucustomizevariousprojectoradministrativefeatures.

Frequently Used Items	Management
Image	User Button	Light Source Mode
Signal I/O	User's Logo
Installation	User Pattern
Display	Control Panel Lock	Off
Operation	Color Uniformity
Management	Refresh Mode
Network	Light Source Calibration
Pen/Touch	Date & Time
Interactive	Schedule Settings
Multi-Projection	Wireless LAN Power
Memory	Wireless LAN Diagnosis	1
ECO	Log Save Destination	USB and Internal Memory
Initial/All Settings	Batch Setup Range
	Language	English
	Information
	Display Logs
	Reset Management Settings

Note: You must disable Schedule password protection to adjust the Schedule Settings settings.

SettingOptionsDescription
UserButtonLightSourceMode	InformationDeinterlacingClosedCaptionResolutionMicInputLevelPatternDisplayAutoCalibrationDisplayLANInfo.SettingPlateInstallationGuide	AssignsamenuoptiontotheUserbuttonontheremotecontrolforone-touchaccess(AutoCalibrationisthedefaultoption)
User'sLogoStartSetting	Reset	Createsthescreenthattheprojectordisplaystoidentifyitselfandenhancesecurity
UserPattern—Capturesaprojected	screenand	savesitasapatternfordisplay;selectPatternDisplayintheDisplaymenutodisplaythesavedpattern
ControlPanelLockFullLock	ExceptforPowerOff	ControlsprojectorbuttonlockingtosecuretheprojectorFullLock:locksallbuttonsExceptforPower:locksallbuttonsexceptthepowerbuttonOff:nobuttonslocked
ColorUniformityColorUniformity	AdjustmentLevelStartAdjustmentsReset	AdjuststhecolortonebalanceColorUniformity:settoOntoadjustthecolortonebalanceforthewholescreenAdjustmentLevel:setstheadjustmentlevelStartAdjustments:adjuststhered,green,andbluecolortonesindividuallyfortheselectedareaReset:resetsallColorUniformityadjustmentvaluestotheirdefaults
ColorMatching(BrightLink1480Fi)	AdjustmentLevelRedGreenBlueBrightness	Correctsthetintandbrightnessdifferencesbetweenimages
RefreshModeTimer	MessagesStart	SelectStarttoclearanafterimagethatremainsintheprojectedImageandturnoffheprojectorafterthetimespecifiedintheTimerscreen.PressanybuttontocancelRefreshMode.EnabletheMessagessettingifyouwanttodisplayamessagewhenRefreshModeisinprogress.
LightSourceCalibrationRunNow	RunPeriodicallyLastRun	Selectsoptionstoperformlight sourcecalibrationtomaintainthe colorbalanceoftheprojected imageRunNow:SelectOntostartlight sourcecalibrationnow.Make suretheprojectorhasbeen turnedonforatleast20minutes formaximumaccuracy.Youmay notbeabletostartcalibrationif theprojector'senvironmental temperatureisoutofrange.RunPeriodically:SelectOnto performcalibrationevery100 hoursofusageLastRun:Displaysthedateand timelightsourcecalibrationwas lastperformed
Date&TimeDate&Time	DaylightSavingTimeInternetTime	Adjuststheprojector'sdateand timesettings•Date&Time:setsthedate andtimeontheprojector•DaylightSavingTime: enablesdaylightsavingtime•InternetTime:updatesthe timeautomaticallyviaan onlinetimeserver
ScheduleSettings—Schedulesprojectoreventsto		occurautomaticallyatselected datesandtimes
WirelessLANPowerOn	Off	Enablesordisableswireless communication
WirelessLANDiagnosisPing	IPAddressPinguntilstoppedStart	Displaysthestatusofthe wirelessLANcommunication
LogSaveDestinationInternalMemory	USBandInternalMemory	Selectswhereyouwanttosave projectorerrorandoperationlog files
BatchSetupRangeAll	Limited	Selectswhichprojectormenu settingstocopyusingthebatch setupfeature;selectAlltocopy allthesettings,orselectLimited tocopyallsettingsexceptforthe following:•PasswordProtectionsettings•EDIDsettingintheSignall/O menu•Networkmenusettings
LanguageVariouslanguagesavailable	Selectsthelanguagefor	projectormenuandmessage displays
InformationOperationHours	LightSourceHoursEstimatedRemainsSourceInputSignalResolutionRefreshRateSyncInfoVideoSignalHDBaseTSignalLevel(BrightLink1485Fi)StatusSerialNumberEventIDVersion	Displaysinformationaboutthe projectorandcurrentinputsignal; thedisplayeditemsvary dependingonthecurrentinput sourceTheVersionoptiondisplays versionnumbersfortheprojector andothercomponents
DisplayLogsTempWarningInfo	PowerOn/OffHistory	Displayslogdatasavedtothe locationsspecifiedintheLog SaveDestinationsetting
ResetManagementSettings—Resetsallsettingsonthe		Managementmenutotheir defaultvaluesexceptforthe following:ScheduleSettingsLanguage

EventIDCodeList

Parenttopic: Adjusting theMenu Settings

Relatedtasks

SettingtheDateandTime

SelectingtheLanguagefortheProjectorMenus

SavingaScheduledEvent

ViewingScheduledEvents

EditingaScheduledEvent

EventIDCodeList

IftheEventIDoptionontheInformationscreenintheManagementmenudisplaysacodenumber, checkthislistofEventIDcodesforthesolutiontotheprojectorproblemassociatedwiththecode.

EventIDcodeCause	seandsolution
0026Ascreenmirroringcommunicationerrorhasoccurred.Turntheprojectoroffandon again,orrestartthenetworksoftware.
0032
0036
0037
0027Unstablescreenmirroringcommunication.Checkthenetworkcommunication status,waitafewmoments,andtryconnectingtothenetworkagain.
0028
0029
0030
0031
0035
0023Connectionfailed.IfyouseethePINnentryscreenonyourcomputer,enterthePIN codedisplayedonthenetworkinformationscreenoratthebottomrightofthe projectedimage.Ifthisdoesnotsolvetheproblem,restarttheprojectorandthe connecteddevices,andthenchecktheconnectionsettings.
0024
0025
0043Thevideoformatisnotsupported.Changetheresolutionofthemobiledeviceand reconnect.Alternatively,changetheAdjustImageQualitysettingfortheprojector andreconnect.
0432Thenetworksoftwaredidnotstart.Turntheprojectoroffandthenonagain.
0435
0433Cannotdisplayythetransferredimages.Restartthenetworksoftware.
0434Unstablenetworkcommunication.Checkthenetworkcommunicationstatus,waitafewmoments,andtryconnectingtothenetworkagain.
0481
0482
0485
0483Thenetworksoftwarequitunexpectedly.Checkthenetworkcommunicationstatus,thenturntheprojectoroffandthenonagain.
04FE
0484Communicatonwithcomputerwasdisconnected.Restartthenetworksoftware.
0479Aprojectorsystemerrorhasoccurred.Turntheprojectoroffandthenonagain.
04FF
0891CannotfindtheSSID(networkname).Makesureyourcomputerandprojectorareconnectedtoyouraccesspoint'scurrentSSID.
0892TheWPA/WPA2/WPA3authenticationtypedoesnotmatch.Makesurethewirelessnetworksecuritysettingsarecorrect.
0893TheWEP/TKP/AESencryptiontypedoesnotmatch.Makesurethewirelessnetworksecuritysettingsarecorrect.
0894Communicatonwithunauthorizedaccesspointwasdisconnected.Contactyournetworkadministrator.
0895Communicatonwithaconconnecteddevicewasdisconnected.Checkyourdevice'sconnectionstatus.
0898FailedtoacquireDHCPaddress.MakesuretheDHCPserverisoperatingcorrectly.IfyouarenotusingDHCP,turnofftheDHCPsettingintheNetworkmenus.
0899Acommunicationerrorhasoccurred.Tryrestartingthenetworksoftwareandrestartingyourprojector.Ifthatdoesnotsolvetheproblem,contactEpsonforhelp.
089ATheEAPauthenticationtypedoesnotmatchthenetwork.CheckthewirelessLANsecuritysettingsandmakesurethatthesecuritycertificateisinstalledcorrectly.
089BEAPserverauthenticationfailed.CheckthewirelessLANsecuritysettingsandmakesurethatthesecuritycertificateisinstalledcorrectly.
089CEAPclientauthenticationfailed.CheckthewirelessLANsecuritysettingsandmakesurethatthesecuritycertificateisinstalledcorrectly.
089DKeyexchange	failed.CheckthewirelessLANsecuritysettingsandmakesurethat thesecuritycertificateisinstalledcorrectly.
0920Theinternalb	batterythatsavestheprojector'sdateandtimesettingsisrunninglow.ContactEpsonforhelp.
0B01Theinternals	storagecouldnotbedetectedcorrectly.Turnofftheprojectorand disconnectthepowercord,thenreconnectthepowercordandturntheprojector backon.Whentheprojectoristurnedon,thesecuritycertificateandaddressbook aredeleted.Ifthatdoesnotsveletheproblem,contactEpsonforhelp.
0BFFAnerrorhas	ccurredinthewhiteboardfunction.Restarttheprojector.

Parenttopic: AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

Relatedreferences

NetworkSettings-NetworkMenu

Relatedtasks

SettingUpWirelessNetworkSecurity

NetworkSettings-NetworkMenu

SettingstheNetworkmenuletyouviewnetworkinformationandsetuptheprojectorforcontroloveranetwork.

Frequently Used Items	Network
Image	Wireless LAN Info.
Signal I/O	Wireless LAN Info. IPv6
Installation	Simple AP
Display	Wired LAN Info.
Operation	Wired LAN Info. IPv6
Management	Network Settings
	Reset Network Settings
Network	Pen/Touch
Pen/Touch	Auto Calibration
Interactive	Manual Calibration
Multi-Projection	Touch Unit
Memory	Installation of Projectors
ECO	Pen Hovering	On
Initial/All Settings	PC Interactivity
	Reset Pen/Touch Settings
	Interactive
	Drawing Function	On

Note: You must disable Network password protection to adjust then network settings.

SettingOptionsDescription
WirelessLANInfo.Projector	NameWirelessLAN	Displayswirelessnetworkstatusand detailswhenthewirelessLANmodule isinstalledorwhentheSimpleAP settingisdisabledTheWirelessLANoptiondisplaysthe following:AntennalevelSSIDChannelDHCPIPAddressSubnetMaskGatewayAddressDNSServer1DNSServer2MACAddressRegionCode
WirelessLANInfo.IPv6IPv6A	address(Manual)IPv6Address(Auto)	DisplaysIPv6informationwhenthe wirelessLANmoduleisinstalledor whentheSimpleAP settingisdisabled
SimpleAPProjectorName	SimpleAP	Displayswirelessnetworkstatusand detailswhentheSimpleAPsettingis enabled.TheSimpleAPoptiondisplaysthe following:•AntennaLevel•SSID•Channel•IPAddress•MACAddress•RegionCode
WiredLANInfo.ProjectorName	DHCPIPAddressSubnetMaskGatewayAddressMACAddress	Displayswirednetworkstatusand details
WiredLANInfo.IPv6IPv6Address(Manual)IPv6Address(Auto)		DisplaysIPv6information.TheIPv6Address(Manual)option displaysthefollowing:IPv6AddressPrefixLengthGatewayAddressTheIPv6Address(Auto)option displaysthefollowing:TemporaryAddressLink-localAddressStatelessAddressStatefulAddress
NetworkSettings—Configuresyournetworksettings
ResetNetworkSettings—ResetsallsettingsontheNetwork		menutotheirdefaultvalues

Parenttopic: Adjusting theMenu Settings

Relatedconcepts

WirelessNetworkProjection

WiredNetworkProjection

Relatedreferences

WirelessLANMenuSettings

PenandTouchSetupSettings-Pen/TouchMenu

Settings the Pen/Touch menu let you setup the interactive pens and fingertouch operations.

Frequently Used Items	Pen/Touch
Image	Auto Calibration
Signal I/O	Manual Calibration
Installation	Touch Unit
Display	Installation of Projectors
Operation	Pen Hovering	On
Management	PC Interactivity
Network	Reset Pen/Touch Settings
Pen/Touch	Interactive
Interactive	Drawing Function	On
Multi-Projection	Display Toolbars	Always Show
Memory	Display Drawing Area
ECO	Confirm Clear Screen	On
Initial/All Settings	Pen Button Function	Eraser
	Display Clock	Date & Time
	Date	YYYY-MM-DD
	Time	HH:MM
	Print

SettingOptionsDescription
AutoCalibrationManualCalibration	—Startcalibrationforthe	interactivepens
TouchUnitPower	TouchUnitSetupTouchUnitAdjustmentGuideTouchCalibrationCalibrationRange	SelectsettingsfortheTouchUnitPower:turnsontheTouchUnitpowerTouchUnitSetup:performs angleadjustmentforlaser diffusionTouchUnitAdjustmentGuide: whenusingmultipleprojectors sidebyside,displaysaguidefor adjustingtheadjacentprojector's settingsforusewiththetouch unit(HDMIOutputSettingmust besettoProcessOut)TouchCalibration:performs calibrationforfingertouch operationsCalibrationRange:iffinger touchoperationsarerecognized asdragoperations,selectWidetowidenthecalibrationrange
InstallationofProjectorsInfrared	IntensitySyncofProjectors	Selectsettingsforinteractivepen andfingertouchoperationswith multipleprojectorsInfraredIntensity:ifthe interactivepensareunstabledue toinfraredinterference,selectStrongSyncofProjectors:ifthe projectorsareconnectedusing theoptionalremotecontrolcable set,selectWired
PenHoveringOn	Off	Turnsthepenhoveringfeature onandoff;whensettoOn,the pointerfollowsthepentipasyou hoveritoverthescreenand moveitaround
PCInteractivityPenTrackingMode	PressandHoldPenTipBehaviorUSB-B2AutoAdjustPenAreaManualAdj.PenArea	Selectpenoperationand adjustmentoptionsPenTrackingMode:setsthe correctoperatingsystemforthe interactivepenfeatures.For WindowsorMac,selectPen Mode.ForUbuntu,selectMouse Mode.PressandHold:whensetto RightClick,letsyouusealong penpressorfingerpressasa right-clickoperationPenTipBehavior:assigns eitherRightClickorLeftClick tothepentipUSB-B2:setstheHDMIport usedforthecomputerconnected totheUSB-B2whenusing interactivefeatureswiththe computerAutoAdjustPenArea: automaticallyadjuststhepen areaastheresolutionforthe connectedcomputerimage changesManualAdj.PenArea:letsyou adjustthepenareamanually
ResetPen/TouchSettings—Resetsallsettingsonthe		Pen/Touchmenutotheirdefault values

Parenttopic:AdjustingtheMenuSettings

Relatedconcepts

PenCalibration

Relatedtasks

CalibratingforFingerTouchInteractivity

Relatedtopics

UsingtheInteractiveFeatures

InteractiveSettings-InteractiveMenu

SettingsontheInteractivemenuletyoucustomizevariousprojectorinteractivefeatures.

Frequently Used Items	Interactive
Image	Drawing Function	On
Signal I/O	Display Toolbars	Always Show
Installation	Display Drawing Area
Display	Confirm Clear Screen	On
Operation	Pen Button Function	Eraser
Management	Display Clock	Date & Time
Network	Date	YYYY-MM-DD
Pen/Touch	Time	HH:MM
Interactive	Print
	Save
Multi-Projection	Mail
Memory	Directory
ECO	Reset Interactive Settings
Initial/All Settings	Multi-Projection
	Projector ID	Off
	HDMI Out Setting	Off
	Geometry Correction	Point Correction

Note: You must disable Interactive password protection to adjust the interactive settings.

SettingOptionsDescription
DrawingFunctionOn	Off	Enablesordisablesfeaturesfor drawingontheprojectedimage
DisplayToolbarsAlwaysShow	HideforSetTime	Controlswhentheinteractive toolbarisdisplayed
DisplayDrawingAreaOn	Off	Displaysorhidesthedrawing area
ConfirmClearScreenOn	Off	Displaysaconfirmationscreen beforeclearingallcontentdrawn ontheprojectedimage
PenButtonFunctionDrawingTool	IbarEraserClearScreenOff	Setsthefunctionofthebuttonon thesideoftheinteractivepens
DisplayClockDate&Time	DateTimeOff	Setsthedateandtimedisplayon thewhiteboardtoolbar;adjustthe Date&Timesettinginthe Managementmenu
DateYYYY-MM-DD	YYYY/MM/DDMM/DD/YYYYDD/MM/YYYY	Setstheformatofthedate
Print—Adjustssettingsthatcontrol		whiteboardprinting
Save—Adjustssettingsthatcontrolfile		savingofwhiteboardcontent
Mail—Adjustssettingsthatcontrol		emailtransmissionofwhiteboard content
Directory—Adjustssettingsthatcontrol		directoryservicestosearchfor emailaddresses
ResetInteractiveSettings—Resetsallsettingsonthe		Interactivemenutotheirdefault values

Parenttopic:AdjustingtheMenuSettings

Relatedtasks

SavingPagesinWhiteboardMode

PrintingWhiteboardPages

EmailingWhiteboardPages

UsingthePens

CreatinganAddressBook

Relatedtopics

UsingtheInteractiveFeatures

MultipleProjectorOperationSettings-Multi-ProjectionMenu

Settings the Multi-Projection menu let you setup multiple project or project as single unified image (BrightLink1485Fi).

Frequently Used Items	Multi-Projection
Image	Projector ID	Off
Signal I/O	HDMI Out Setting	Off
Installation	Geometry Correction	Point Correction
Display	Edge Blencing
Operation	Scale
Management	Color Uniformity
Network	Light Source Mode	Normal
Pen/Touch	Color Matching
Interactive	RGBCMY
	Reset Multi-Projection Settings
Multi-Projection	Memory
Memory	Save Memory
ECO	Load Memory
Initial/All Settings	Rename Memory
	Erase Memory
	Reset Memory
	ECO

SettingOptionsDescription
ProjectorIDOff	1through9	AssignsanIDfortheprojector whenyouusemultipleprojectors
HDMIOutSettingPassThrough	ProcessOutOff	SettoPassThroughtoenable uptofourprojectorsconnected viaHDMIcablestoprojecta unifiedimage.SettoProcessOuttoenable useofinteractivepensorfinger touchoperationsforuptotwo projectors.
NumberofProjectors2to4Setsthen	numberofprojectors	usedtocreateaunifiedimage; thissettingisdisplayedonlyifHDMIOutSettingissettoPass Through
Order1to4(whenHDMIOutSetting	issettoPassThrough)1or2(whenHDMIOutSettingissettoProcessOut)	Setstheprojector'spositionin numberedorderfromlefttoright
ConnectComputerYes	No	SettoYesifyouconnecteda computertotheprojector;this settingisdisplayedonlyifHDMI OutSettingissettoProcess Out
GeometryCorrectionH/V-Keystone	QuickCornerArcCorrectionPointCorrectionMemory	Adjustsimageshapeto rectangular(horizontally and vertically)H/VKeystone:letyoumanually correcthorizontalandvertical sidesQuickCorner:selecttocorrect imageshapeandalignment usinganon-screendisplayArcCorrection:selecttoadjust thecurveorarcofthehorizontal andverticalsidesPointCorrection:selectto dividetheprojectedimageintoa gridandcorrectdistortionby movingaselectedpointMemory:controlsmemory functionsforcurrentimageshape settingsSaveMemory:savesthe currentimageshapeasa memorysettingLoadMemory:loadsasaved imageshapememoryRenameMemory:renamesa savedimageshapememoryEraseMemory:deletesa savedimageshapememoryResetMemory:resetsallthe imageshapememorysettings
EdgeBlendingEdgeBlending	TopEdgeBottomEdgeLeftEdgeRightEdgeLineGuidePatternGuideGuideColor	Blendstheborderbetween multipleimagestocreatea seamlessscreen
BlackLevelColorAdjustment	AreaCorrectionReset	Adjuststhebrightnessandtone differencesinoverlapping images
ScaleVaryinglevelsavailableWhen	usingmultipleprojectors,	adjuststhescaleoftheimage displayedbyeachprojector
ColorUniformityColorUniformity	AdjustmentLevelStartAdjustmentsReset	AdjuststhecolortonebalanceColorUniformity:settoOnto adjustthecolortonebalancefor thewholescreenAdjustmentLevel:setstheadjustmentlevelStartAdjustments:adjuststhered,green,andbluecolortones individuallyfortheselectedareaReset:resetsallColorUniformity adjustmentvaluestotheir defaults
LightSourceModeNormal	QuietExtendedCustom	Selectsthebrightnessmodeof theprojectorwhentheMaintain BrightnesssettingisdisabledNormal:maximumbrightnessQuiet:70%brightnesswith reducedfannoiseExtended:70%brightnessand extendsthelifeexpectancyofthe lightsourceCustom:selectacustom brightnesslevelandenableuse ofthenextsetting
ColorMatchingAdjustmentLevel	RedGreenBlueBrightness	Correctsthetintandbrightness differencesbetweenimages
RGBCMYVaryinglevelsavailableA	djuststhehue,saturation,and	brightnessforeachcolor
ResetMulti-ProjectionSettings—	ResetsallsettingsontheMulti-	Projectionmenutotheirdefault values

Parenttopic: Adjusting theMenu Settings

Relatedconcepts

UsingMultipleProjectors(DuoLink)

Relatedreferences

MultipleProjectorConnectionMenuSettings

Relatedtasks

BlendingthelmageEdges

AdjustingColorUniformity

MatchingtheImageColors

AdjustingtheBlackLevel

AdjustingRGBCMY

ScalinganImage

ImageQualityMemorySettings-MemoryMenu

Settings the Memory menu let you save and load image quality settings in the projector's memory.

Frequently Used Items	Scale
Image	Color Uniformity
Signal I/O	Light Source Mode	Normal
Installation	Color Matching
Display	RGBCMY
Operation	Reset Multi-Projection Settings
Management	Memory
Network	Save Memory
Pen/Touch	Load Memory
Interactive	Rename Memory
Multi-Projection	Erase Memory
	Reset Memory
Memory	ECO
ECO	Light Source Mode	Normal
Initial/All Settings	Sleep Mode	On
	Standby Mode	Communication On
	Initial/All Settings
	Reset All

SettingOptionsDescription
SaveMemoryMemory1to10Letsyou	usavethecurrentimage	qualitysettingstomemory
LoadMemoryMemory1to10Loads	asavedimagequality	settingmemory
RenameMemoryMemory1to10R	namesasavedimagequality	settingmemory
EraseMemoryMemory1to10Delete	esasavedimagequality	settingmemory
ResetMemory—Resetsalltheimagequality		settingmemorysettings

Parenttopic:AdjustingtheMenuSettings

Relatedtasks

SavingSettingstoMemoryandUsingSavedSettings

SetupSettings-ECOMenu

SettingstheECOmenuletyoucustomizeprojectorfunctionstosavepower.

Frequently Used Items	Scale
Image	Color Uniformity
Signal I/O	Light Source Mode	Normal
Installation	Color Matching
Display	RGBCMY
Operation	Reset Multi-Projection Settings
Management	Memory
Network	Save Memory
Pen/Touch	Load Memory
Interactive	Rename Memory
Multi-Projection	Erase Memory
Memory	Reset Memory
ECO	ECO
Initial/All Settings	Light Source Mode	Normal
	Sleep Mode	On
	Standby Mode	Communication On
	Initial/All Settings
	Reset All

SettingOptionsDescription
LightSourceModeNormal	QuietExtendedCustom	Selectsthebrightnessmodeof theprojectorwhentheMaintain BrightnesssettingisdisabledNormal:maximumbrightnessQuiet:70%brightnesswith reducedfannoiseExtended:70%brightnessand extendsthelifeepectancyofthe lightsourceCustom:selectacustom brightnesslevelandenableuse ofthenextsetting
SleepModeOn	Off	Automaticallyturnsoffthe projectorafteranintervalof inactivity
StandbyModeCommunicationOn	CommunicationOff	Enablethissettingtoallowthe followingoperationstooccur whentheprojectorisinstandby mode:Monitorandcontrolthe projectoroveranetworkOutputaudioandvideotoan externaldevice(A/VOutput mustbesettoAlwaysOn)

Parenttopic: Adjusting theMenu Settings

Relatedreferences

ProjectorLightSourceSpecifications

InitialSettingsandResetOptions-Initial/AllSettingsMenu

You can reset most of the projector settings to their default values using the Reset All option on the Initial/AllSettingsmenu.

Frequently Used Items	Scale
Image	Color Uniformity
Signal I/O	Light Source Mode	Normal
Installation	Color Matching
Display	RGBCMY
Operation	Reset Multi-Projection Settings
Management	Memory
Network	Save Memory
Pen/Touch	Load Memory
Interactive	Rename Memory
Multi-Projection	Erase Memory
Memory	Reset Memory
ECO	ECO
Initial/All Settings	Light Source Mode	Normal
	Sleep Mode	On
	Standby Mode	Communication On
	Initial/All Settings
	Reset All

WhenyouselecttheResetAlloption,youseethisscreen:

Checkmarksappearnexttothemenusettingsthatareselectedtobereset.Ifyoudonotwanttoreset settings in some menus, deselect them. When you are ready, select Execute and press Enter.

You cannot reset the following settings using the ResetAlloption:

•DigitalZoom

•ImageShift

- ScheduleSettings

•Language

Parenttopic:AdjustingtheMenuSettings

MaintainingandTransportingtheProjector

Followtheinstructionsinthesesectionstomaintainyourprojectorandtransportitfromplacetoplace.

ProjectorMaintenance

AirFilterandVentMaintenance

ReplacingtheRemoteControlBatteries

ReplacingtheHardPenTips

ReplacingtheSoftPenTips

TransportingtheProjector

ProjectorMaintenance

Yourprojectorneedslittlemaintenancetokeepworkingatitsbest.

Youmayneedtocleanthelensperiodically, andcleantheairfilterandairventstopreventtheprojector fromoverheatingduetoblockedventilation.

Theonlypartsyoushouldreplacearetheairfilter,penbatteriesandtips,andremotecontrolbatteries.If anyotherpartneedsreplacing,contactEpsonoranauthorizedEpsonservicer.

Thisprojectorusesasealedlaserlightsourcewhichdoesnotneedservicingandcannotbereplaced.

Warning: Before cleaning any part of the projector, turn it off and unplug the power cord. Never open any cover on the projector, except a specifically explained in this manual. Dangerous electrical voltages in the projector can injure you severely.

Warning: Do not try to service this product yourself, except as specifically explained in this manual. Referallotherservicingtoqualifiedservicers.

CleaningtheLens

CleaningtheProjectorCase

Parenttopic: Maintaining and Transporting the Projector

CleaningtheLens

Cleantheprojector'slensperiodically,orwheneveryounoticedustorsmudgesonthesurface.Make sureyouunplugtheprojectorbeforecleaningthelens.

- Toremovedustorsmudges, gentlywipethelenswithlens-cleaningpaper.

- Toremovestubbornsmudges, moistenasoft, lint-freeclothwithlenscleanerandgentlywipethelens. Donotsprayanyliquiddirectlyonthelens.

Warning: Donotusealenscleanerthatcontainsflammablegas. The high heat generated by the projectormaycauseafire.

Caution: Do not use glass cleaner or any harsh materials to clean the lens and do not subject the lens toanyimpacts; you may damage it. Donot use canned air, orthegases may leave a residue. Avoid touching the lens with your bare hand stop prevent fingerprint onordamage to the lens surface.

Parenttopic: Projector Maintenance

Relatedtasks

TurningOfftheProjector

CleaningtheProjectorCase

Beforecleaningtheprojectorcase,turnofftheprojectorandunplugthepowercord.

• Toremovedustordirt, useasoft, dry, lint-freecloth.

- Toremovestubborndirt, useasoftclothmoistenedwithwaterandmildsoap.Donotsprayliquid directlyontheprojector.

Caution: Do not use wax, alcohol, benzine, paint thinner, or other chemicals to clean the projector case. Thesecandamagethecase.Donotusecannedair,orthegasesmayleaveaflammable residue.

Parenttopic: Projector Maintenance

Relatedtasks

TurningOfftheProjector

AirFilterandVentMaintenance

Regularfiltermaintenanceisimportanttomaintainingyourprojector.YourEpsonprojectorisdesigned withaneasilyaccessible,user-replaceablefiltertoprotectyourprojectorandmakeregularmaintenance simple.Filtermaintenanceintervalswilldependontheenvironment.

Ifregularmaintenanceisnotperformed,yourEpsonprojectorwillnotifyyouwhenthetemperature insidetheprojectorhasreachedahighlevel.Donotwaituntilthiswarningappearstomaintainyour projectorfilterasprolongedexposuretohightemperaturesmayreducethelifeofyourprojectororlaser.

Damageduetothefailuretoproperlymaintaintheprojectororitsfiltermaynotbecoveredbytheprojector'sLimitedWarranty.

CleaningtheAirFilterandVents

ReplacingtheAirFilter

Parenttopic: Maintaining and Transporting the Projector

Relatedreferences

ProjectorLightSourceSpecifications

CleaningtheAirFilterandVents

Cleantheprojector'sairfilterorventsiftheygetdusty,orifyouseeamessagetellingyoutocleanthem.

Caution: Do not use water or any detergent to clean the air filter. Do not use canned air, or the gases may leave a flammableresidue.

1. Turnoff the projector and unplug the power cord.
2. Loosenthescrewssecuringtheairfiltercover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical device casing with internal components and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

1. Opentheairfiltercover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a blue airflow arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

1. Pulltheairfilteroutoftheprojector.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a blue panel and red arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

1. Tapeachsideofthefilter4to5timestoshakeoffanyexcessdust.Dothisoutsidetheroomor awayfromtheprojector.

Illustration of a blue corrugated metal object being handled by a hand, with no visible text or symbols.

Caution: Donotuse excessive force when tapping the air filter, or it may crack and become unusable. Donotrin the air filter in water, or use any detergent or solvent to clean it. Donotuse canned air; the gases may leave a flammable residue, or push dust and debris into the projector's optics or others sensitive areas.

1. Vacuum the front of the air filter (thesidewith the tabs) to remove any remaining dust.

Illustration of a pipette dispensing red liquid into a blue rectangular container (no text or symbols)

Note: If dust is difficult to remove the air filter is damaged, replace the air filter.

1. Placetheairfilterbackintheprojectorasshown.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a blue panel and red arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

1. Closetheairfiltercoverandtightenthescrews.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical housing component with a blue panel and circular base (no text or symbols)

Parenttopic: AirFilterandVentMaintenance

Relatedtasks

TurningOfftheProjector

ReplacingtheAirFilter

Youneedtoreplacetheairfilterinthefollowingsituations:

•Aftercleaningtheairfilter,youseeamessagetellingyoutocleanorreplaceit

•Theairfilteristornordamaged

Youcanreplacetheairfilterwhiletheprojectorismountedonthewallorceiling.

1. Turnoff the projector and unplug the power cord.
2. Loosenthescrewssecuringtheairfiltercover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical device casing with heat exchangers and cooling fins (no text or symbols)

1. Opentheairfiltercover.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a blue airflow arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

1. Pulltheairfilteroutoftheprojector.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a blue panel and red arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Note: Air filters contain polypropylene. Dispose of used air filters according to local regulations.

1. Placethenewairfilterintheprojectorasshown.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a blue panel and red directional arrow (no text or symbols)

1. Closetheairfiltercoverandtightenthescrews.

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a blue cover and red curved arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

Parenttopic: AirFilterandVentMaintenance

Relatedtasks

TurningOfftheProjector

ReplacingtheRemoteControlBatteries

TheremotecontrolusestwoAAmanganeseoralkalinebatteries. Replacethebatteriesassoonasthey runout.

Caution: Use only the type of batteries specified in this manual. Do not install batteries of different types, ormixnewandoldbatteries.

1. Removethebatterycoverasshown.

Illustration of a mobile phone with a blue screen and red arrow indicating a download or update action (no text or symbols present)

1. Removetheoldbatteries.

Warning: If the battery fluid has leaked, wipe it away with a soft cloth and avoid getting the fluid on yourhands. If it gets on your hands, wash them immediately to avoid injury.

1. Insert the batteries with the + and - ends facing as shown.

Warning: Make sure the batteries are inserted in the correct positions. If the batteries are not inserted correctly, they could explode or leak, causing a fire, injury, ordamageto the product.

1. Replacethebatterycoverandpressitdownuntilclicksintoplace.

Illustration of a mobile phone with a blue screen and red arrows indicating action or notification (no text or symbols)

Warning: Dispose of used batteries according to local regulations. Do not expose batteries to heat or flame. Keep batteries out of thereachofchildren; they are choking hazards and are very dangerous if swallowed.

Parenttopic: Maintaining and Transporting the Projector

ReplacingtheHardPenTips

Ifthepentipsbecomedamagedornolongerworkcorrectly,youcanreplacethem.

Note: If you are using an ultra-wide display screen with an aspect ratio of 16:6, use only the hard pen tip (BrightLink1485Fi).

1. Twistoffthetipofthepentoremoveit.

Line drawing of hands holding a pen with a blue tool, no text or symbols present

2.Twistonthenewtip.

Illustration of a hand holding a pen or tool with a blue and red arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

Parenttopic: Maintaining and Transporting the Projector

ReplacingtheSoftPenTips

Ifthepentipsbecomedamagedornolongerworkcorrectly,youcanreplacethem.Ifthesofttipis difficulttouseonatexturedsurface,replaceitwiththehardpentip.

Note: If you are using an ultra-wide display screen with an aspect ratio of 16:6, use only the hard pen tip (BrightLink1485Fi).

1. Twistoffthetipofthepentoremoveit.

Line drawing of a hand holding a pen with a blue cap and red arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols)

2.Removethesofttip.

Simple diagram of a blue object with a red arrow pointing downward, no text or symbols present

1. Insertthenewtip.

Illustration of a stylized hat with blue and white coloring and a red upward arrow (no text or symbols)

1. Twistonthepentip.

Line drawing of a hand holding a tool with a blue handle and red arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

Parenttopic: Maintaining and Transporting the Projector

TransportingtheProjector

The projector contains precision parts, some of which are glass. Follow the guidelines heretotransport, ship, or store the projectors safely.

1. Remove any equipment connected to the projector.
2. Turnoff the projector.

3. Makesure the power light is blue (but not flashing) and the status light is off, then unplug the power cord.

4. Attachthelenscap.

5.Dooneofthefollowing:

- Whentransportingtheprojectoralongdistanceorascheckedluggage,packitinafirmboxwith cushioningarounditandmarkthebox"Fragile."

- Whenshippingtheprojectorforrepairs, placeitinitsoriginalpackingmaterials, if possible, or use equivalent materials with cushioning around the projector. Markthebox "Fragile."

Note: Epson shall not believe for any damages incurred during transportation.

Parenttopic: Maintaining and Transporting the Projector

SolvingProblems

Checkthesolutionsinthesesectionsifyouhaveanyproblemsusingtheprojector.

ProjectionProblemTips

ProjectorLightStatus

UsingtheProjectorMenuDisplays

SolvingImageorSoundProblems

SolvingProjectororRemoteControlOperationProblems

SolvingNetworkProblems

SolvingInteractiveProblems

WheretoGetHelp

ProjectionProblemTips

If the projector is not working properly, try turning it off and unplugging it. Then plug it back in and turn it on.

If this does not solve the problem, check the following:

•Thelightsontheprojectormayindicatewhattheproblemis.

- Thesolutionsinthismanualcanhelpyousolvemanyproblems.

If noneofthesesolutionshelp, you can contact Epsonfortechnicalsupport.

Parenttopic: Solving Problems

Relatedreferences

WheretoGetHelp

ProjectorLightStatus

Relatedtasks

CleaningtheLens

TurningOntheProjector

TurningOfftheProjector

CleaningtheAirFilterandVents

ReplacingtheAirFilter

ProjectorLightStatus

Thelightsontheprojectorindicate the projectorstatusandletyouknowwhenaproblemoccurs. Check the statusandcolorofthelightsandlookforasolutioninthetablehere.

Note: If the Indicators setting in the Operation menu is Off, all lights are off under normal projection conditions.

1On/Standbylight

2Statuslight

3Laserlight

4Temp(temperature)light

5WirelessLANlight

On/Standby light	StatuslightLaser	lightTemplight	Statusandsolution
BlueBlueOffOffNormaloperation.
BlueFlashingblue	OffOffWarmingup.	Waitforanimageto	appear.
			Shuttingdown.(WhentheStatuslight stopsflashing,youcanunplugthe projector.)
BlueOffOffOffStandby,sleepmode,	ormonitoring.
FlashingblueOffOff	OffPreparingfor	monitoringorquick	startupmode;allfeaturesare disabled.
FlashingblueVaries	VariesFlashing		orange
OffFlashingblue	OffOrangeProjector	hasoverheatedandturned	off.Leaveitturnedofftocooldown. Afteraboutfiveminutes,dothe following:•Makesurethattheventsandair filterarenotcloggedwithdustor obstructedbynearbyobjects.•Makesuretheenvironmental temperatureisnottoohot.•Cleanorreplacetheairfilter.•Ifoperatingtheprojectorathigh altitude,turnonHighAltitude Mode.•Iftheproblempersists,unplugthe projectorandcontactEpsonfor help.
FlashingblueVaries	Flashing	orange	VariesLaserwaming.Turntheprojectoroff, unplugit,andcontactEpsonforhelp.
OffFlashingblue	OrangeOffLaserhas	saproblem.Turnthe	projectoroff,unplugit,andcontact Epsonforhelp.
OffFlashingblue	OffFlashing		orangeAfanorsensorhasaproblem.Turn theprojectoroff,unplugit,and contactEpsonforhelp.
OffFlashingblue	Flashing	orange	OffInternalprojectorerror.Turnthe projectoroff,unplugit,andcontact Epsonforhelp.
Varies	Flashing	orange	VariesRefreshModeisinprogress.

On/Standby light	StatuslightLaser	lightTemplight	Statusandsolution
VariesVariesFast		flashing orange	Fastflashing orange	Thebatchsetupfileiscorruptorthe USBflashdriveisconnected incorrectly.DisconnecttheUSBflash driveandturnofftheprojector. Unplugtheprojector,plugitinagain, andtryagain.
Fastflashing blue	Fastflashing blue	Fast flashing orange	Fastflashing orange	Writingthemenusettingshasfailed andanerrorintheprojector's firmwarehasoccurred.Turnthe projectoroff,unplugit,andcontact Epsonforhelp.

WirelessLANLightStatus

The Wireless LAN status light indicates the following:

- Blue: WirelessLANisavailableandoperatingnormally

- Flashingblue(quickly):Connectingtoadevice

- Flashingblue(slowly):Aerrorhasoccurred.Turnofftheprojectorandrestartit

- Off: Wireless LAN is not available. Make sure the Wireless LAN Power setting is set to On in the projector's Managementmenu

Note: If the lights display a pattern not listed in the tables above, turn the projector off, unplug it, and contactEpsonforhelp.

Parenttopic: Solving Problems

Relatedreferences

WheretoGetHelp

FeatureSettings-OperationMenu

AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

Using the ProjectorMenu Displays

Theprojectordisplaysdescriptionsinthemenusystemtohelpyounavigatetheprojector'ssettings. The descriptionsappearontherightsideofthescreenasyouscrollthemenusettings.

Parenttopic: Solving Problems

SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Checkthesolutionsinthesesectionsifyouhaveanyproblemswithprojectedimagesorsound.

SolutionsWhenNoImageAppears

SolutionsWhenImageisIncorrectUsingtheUSBDisplayFunction

SolutionsWhen"NoSignal"MessageAppears

SolutionsWhen"NotSupported"MessageAppears

SolutionsWhenOnlyaPartialImageAppears

SolutionsWhentheImageisNotRectangular

SolutionsWhentheImageContainsNoiseorStatic

SolutionsWhentheImageisFuzzyorBlurry

SolutionsWhentheImageBrightnessorColorsareIncorrect

SolutionsWhenanAfterimageRemainsOntheProjectedImage

SolutionstoSoundProblems

SolutionstoMicrophoneProblems

Parenttopic: Solving Problems

SolutionsWhenNoImageAppears

Ifnoimageappears, try the following solutions:

•Makesurethelenscapisoff.

- Press the A/V Mute button on the remote control to see if the image was temporarily turned off.

- Makesureallnecessarycablesaresecurelyconnectedandthepowerisonfortheprojectorand connectedvideosources.

- If you connected your videos our to the Computer2/MonitorOutport, makes sure you set the MonitorOutPort setting to Computer2.

- Makesuretheimagebeingprojectedisnotcompletelyblack(onlywhenprojectingcomputerimages).

- Presstheprojector'spowerbuttontowakeitfromstandbyorsleepmode. Alsoseeifyourconnected computerisinsleepmodeordisplayingablankscreensaver.

- Press the Menu button. If the projector menu displays, there may be a problem with the connected videosource,cableconnection,orport.

- AdjusttheBrightnesssettingonthelmagemenu.

- Adjustthebrightnessofyourprojector'slightsource.

- Check the Display menu to make sure the Messages setting is set to On.

• If the projectordoesnotrespond when you press the control panel buttons, the buttons may be locked. Unlock the buttons.

- If the projectordoesnotrespond when you press buttons on theremote control, makes sure theremote receivers are returned on.

- ForimagesprojectedwithWindowsMediaCenter,reducethescreensizefromfullscreenmode.

- ForimagesprojectedfromapplicationsusingWindowsDirectX,turnoffDirectXfunctions.

• Theprojectormaynotbeabletoprojectcopyrightedvideosthatyouplaybackonacomputer. For details, seethemanualsuppliedwithyourcomputer.

- If the others solutions donotsolvethe problem, reset all of the projector settings using the option on the Reset menu.

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

DisplaySettings-DisplayMenu

SetupSettings-ECOMenu

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

ImageQualitySettings-ImageMenu

Relatedtasks

SelectinganImageSource

UnlockingtheProjector'sButtons

ShuttingOffthePictureandSoundTemporarily

SolutionsWhenImageisIncorrectUsingtheUSBDisplayFunction

IfnoimageappearsoriftheimageappearsincorrectlyusingtheUSBDisplayfunction,trythefollowing solutions:

- PresstheUSBbuttonontheremotecontrol.

- Press the Source Search button on the remote control or control panel, and select USB Display.

•MakesuretheUSBDisplaysoftwarehasinstalledcorrectly.Installitmanuallyifnecessary.

- MakesureyourcomputerisconnectedtotheUSB-B1portontheprojector.

- Make sure the USB Display setting is set to On in the projector's Signal I/O menu.

- On a Mac, select the USB Display icon in the Dock or from the Applications folder. If you select Exit fromtheUSBDisplayiconmenuintheDock,USBDisplaydoesnotstartautomaticallywhenyou connecttheUSBcable.

- ForimagesprojectedwithWindowsMediaCenter, reduce the screensize from fullscreen mode.

- ForimagesprojectedfromapplicationsusingWindowsDirectX,turnoffDirectXfunctions.

- If the mouse cursor flickers, select Make the movement of the mouse pointer smooth in the Epson USBDisplaySettingsprogramonyourWindowscomputer.

- Turn off the Transfer layered window setting in the Epson USB Display Settings program on your Windowscomputer.

- If you can get the computer resolution during projection, the video quality and performance may decline.

- MakesureyouareusingthemostrecentversionoftheUSBDisplaysoftware.Youcandownloadthe latest version from the Epson web site. Go to epson.com/support (U.S.) or epson.ca/support (Canada) andselectyourprojector.

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

Relatedtasks

SelectinganImageSource

ConnectingtoaComputerforUSBVideoandAudio

SolutionsWhen"NoSignal"MessageAppears

If the "NoSignal" message appears, try the following solutions:

- PresstheSourceSearchbuttonandwaitafewsecondsforanimagetoappear.

- Turnontheconnectedcomputerorvideosource,andpressitsplaybuttontobeginyourpresentation, ifnecessary.

- Checktheconnectionfromtheprojectortoyourvideosources.

- If you are projecting from alaptop computer, makes sure it is setup to display on an external monitor.

- If necessary, turn the projector and the connected computer or video source off and then on again.

- If you are projecting from an HDMI source, replace the HDMI cable with a shorter one.

- Connectthevideosourcedirectlytotheprojector.

• Tryadifferentvideocable.

- If the othersolutions donotsolvethe problem, reset all of the projector settings using the option on the Reset menu.

DisplayingFromaPCLaptop

DisplayingFromaMacLaptop

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedtasks

SelectinganImageSource

ConnectingtoanExternalComputerMonitor

Relatedtopics

ConnectingtoComputerSources

ConnectingtoVideoSources

DisplayingFromaPCLaptop

If you see the "No Signal" message when you display from a PC laptop, you need to setup the laptop to display on an external monitor.

1. Hold down the laptop's Fn key and press the key labeled with a monitor icon or CRT/LCD. (See your laptopmanualfordetails.) Waitafewsecondsforanimagetoappear. Todisplayonboththe laptop'smonitorandtheprojector, trypressingthesamekeysagain.

Note: On Windows 7 or later, hold down the Windows key and press P at the same time, then click Duplicate.

1. If the same image is not displayed by the laptop and projector, check the Windows Display utility to make sure the external monitor portisenabled and extended desktop mode is disabled. (Seeyour computer or Windows manual for instructions.)

2. If necessary, check your video card settings and set the multiple display option to Clone, Mirror, or Duplicate.

Parenttopic: SolutionsWhen"NoSignal"MessageAppears

DisplayingFromaMacLaptop

If you se the "No Signal" message when you display from a Mac laptop, you need to setup the laptop form or reddisplay. (Se your laptop manual for details.)

1. Open the System Preferences utility and select Displays, Display, or Color LCD.

2. ClicktheArrangeorArrangementtab.

3. Select the Mirror Displays checkbox.

Parenttopic: SolutionsWhen"NoSignal"MessageAppears

SolutionsWhen"NotSupported"MessageAppears

If the "Not Supported" message appears, try the following solutions:

- MakesurethecorrectinputsignalisselectedontheSignall/Omenu.

- Makesurethecomputer'sdisplayresolutiondoesnotexceedtheprojector'sresolutionandfrequency limit.Ifnecessary,selectadifferentdisplayresolutionforyourcomputer.(Seeyourcomputermanual fordetails.)

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

SolutionsWhenOnlyaPartialImageAppears

Ifonlyapartialcomputerimageappears, trythefollowingsolutions:

- For VGA connections, press the Auto button on the remote control to optimize the image signal.

- Make sure you selected the correct Screen Type setting in the projector's Installation menu for the screenyouareusing.Iftherearemarginsbetweentheedgeoftheimageandtheprojectedscreen frame,adjustthepositionoftheimage.

- MakesuretheScalesettingintheImagemenuisturnedoff(BrightLink1485Fi).

- MakesuretheResolutionsettingintheImagemenuissetcorrectlyfortheinputsignal.

- TryadjustingtheimagepositionusingthePositionsettinginthelmagemenu.

- PresstheAspectbuttonontheremotecontroltoselectadifferentimageaspectratio.

- If you zoomed into or out of the image using the E-Zoom buttons, press the Esc button until the projectorreturnstoafulldisplay.

- Checkyourcomputerdisplaysettingstodisabledualdisplayandsettheresolutionwithinthe projector'slimits.(Seeyourcomputermanualfordetails.)

- Checktheresolutionassignedtoyourpresentationfilestoreeiftheyarecreatedforadifferentresolutionthanyouareprojectingin.(Seeyoursoftwarehelpfordetails.)

- MakesureyouselectedthecorrectProjectionsettingintheInstallationmenu.

- TryadjustingtheimagepositionusingtheImageShiftsetting.

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

InstallationSettings-InstallationMenu

ImageQualitySettings-ImageMenu

Relatedtasks

ChangingtheImageAspectRatio

ZoomingIntoandOutofImages

SolutionsWhenthelmageisNotRectangular

If the projected image is not evenly rectangular, try the following solutions:

- If the projector is not mounted on the wall or ceiling, place it directly in front of the center of the screen, facing its squarely, if possible.

- Use the Image Shift setting to adjust the image position, rather than moving the projector.

- Pressthekeystonebuttonsontheprojectortoadjusttheimageshape.

- Adjust the image shape using the individual Geometry Correction settings in the Installation menu.

Note: Adjusting Quick Corner, H/V-Keystone, and Arc Correction settings may affect focus and pencalibration.

Note: If the projector is mounted on the wall, always use the adjustment dials on the mount to center the image.

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

InstallationSettings-InstallationMenu

ImageQualitySettings-ImageMenu

Relatedtasks

CorrectingImageShapewithArcCorrection

CorrectingImageShapewiththeKeystoneButtons

CorrectingImageShapewithQuickCorner

SolutionsWhentheImageContainsNoiseorStatic

If the projected images seem to contain electronic interference (noise) or static, try the following solutions:

- Checkthecablesconnectingyourcomputerorvideosourcetotheprojector. Theyshouldbe:

• Separated from the power cord to prevent interference

•Securelyconnectedatbothends

- Notconnectedtoanextensioncable

• Make sure you selected the correct Signal Format or EDID settings in the projector's Signal I/O menu, if available for your images source.
• Adjust the Noise Reduction, MPEG Noise Reduction, and Deinterlacing settings in the projector's Imagemenu.
• If available for your video source, select Auto as the Resolution setting in the Image menu.
• Selectacomputervideoresolutionandrefreshratethatarecompatiblewiththeprojector.
• If you are projecting from a computer using a VGA cable, press the Auto button on the remote control to automatically adjust the tracking and sync. If the problem remains, display a uniformly patterned image on the screen and manually adjust the Tracking and Sync settings.
• If you adjusted the image shape using the projector controls, try decreasing the Sharpness setting to improve image equality.
• If you connected an extension powerable, try projecting without it to see if it caused interference in the signal.
• If you are using the USB Display function, turn off the Transfer layered window setting in the Epson USBDisplaySettingsprogramonyourWindowscomputer.

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

SupportedVideoDisplayFormats

ImageQualitySettings-ImageMenu

Relatedtopics

ConnectingtoVideoSources

ConnectingtoComputerSources

SolutionsWhenthelmageisFuzzyorBlurry

If the projected image is fuzzy or blurry, try the following solutions:

- Adjusttheimagefocus.

- Cleantheprojectorlens.

- Position the projector close enough to the screen, and directly in front of it.

- Verify that the throw distance from the project to your projections surface meet these specifications in your projector's online Installation Guide.

- Position the projector so the keystone adjustment angle is not sowidethat it distortsthe image.

- AdjusttheSharpnesssettingtoimproveimagequality.

- If you are projecting from a computer using a VGA cable, press the Auto button on the remote control to automatically adjust the tracking and sync. If any bands or overall blurriness remain, display a uniformly patterned image on the screen and manually adjust the Tracking and Sync settings.

- If you are projecting from a computer, use a lower resolution or adjust the computer's resolution to match the projector's nativeresolution, if possible.

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

ImageQualitySettings-ImageMenu

Relatedtasks

FocusingtheImage

CleaningtheLens

SolutionsWhenthelImageBrightnessorColorsareIncorrect

If the projected image is stood dark or light, or the colors are incorrect, try the following solutions:

- Press the Color Mode button on the remote control to try different color modes for the image and environment.

- Checkyourvideosourcesettings.

- Adjust the available settings on the Image menu for the current input source, such as Brightness, Contrast, Tint, White Balance, Color Saturation and RGBCMY.

- Make sure you selected the correct Signal Format or EDID setting in the Signal I/O menu, if available for your videosource.

• Makesureallthecablesaresecurelyconnectedtotheprojectorandyourvideodevice.Ifyou connectedlongcables,tryconnectingshortercables.
• Position the projector close enough to the screen.
• MakesureyouhaveruntheLightSourceCalibrationintheManagementmenurecently. Ifusing multipleprojectors, performthecalibrationonallprojectorstoensureaconsistentimagequality.

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

ImageQualitySettings-ImageMenu

SolutionsWhenanAfterimageRemainsOntheProjectedImage

If you see an afterimage in the projected image, select Refresh Mode > Start in the Management menu.

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

SolutionstoSoundProblems

If there is nosound when you expect it the volume is too low or high, try the following solutions:

• Adjust the projector's volumesettings.
• Press the A/V Mute button on the remote control to resume video and audio if they were temporarily stopped.
• Checkyourcomputerorvideosourcetomakesurethevolumeisturnedupandtheaudiooutputisset forthecorrectsource.

- Trydisconnectingandreconnectingtheaudiocable.

- Checktheaudiocableconnectionsbetween the projector and your videosource.

- If you dono the earsound from an HDMI source, set the connected device to PCM output.

- Makesureanyconnectedaudiocablesarelabeled"NoResistance."

- If you are using the USB Display function, turn on the Output audio from the projector setting in the EpsonUSBDisplaySettingsprogramonyourcomputer.

- If you are using a Mac and you don to the earsound from an HDMI source, makes sure your Mac supports audio through the HDMI port. If not, you need to connect a audiocable.

- If you want to use a connected audio source when the projector is off, set the Quick Startup option in the Operation menu to Off and make sure the A/V Output setting in the Signal I/O menu is set to AlwaysOn.

- If the volume for the computer is set to the minimum while the projector's volume is set to maximum, the sound level may be mixed. Turnup the computer's volume and decrease the projector's volume (when using Epsoni Projection[Windows/Mac] or USB Display).

- Make sure the Audio Output Device option is set to the correct audio port for your video device.

- If you turn the projector immediately after turning it off, the cooling fans may run at high speed momentarily and cause an unexpected noise. This is normal.

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

Relatedtasks

ConnectingtoaComputerforSound

ConnectingtoaVideoSourceforSound

ConnectingtoExternalSpeakers

ControllingtheVolumewiththeVolumeButtons

SolutionstoMicrophoneProblems

If there is nosound when you use a microphone connected to the projector, try the following solutions:

- Makesurethemicrophoneissecurelyconnectedtotheprojector.

- Adjust the Mic Input Level setting in the Signal I/O menu. If the setting is too high, the sound of the otherconnecteddeviceswillbetoolow.

Parenttopic: SolvingImageorSoundProblems

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

Relatedtasks

ConnectingaMicrophone

SolvingProjectororRemoteControlOperationProblems

Checkthesolutionsinthesesectionsifyouhaveproblemsoperatingtheprojectororremotecontrol.

SolutionstoProjectorPowerorShut-OffProblems

SolutionstoRemoteControlProblems

SolutionstoPasswordProblems

SolutionsWhenaBatteryMessageAppears

Parenttopic: Solving Problems

SolutionstoProjectorPowerorShut-OffProblems

If the project orders not come on when you press the power button or it should you expectedly, try the followingsolutions:

- Makesurethepowercordissecurelyconnectedtotheprojectorandtoaworkingelectricaloutlet.

- Theprojector'sbuttonsmaybelockedforsecurity.Unlockthebutton sorusetheremote controlto turnontheprojector.

- If the projector's lasers hut so off unexpectedly, it may have entered standby mode after a period of inactivity. Press the power button to wake the projector and adjust the Sleep Mode setting to change the sleep interval. The A/V Mute Timer may be set. Set the A/V Mute Timer to Off in the Operation menu.

- If the projector's lasershutsoff, the Statuslightisflashing, and the Templightison, the projector has overheated and shutoff. Check the solutions for this light status.

• If the power button on theremote control does not turn on the projector, checks batteries and make sure the Remote Receiversetting is turned on the projector's menu, if available.

- Thepowercordmaybedefective. Tryanotherpowercord. If that doesn't work, disconnect thecord and contact Epson.

- The cooling fans may run in an inst and by status depending on the projector settings. Also, when the projector wakes from a stand by status, the fans may cause an unexpected noise. This is not a malfunction.

Parenttopic: SolvingProjectorRemoteControlOperationProblems

Relatedreferences

WheretoGetHelp

ProjectorLightStatus

FeatureSettings-OperationMenu

Relatedtasks

UnlockingtheProjector'sButtons

SolutionstoRemoteControlProblems

If the projectordoesnotrespondtoremotecontrolcommands, try the following solutions:

• Check that theremote control batteries are installed correctly and have power. If necessary, replace the batteries.
• Makesureyouareoperatingtheremotecontrolwithinthereceptionangleandrangeoftheprojector.
• Makesuretheprojectorisnotwarminguporshuttingdown.
• Checktoseeifabuttonontheremotecontrolisstuckdown, causingittoentersleepmode. Release thebuttontowaketheremotecontrolup.
  • Strongfluorescentlighting, directsunlight, orinfrareddevicesignals maybeinterfering with the projector'sremotereceivers. Dimthelightsormovetheprojectorawayfromthesunorinterfering equipment.
  •Ifavailable,turnononeoftheremotereceiversintheprojector'smenusystem,orcheckifallthe remotereceiverswereturnedoff.

- If the remote receiver setting is off, press and hold the Menu button on the remote for at least 15 secondstorestorethedefaultsetting.

- If you assigned an ID number to other remote control to operate at multiple projectors, you may need to check or change the ID setting (feature not available with all projectors).

- To set the remote control so it will operate any projector, hold down the ID button and press the 0/All button.

- If you los etheremote control, you can purchase another from an authorized Epsonreseller.

Parenttopic: SolvingProjectorRemoteControlOperationProblems

Relatedreferences

RemoteControlOperation

Relatedtasks

Installing Batteries in the Remote Control

ReplacingtheRemoteControlBatteries

SolutionstoPasswordProblems

If you cannot enter or remember a password, try the following solutions:

- You may have turned on password protection without first setting a password. Try entering 0000 using theremotecontrol.

- If you have entered an incorrect password to many times and see a message displayed are request code, writed down the code and contact Epson. Donot attempt to enter the password again. Provide therequest code and proof of ownership for assistance in unlocking the projector.

- IfyousetaEpsonWebControlpasswordandforgottheuserIDorpassword,tryenteringthe following:

-UserID:EPSONWEB

- Defaultpassword:admin

- IfyousetaRemotepassword(inEpsonWebControl)andforgottheuserIDorpassword,tryentering thefollowing:

- UserID:EPSONREMOTE

- Defaultpassword:guest

- If you los etheremote control, you cannot enter a password. Order anewone from Epson.

Parenttopic: SolvingProjectororRemoteControlOperationProblems

Relatedconcepts

ProjectorSecurityFeatures

SolutionsWhenaBatteryMessageAppears

Ifyouseeamessagetellingyouthatthebatterythatsavesyourclocksettingsisrunninglow,contact Epsonforhelp.

Parenttopic: SolvingProjectororRemoteControlOperationProblems

Relatedreferences

WheretoGetHelp

SolvingNetworkProblems

Checkthesolutionsinthesesectionsifyouhaveproblemsusingtheprojectoronanetwork.

SolutionsWhenWirelessAuthenticationFails

SolutionsWhenYouCannotAccesstheProjectorThroughtheWeb

SolutionsWhenNetworkAlertE-MailsareNotReceived

SolutionsWhentheImageContainsStaticDuringNetworkProjection

SolutionsWhenYouCannotConnectUsingScreenMirroring

SolutionsWhentheImageorSoundContainsStaticWhenUsingScreenMirroring

SolutionsWhentheProjectedScreenisnotSharedCorrectly

Parenttopic: Solving Problems

SolutionsWhenWirelessAuthenticationFails

If you cannot authenticate wireless connection, try the following solutions:

- If the wireless settings are correct, but authentication fails, you may need to update the Date & Time settings in the Management menu, if available.

- ChecktheSecuritysettingsandpassphraseintheNetworkmenu.

- Makesuretheconnecteddeviceisonandoperatingproperly.

- If the accesspoint security is WPA3-EAP, changethe accesspoint setting to WPA2/WPA3-EAP.

Parenttopic: Solving Network Problems

Relatedreferences

EventIDCodeList

NetworkSettings-NetworkMenu

AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

Relatedtasks

SettingtheDateandTime

SolutionsWhenYouCannotAccesstheProjectorThroughtheWeb

If you are unable to access the project through a web browser, makes sure you are using the correct ID and password, which are cases sensitive.

Note: You cannot change the user ID.

- YoumayneedtologintoaccesssomeoptionsontheWebControlscreen.Ifyouseealoginwindow, enter EPSONWEB as the user ID and enter the password set in the projector's Network menu as the password.Thedefaultpasswordisadmin.

- Avoidconnectingviaaproxyserver.

- Makesureyouhaveaccesstothenetworktheprojectorison.

- ChecktheIPaddressontheprojector,thenreentertheIPaddressinthebrowsersearchbar.

Note: The userIDandpasswordarecasesensitive.

Parenttopic: SolvingNetworkProblems

SolutionsWhenNetworkAlertE-MailsareNotReceived

If you donot receive an e-mail alerting you to problem with a projector over then network, try the followingsolutions:

• Makesuretheprojectoristurnedonandconnectedtothenetworkcorrectly.(Ifanerrorshutdownthe projector, itcannotsendane-mail.)
• Makesureyousetuptheprojectore-mailalertsettingscorrectlyontheprojector'snetworkMail Notificationmenuorinthenetworksoftware.
• Set the Standby Mode setting to Communication On so the network software can monitor the projectorinstandbymode.ChangethePortsettingaccordingtoyournetworkenvironment.

Parenttopic: SolvingNetworkProblems

Relatedreferences

NetworkProjectorE-mailAlertMessages

Relatedtasks

SettingUpProjectorNetworkE-MailAlerts

SolutionsWhenthelImageContainsStaticDuringNetworkProjection

If the projected image contains static during network projection, try the following solutions:

• Checkforanyobstaclesbetweentheaccesspoint, thecomputer, themobiledevice, and theprojector. If necessary, changetheirpositionstoimprovecommunication. Alsomakesurethattheyarenottoo farapart; movethemclosertogetherandtrytoconnectagain.
• If the wireless connection is slow your projected image contains noise, check for interference from other equipment, such as Bluetooth device or microwave. Movethe interfering device farther away or expand your wireless bandwidth.
• If the connections speed declines, reduce the number of connected devices.

Parenttopic: SolvingNetworkProblems

SolutionsWhenYouCannotConnectUsingScreenMirroring

If you are unable to connect the projector using Screen Mirroring, try the following solutions:

- Select On as the Screen Mirroring setting in the projector's Network menu.

- Select On as the Simple AP setting in the projector's Network menu.

- Make sure the Display Name setting does not contain a dash ("-") or it may not be displayed correctly onthemobiledevice.

- Select Off as the Screen Mirroring setting, then select On again.

- Makesurethemobiledevicesettingsarecorrectandrestartthedevice.

- You may not be able to connect immediately after disconnecting from the projector. Wait awhile and try connecting again.

- If you have previously connected to the projector using Screen Mirroring, the device may have saved the previous connection information. Delet the saved information and connect to the projector from the list of available devices.

Parenttopic: Solving Network Problems

SolutionsWhenthelmageorSoundContainsStaticWhenUsingScreenMirroring

If the projected image or sound contains static when connecting using Screen Mirroring, try the following solutions:

- AvoidcoveringtheWi-Fiantennaofthemobiledevice.

- If you use a Screen Mirroring connection and an internet connection at the same time, the image may freeze or contain noise. Disconnect from the internet to improve the connections speed of the mobile device.

- MakesuretheprojectioncontentsmeettheScreenMirroringrequirements.

- Dependingonthesettingsofthemobiledevice, theconnectionmaybelostwhenthedeviceenters powersavingmode. Checkthepowersavingsettingsonthemobiledevice.

- Makesureyourmobiledevicehasthelatestversionofitswirelessdriverandfirmwareinstalled.

Parenttopic: SolvingNetworkProblems

SolutionsWhentheProjectedScreenisnotSharedCorrectly

If the Screen Sharing feature does not deliver the screento are receiving projector properly, try the followingsolutions:

- Connecttheprojectortothesamenetworkastheprojectorthatissharingitsscreen.

- MakesurethereceivingprojectorsupportstheScreenSharingfunction.

- Make sure the Screen Sharing setting in the Network menu is set to On for all projectors.

- CloseanyrunningEpsoniProjection(Windows/Mac)software.

- Makesuretheimagebeingprojectedisnotprotectedbycopyright.

- Make sure Sharing is displayed on the status bar that appears in the upper center part of the screen. Ifitisnotdisplayed,tryreconnecting.

Parenttopic: Solving Network Problems

Relatedreferences

NetworkSettings-NetworkMenu

Relatedtasks

StartingaSharedScreenSession

SolvingInteractiveProblems

Checkthesolutionsinthesesectionsifyouhaveproblemsusingtheinteractivesystem.

Note: If the "Error occurred in the Easy Interactive Function" message appears, contact Epson for help.

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePensDoNotWork

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePenPositionIsNotAccurate

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePensAreSloworDifficulttoUse

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePensCauseInterferenceorUnwantedEffects

SolutionsWhenFingerTouchInteractivityDoesNotWork

SolutionsWhenYouCannotOperateaComputerfromtheProjectedScreen

SolutionsforProblemsWithCapturing,Printing, Saving, or Scanning

SolutionsforProblemswithWhiteboardMode

Parenttopic: Solving Problems

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePensDoNotWork

If the interactive pensdonotwork, try the following solutions:

• Thepensturnoffautomaticallywhennotinuse.Pickupthepentoturnitbackon.

- Make sure PC Interactivity is set to On on the projector's interactive toolbar.

- Makesureyouarenotcoveringtheblacksectionnearthetipofthepen.

•Makesurethepentipissecurelyattachedtothepen.

•Tryreplacingthesoftpentipwiththehardpentip.

- Makesurenothingisblockingthesignalbetweenthepenandtheinteractivepenreceiveronthe projector.

• Tryholding the penatadifferentangles that your hand is not blocking the signal.

- Makesurethecablecoverisinplacetokeepcablesfromblockingthesignal.

- Makesurethepenbatteryhasenoughpower.Pressthebuttononthesideofthepentocheck remainingbatterypower.Tryreplacingthebattery.

- If you are projecting from a computer, makes sure the USB cable is connected to the computer and projector.

- Dimtheroomlightsandturnoffanyfluorescentlights. Makesuretheprojectionsurfaceandpen receiverarenotindirectsunlightorothersourcesofbrightlighting.

- Removeanydecorativelightsfromaroundtheprojectororprojectionsurface.

• If the pentipis worn outordamaged, you may need to replace it.

- Makesuretheinteractivepenreceiverontheprojectoriscleanandfreefromdust.

•Makesurethereisnointerferencefrominfraredremotecontrols,mice,orinfraredmicrophones.

- Makesureyouhavecalibratedthesystem.Tryrecalibrating.

- If you are using a Mac with your projector, makes sure that you installed the Easy Interactive Tools software, and that you have downloaded and installed the latest Easy Interactive Driver from the Epson supports site.

- If you are using multiple interactive projectors in the sameroom, makes sure you are using async cable between the projectors and that the Installation of Projectors > Sync of Projectors setting in the Pen/Touch menuissetto Wired.

- If you are using Epson iProjection (Windows/Mac) software, select Set Options and make sure Use Interactive Pen is enabled. Also, select the Adjust performance tab and select Transfer layered window.

- If you are using a Quick Wireless Connection USB Key, start the Epson Quick Wireless Connections Settings program on your computer, select the General settings tab and make sure Use Interactive Pen is enabled. Also, select the Adjust performance tab and select Transfer layered window.

Parenttopic: Solving Interactive Problems

Relatedconcepts

PenCalibration

Relatedtasks

ReplacingtheHardPenTips

ReplacingtheSoftPenTips

UsingthePens

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePenPositionIsNotAccurate

Ifthepenpositionisnotthesameasthemousepointer, trythefollowingsolutions:

- Makesureyouhavecalibratedthesystem.Trymanualcalibration.

- Reset the keystone, Quick Corner, and Arc Correction settings to their factory defaults.

- If you mounted the projector using a wall mount and used keystone or other digital correction settings to adjust the image, return these settings to their factory defaults. Instead, use headjustment dialson the wall mount to adjust the imageshape; donot use any digital correction. Then focus the image and recalibrate.

- If you use the E-Zoom + button on the remote control to enlarge the image, the pen position is not accurate. When you return the image to the original size, the positions should be correct.

- Select Reset All from the Initial/All Settings menu to restore the projector settings to their default values.

- Settheoutputresolutionofyourcomputertomatchthenativeresolutionoftheprojector. If you connectedyourprojectorthroughavideoscaler, makesurethevideoscaleroutputresolutionsetting matchesyourprojector'snativeresolution.

• Focustheimagetosharpenit.

- Makesurethecablecoverisinplacetokeepcablesfromblockingthesignal.

•Tryadjustingthepenoperationarea.

- In PC Interactivity (in the Pen/Touch menu), turn off the Auto Adjust Pen Area setting and select the ManualAdj.PenAresetting.

Parenttopic: Solving Interactive Problems

Relatedconcepts

PenCalibration

Relatedreferences

PenandTouchSetupSettings-Pen/TouchMenu

GeneralProjectorSpecifications

InstallationSettings-InstallationMenu

Relatedtasks

Adjusting the Pen Operation Area

RemovingandAttachingtheCableCover

ZoomingIntoandOutofImages

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePensAreSloworDifficulttoUse

If the pens are difficult to use correspond to slowly, try the following solutions:

• Foreasieroperation, holdthepenperpendicular to the projections surface.
• Forthebestperformance,connectyourcomputertotheprojectorusingaVGAorHDMIcablefordisplayandtheUSBcableforinteractivity.
• If you are using USB Display in Windows, you may need to disable Windows Aero in the Epson USB Display Settings program on your computer.
• If you are having difficulty double-clicking on a Mac, go to the System Preferences menu, select Mouse, Trackpad, or Mouse & Trackpad, and reduce the Double-click speed.
• Set the Pen/Touch > Pen Hovering setting to Off.

Parenttopic: Solving Interactive Problems

Relatedreferences

PenandTouchSetupSettings-Pen/TouchMenu

Relatedtasks

UsingthePens

SolutionsWhentheInteractivePensCauseInterferenceorUnwantedEffects

If the pens are causing interference or unwanted effects, try the following solutions:

• Whenyouusetwopensatthesametime, makesuretousethematleast4inches(10.16cm) apart.
• Donotrestthepensontheimageareaofaninteractivevetabletoavoidinterferencewithyour computer'smouse.
• Makesurethatnothingisblockingthedirectlinetotheinteractivepenreceiverontheprojector.

Parenttopic: Solving Interactive Problems

SolutionsWhenFingerTouchInteractivityDoesNotWork

Iffingertouchinteractivitydoesnotwork,trythefollowingsolutions:

• MakesureaTouchUnitisinstalledcorrectlyandthecableisproperlyconnected.Seeyourprojector's onlineInstallationGuidefordetails.
• If the light on the Touch Unit is not on, check the Touch Unit settings in the Pen/Touch menu and makesurethePowersettingissettoOn.
• If you are using a Mac with your projector, makes sure that you installed the Easy Interactive Tools software, and that you have downloaded and installed the latest Easy Interactive Driver from the Epson support site.
• Adjust the angle on the Touch Unit. See your projector's online Installation Guide for details.
• Makesuretherearenoobstacles(suchascables)betweentheTouchUnit'slaserdiffusionportsand theprojectionsurface. Ifthereareanyobstaclesthataredifficulttomove, attachtheinfrared deflectors to the projection surface. See your projector's online Installation Guide for details.
• Removeanydecorativelightsfromaroundtheprojectororprojectionsurface.

- If you are having difficulty double-clicking on a Mac, go to the System Preferences menu, select Mouse, Trackpad, or Mouse & Trackpad, and reduce the Double-click speed.

• Makesurethereis nointerference from infrared remote controls, mice, or infrared microphones.

- Makesureyouhaveperformedpencalibrationandfingertouchcalibration.Tryrecalibrating.

- Keep your clothing or part so of your body more than 0.4 inches (1 cm) away from the projection surface.

- If there are people within 4 inches (10cm) in front of or around the projections screen or there are any obstacles causing interference, touch operations may not work properly.

- If touch operation does not work correctly even after calibration, check the Calibration Range setting in the Pen/Touch menu. Select Wide if you drag items when touching the screen or Narrow if mouse operationsdonotworksmoothly.

Parenttopic: Solving Interactive Problems

Relatedconcepts

PenCalibration

Relatedreferences

PenandTouchSetupSettings-Pen/TouchMenu

Relatedtasks

CalibratingforFingerTouchInteractivity

SolutionsWhenYouCannotOperateaComputerfromtheProjectedScreen

If you are unable to access a computer from the projected screen, try the following solutions:

• Make sure the USB Display setting in the Signal I/O menu is set to On.
• Makesureyouperformpencalibrationwhenusingtheinteractivepenforthefirsttimesothattheprojectorrecognizesthepositionofthepencorrectly.
• MakesurePCInteractivityisturnedonintheprojector'sinteractivetoolbar.
• MakesuretheUSBcableissecurelyconnected.DisconnecttheUSBcable,andthenreconnectit.
• When you are connecting your computer to the projector's USB-B2 port, make sure the USB-B2 settinginthePen/TouchmenumatchestheHDMIinputyourcomputerisconnectedto.
• Whenconnectingyourcomputertoeitherofthecontrolpad's(BrightLink1485Fi)HDMIports,make sure to connect your computer to the USB-B port on the control pad and not directly to the projector.

Parenttopic: Solving Interactive Problems

SolutionsforProblemsWithCapturing,Printing, Saving, or Scanning

If you are having trouble capturing and pasting, or printing, saving, or scanning, try the following solutions:

• If you are having trouble pasting a captured image, makes sure the image is not HDCP protected.
• Ifablackframeappearsaroundapastedimage, it maybe because the image was shifted or resized.
• Connectonlyoneprinterormultifunctiondeviceatatime, andmakesurethedeviceissupportedby theprojector.
• If you are having trouble printing or scanning, makes sure the printer is not out of a link, jammed, or any other error state.
• For USB printing or scanning, make sure the printer is connected to the USB-A port on the projector or controlpad(BrightLink1485Fi).Ifyouareusingthecontrolpad,makesureaUSBcableisconnected between the projector's USB-A port and the upper USB-B port on the control pad.
• ForUSBprintingorscanning, tryconnectingadifferentUSBcable, and makesurethecablesareless than16feet(4.9m)long.
• CheckthesettingsontheInteractivemenu.

Parenttopic: Solving Interactive Problems

Relatedreferences

InteractiveSettings-InteractiveMenu

Relatedtasks

ConnectingaPrintertotheControlPad

ConnectingaUSBDevicetotheControlPad

ConnectingaUSBDeviceorCameratotheProjector

SolutionsforProblemswithWhiteboardMode

If you are having problems with the whiteboard, try the following solutions:

- EnabletheDrawingFunctionsettingintheInteractivemenu.

- WhentheEasyInteractiveToolssoftwareisinuse,whiteboardmodedoesnotstart.

If the time is incorrect on the internal storage settings for white board mode, you may need to update the

Date&Timesettingsintheprojector'sManagementmenu.

Parenttopic: Solving Interactive Problems

Relatedreferences

InteractiveSettings-InteractiveMenu

AdministrationSettings-ManagementMenu

Relatedtasks

SettingtheDateandTime

WheretoGetHelp

If you need to contact Epson for technical supports, use the following support options.

InternetSupport

Visit Epson's support website at epson.com/support (U.S.), epson.ca/support (Canada), or epson.com.jm/support (Caribbean) and select your product for solutions to common problems with your projector. Youcandownloadutilitiesanddocumentation,getFAQsandtroubleshootingadvice,ore-mail Epsonwithyourquestions.

SpeaktoaSupportRepresentative

TousetheEpsonPrivateLineSupportservice, call(800)637-7661. This service is available for the duration of your warranty period. You may also speak with projectorsupport specialist by dialing(562) 276-4394(U.S.) or [phone](Canada).

Supporthoursare6AMto8PM, PacificTime, MondaythroughFridayand7AMto4PM, PacificTime, Saturday.

Daysandhoursofsupportaresubjecttochangewithoutnotice. Tollerlongdistancechargesmay apply.

Beforeyoucall,havethefollowinginformationready:

•Productname

•Productserialnumber(locatedonthebottomorrearoftheprojector,orinthemenusystem)

•Proofofpurchase(suchasastorereceipt)anddateofpurchase

•Computerorvideoconfiguration

•Descriptionoftheproblem

PurchaseSuppliesandAccessories

Youcanpurchasescreens,otheroptionalaccessories,andreplacementpartsfromanEpsonauthorizedreseller.Tofindthenarestreseller,call800-GO-EPSON(800-463-7766)intheU.S.or800-807-7766inCanada. Or you can purchase online at epsonstore.com (U.S. sales) or epsonstore.ca (Canadian sales).

Topurchase are replacement remote control, call(562)276-4394(U.S.) or [phone](for dealer referralin Canada).

Parenttopic: Solving Problems

Relatedreferences

ProjectorLightStatus

TechnicalSpecifications

Thesesectionslistthetechnicalspecificationsofyourprojector.

GeneralProjectorSpecifications

ProjectorLightSourceSpecifications

InteractivePenSpecifications

TouchUnitSpecifications

RemoteControlSpecifications

ProjectorDimensionSpecifications

ProjectorElectricalSpecifications

ProjectorEnvironmentalSpecifications

ProjectorSafetyandApprovalsSpecifications

SafetyandApprovalsSpecificationsforLatinAmerica

SupportedVideoDisplayFormats

USBDisplaySystemRequirements

GeneralProjectorSpecifications

TypeofdisplayPoly-siliconTFTactivematrix

Nativeresolution1080p(1366×768×2)

LensF=1.5

Focallength:3.9mm

ColorreproductionFullcolor, upto 1.7 billion colors

BrightnessNormalLightSourcemode:

Whitelightoutput5000lumens(ISO21118standard)

Colorlightoutput5000lumens

QuietorExtendedLightSourcemode:

Whitelightoutput3500lumens(ISO21118standard)

Custommode:

Whitelightoutput3500to5000lumens(ISO21118standard)

Note: Colorbrightness(colorlightoutput)andwhitebrightness (whitelightoutput)will vary depending on usage conditions. Color light output measured in accordance with IDMS 15.4; whitelight output measured in accordance with ISO 21118.

ContrastratioOver2,500,000:1withDynamicColorMode,NormalLightSource Mode,andWideZoomon

Imagesize 65inches(1.65m)to100inches(2.54m)

(innativeaspectratio)

Projectiondistance 15.4inches(0.39m)to24.1inches(0.61m)

(innativeaspectratio)

ProjectionmethodsFront, rear, wall-mounted, table-mounted, ceiling-mounted

Opticalaspectratio 16:9

(width-to-height)

FocusadjustmentManual

ZoomadjustmentDigital

Zoomratio 1.0to1.35

(Tele-to-Wide)

Internalsoundsystem8W×8Wstereo

Noiselevel36dB(NormalorExtendedLightSourceMode)

27dB(QuietLightSourceMode)

Keystonecorrectionangle±3°

USBTypeBportcompatibilityTwoUSB2.0compliantportsforUSBdisplay, wirelessLANmodule connection, interactivity, firmwareupdate, or copying menusettings

USBTypeAportcompatibility TwoUSB2.0 compliant ports for USB memory device, printer, Epsondocument camera, wireless LAN module connection, firmware update, or copying menu settings

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

ProjectorLightSourceSpecifications

TypeLaserdiode

LightsourceoutputpowerUpto104.5W

Wavelength449to461nm

Lightsourcelife NormalorQuietLightSourceMode:

(approximate)

Uptoabout20000hours

ExtendedLightSourceMode:

Uptoabout30000hours

Note: Turn off this product when not in use to prolong the life of the projector. Laser life will vary depending upon modes selected, environmental conditions, and usage. Brightness decreases over time.

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

InteractivePenSpecifications

BatteriesOneAAalkalineormanganese

Size6.3inches(161mm)long;diameter0.94inches(24mm)

Weight(withoutbattery)1.06oz(30g)

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

TouchUnitSpecifications

TechnologyInfraredLaser(Class1)

DimensionsHeight:1.58inches(40mm)

Width:16.6inches(422mm)

Depth:2.56inches(65mm)

Weight21.2oz(600g)

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

RemoteControlSpecifications

Receptionrange19.7feet(6m)

Batteries TwoalkalineormanganeseAA

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

ProjectorDimensionSpecifications

Height(excludingfeet)8.25inches(209.5mm)

Width18inches(458mm)

Depth(excludingcablecover)14.8inches(375mm)

Weight(excludingcablecover)20.5lb(9.3kg)

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

ProjectorElectricalSpecifications

Ratedfrequency50/60Hz

Powersupply100to240VAC±10%

3.8to1.7A

Powerconsumption(100to120V)	Operating:
	NormalorCustomPowerConsumptionmode:381W
	ExtendedorQuietPowerConsumptionmode:270W
	Standby:
	0.5W(CommunicationOff),2.0W(CommunicationOn)
Powerconsumption(220to240V)	Operating:
	NormalorCustomPowerConsumptionmode:366W
	ExtendedorQuietPowerConsumptionmode:262W
	Standby:
	0.5W(CommunicationOff),2.0W(CommunicationOn)

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

ProjectorEnvironmentalSpecifications

TemperatureOperating-Singleprojector:

32to104°F(0to40°C)

Operating-Multiple projectors:

32to95°F(0to35°C)

Storage:

14to140°F(-10to60°C)

Humidity(relative, non-condensing)

Operating:20to80%

Storage:10to90%

OperatingaltitudeUpto4921feet(1500m)

Upto10000feet(3048m)withHighAltitudeModeenabled

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

ProjectorSafetyandApprovalsSpecifications

UnitedStatesFCCPart15ClassB(DoC)

UL60950-12ndedition(cTUVusMark)

CanadalCES-003ClassB

CSAC22.2No.60950-1

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

SafetyandApprovalsSpecificationsforLatinAmerica

NoticeforArgentina

WLANModule:WLU5630B-D101(RoHS)

Brand:EPSON

CNCID:C-23113

NoticeforMexico

Operationissubjectttothefollowingtwoconditions:(1)thisdevicemaynotcauseharmfulinterference, and(2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterferencereceived,includinginterferencethatmaycause undesiredoperationofthedevice.

ProductModel:H919/H921(BrightLink1480Fi+/1485Fi+)

WLANModuleModel:WLU5630B-D101

Brand:EPSON

IFTCertificationNumber:RCPEPWL19-0590

NoticeforParaguay

Importedby:

Fastrax, S.A.

Address:3-3-5OwaSuwa-shi,Nagano-Ken392-8502,Japan

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

SupportedVideoDisplayFormats

Forbestresults, your computer's monitor port or video card resolutions should be set to display in the projector's nativer resolution. However, your projector includes Epson's Size Wise chip that supports other computer display resolutions, so your image will be resized to automatically.

Yourcomputer'smonitorportorvideocardrefreshrate(verticalfrequency)mustbecompatiblewiththe projector.(Seeyourcomputerorvideocardmanualfordetails.)

Thetablehereliststhecompatiblerefreshrateandresolutionforeachcompatiblevideodisplayformat.

DisplayformatRefreshrate(InHz)	Resolution(inpixels)
Computersignals(analogRGB)
VGA60/72/75/85640×480
SVGA60/72/75/85800×600
XGA60/70/75/851024×768
WXGA601280×768
	601366×768
	60/75/851280×800
WXGA+60/75/851440×900
WXGA++601600×900
DisplayformatRefreshrate(inHz)	Resolution(inpixels)
SXGA70/75/851152×864
	60/75/851280×960
	60/75/851280×1024
SXGA+60/751400×1050
WSXGA+*601680×1050
UXGA601600×1200
	50/601920×1080
WUXGA(ReducedBlanking)601920×1200
Compositevideo
TV(NTSC,NTSC4.43)60720×480
TV(SECAM)50720×576
TV(PAL,N-PAL)50720×576
TV(PAL,M-PAL)60720×576
Componentvideo
SDTV(480p)59.94720×480
SDTV(576p)50720×576
HDTV(720p)	50/59.94/60	1280×720
HDTV(1080p)	50/59.94/60	1920×1080
HDMI/HDBaseTControlinputsignals
VGA	60640×480
SVGA60800×600
XGA	601024×768
WXGA	601280×800
	601366×768
WXGA+	601440×900
WXGA++	601600×900
WSXGA+601680×1050
SXGA601280×960
	601280×1024
SXGA+601400×1050
UXGA601600×1200
1920×108050/601920×1080
WUXGA(ReducedBlanking)601920×1200
QXGA602048×1536
WQHD602560×1440
WQXGA(ReducedBlanking)602560×1600
SDTV(480i/480p)59.94720×480
SDTV(576i/576p)50720×576
HDTV(720p)50/59.94/60	1280×720
HDTV(1080i)	50/59.94/60	1920×1080
HDTV(1080p)	23.98/24/29.97/30/50/59.94/60	1920×1080
4K	23.98/24/25/29.97/30/50/59.94/60	3840×2160
4K(SMPTE)	23.98/24/50/59.94/60	4096×2160
UniqueAspect(2projectorsconnectedbyadaisychain)
UniqueAspect(16:6)	601920×720
UniqueAspect(21:9)	601920×810
3240×1080603240×1080

*Wideresolutiononly
Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

USBDisplaySystemRequirements

Yourcomputersystemmustmeetthesystemrequirementssheretousetheprojector'sUSBDisplay software.

RequirementWindows	Mac
OperatingsystemWindows	7Ultimate,Enterprise,Professional,andHomePremium(32-and64-bit);HomeBasicandStarter(32-bit)	OSX10.11.x(64-bit),macOS10.12.x(64-bit),macOS10.13.x(64-bit),and10.14.x(64bit)
	Windows8.x,Pro,andEnterprise(32-and64-bit)
	Windows10Home,Pro,andEnterprise(32-and64-bit)
CPUIntelCore2Duorfaster	(IntelCorei3orfasterrecommended)	IntelCore2Duorfaster(IntelCore i5orfasterrecommended)
Memory2GBormore(4GBormorerecommended)
Harddiskspace20MBormore
DisplayResolutionbetween640×480and1920×1200,16-bitcolororgreater

Parenttopic: Technical Specifications

Relatedreferences

InputSignalSettings-Signall/OMenu

Notices

Checkthesesectionsforimportantnoticesaboutyourprojector.

Recycling

ImportantSafetyInformation

LaserSafetyInformation

LaserLightSourceWarning

ImportantSafetyInstructions

ListofSafetySymbols(correspondingtoIEC60950-1A2)

FCCComplianceStatement

BindingArbitrationandClassWaiver

Trademarks

CopyrightNotice

Recycling

Epson offers a recycling program for end of life products. Please go to this site for information on how to return your products for proper disposal.

Parenttopic:Notices

ImportantSafetyInformation

Caution: Never look into the projector lens when the laser is turned on; the bright light can damage your eyes. Neverletchildrenlookintothelenswhenitison. Neveropenanycoverontheprojector, except thefiltercovers. Dangerousselectricalvoltagesinsidetheprojectorcanseverelyinjureyou. Exceptas specifically explained in this User's Guide, do not attempt to service this product yourself. Refer all servicingtoqualifiedservicepersonnel.

Warning: The projector and its accessories come packaged in plastic bags. Keep plastic bags away from small childrento avoid any risk of suffocation.

Parenttopic:Notices

LaserSafetyInformation

ThisprojectorisaClass2laserproductthatcomplieswiththeIEC/EN60825-1:2007international standardforlasers.Followthesesafetyinstructionswhenusingtheprojector.

Warning: Possibly hazardous optical radiation emitted from this product. Do not look at operating light source. Eyeinjurymayresult.

• IfanerroroccursintheprojectororTouchUnit,turnoffthepowerandunplugtheprojectorandTouchUnitimmediately.ContinuingtousetheprojectororTouchUnitcouldresultinanelectricshock,fire,orvisualimpairment.ContactEpsonsupport.
• DonotattempttodisassembleormodifytheprojectororTouchUnit. Theprojectorcontainsahigh-powerlasercomponent.Seriousinjurycouldresult.
• Donotlookintothelensduringprojection.Also,donotlookintothelensusingopticaldevices,such asamagnifyingglassortelescope.Thiscouldcausevisualimpairment.
• Donotplaceflammableobjectsinfrontofthelens.Objectscouldcatchfire.
• Whenturningontheprojectoratadistanceusingtheremotecontrol,makesurenooneislookingintothelens.
• Donotallowsmallchildrentooperatetheprojector.Childrenmustbeaccompaniedbyanadult.
• Donotapplyopticaldevices, such as amagnifying glassor reflector, to the projected image. Using the projectormay result in physical harm, fire, oran accident.
• Donotblockthelightfromthelensduringprojection. The hightemperaturein this areacouldcause burns, fire, or other damage. Thelensmay overheat duet othereflected light and could cause the projectortomalfunction.
• Beforeusing the projector, makes sure there is nothing in the area that could reflect the projected image.
• When disposing of the projector, donot disassemble it. Dispose of the projector in accordance with your local or national laws and regulations.

Labels are attached to the project to indicate it is a Class2 laser product and complies with FDA performance standards for laser product except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007:

•Inside

WARNING

CAUTION: CLASS 3B INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AVOID EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM

ATTENTION : RAYONNEMENT LASER INVISIBLE DE CLASSE 3B - EN CAS D'OUVERTURE

EXPOSITION AU FAISCEAU DANGEREUSE

RefertothetableherefortheExposureHazardValues(EHV)inaccordancewiththeIEC62471-2:2009 standard.TheEHVindicatesthehazardlevelforobjectsinfrontofthelightsourcefor0.25secondsata distanceof7.9inches(20cm).Thehigherthevalue,thegreaterthehazardlevel.

ExposureHazardValue0.68

Parenttopic:Notices

ImportantSafetyInstructions

Followthesesafetyinstructionswhensettingupandusingtheprojector:

- Donotlookintothelenswhentheprojectorison. Thebrightlightcandamageyoureyes. Avoid standinginfrontoftheprojectorsothebrightlightdoesnotshineintoyoureyes.

- Donotplaceanyflammableobjectsinfrontoftheprojectorlens,otherwise,afiremayoccur.

• Donottouchthelenswithbarehands.

- Donotplacetheprojectoronanunstablecart,stand,ortableoronasurfacetathatisunabletosupport itsweight. Otherwise,itcouldfallortopplecausinganaccidentandinjury.

- If the projector is mounted on aceiling or wall, it should be installed by qualified technicians using mounting hardware designed for use with this projector. When installing the projector in a high position, take measures to prevent it from falling by using wirestoensures safety in an emergency, such as an earthquake, and to prevent accidents. If the projector is not installed correctly, the projector could fall. This may result in injury or accidents. Contact your dealer to carry out the installation work.

- Wheninstallingoradjustingaceilingorwallmount,donotuseadhesivestopreventthescrewsfrom looseninganddonotuseoilsorlubricants.Thismaycausetheprojectorcasetocrackandthe projectortofallfromitsceilingmount.Thiscouldcauseseriousinjurytoanyoneunderthemountand coulddamagetheprojector.

- Donotusetheprojectornearwater, sourcesofheat, high-voltageelectricalwires, or sourcesof magneticfields.

- Use the type of powersource indicated on the projector. Use of different powers our current fire electric shock. If you are not sure of the power available, consult your dealer or power company.

- Placetheprojectornearawalloutletwheretheplugcanbeeasilyunplugged.

• Takethefollowing precautions when handling the plug: Donothold the plug with wet hands. Donot insert the plug into adusty outlet. Insert the plug firmly into the outlet. Donot pull the power cord when disconnecting the plug; always besure to hold the plug when disconnecting it. Donot overload wall outlets, extension cords, or power strips. Failure to comply with these precautions could result in fire or electric shock.

- Donotplacetheprojectorwherethecordcanbewalkedon. This may result in refraying ordamageto the plug.

- Unplugtheprojectorfromthewalloutletandallowtocoolbeforecleaning. Useadrycloth(or, for stubborndirtorstains, amoistcloththathasbeenwrungdry)forcleaning. Donotuseliquidoraerosol cleaners, anysprayscontainingflammablegas, orsolventssuchasalcohol, paintthinner, orbenzine.

- Donotblocktheslotsandopeningsintheprojectorcase. Theyprovideventilationandpreventthe projectorfromoverheating. Iftheventsarecovered, theinternaltemperaturecouldriseandcausea fire. Donotplacetheprojectorinlocationssubjecttohightemperatures, suchasnearheating equipment. Donotoperatetheprojectoronasofa, rug, orothersoftsurface, orsetitontopofloose papers. Donotcovertheprojectorwithablanket, curtain, ortablecloth. Ifyouaresettingupthe projectornearawall, leaveatleast19.7inches(50cm)ofspacebetweenthewallandtheprojector.

- Donotoperatetheprojectorinaclosed-incabinetunlessproperventilationisprovided.

• Neverallowobjectsofanykindtoenteranyopeningsintheprojector.Donotleaveobjects,especially flammableobjects,neartheprojector.Donotplaceanycontainersofliquidontopoftheunit.Never spillliquidofanykindintotheprojector.
• Donotinsertordropmetal, flammable, orforeignobjectsintotheprojector'sventsoropeningsnor leavethemnearby. Doingsomayresultinfire, electricshock, orburns.
• If you are using two more projector side-by-side (BrightLink1485Fi), leave enough space between the projector to allow for proper ventilation.
• Youmayneedtocleantheairfilterandvent.Acloggedairfilterorventcanblockventilationneeded tocooltheprojector.Donotusecannedair,orthegasesmaybearesidue.
• Followthemaintenancescheduleforthisprojector. If the interior of the projector has not been cleaned for alongtime, dust may buildup, which could cause fire electric shock. Replace your air filter periodically and contact your deal alert to clean the interior of the projector, as needed.
• Donotstoretheprojectoroutdoorsforanextendedlengthoftime.
• Exceptasspecificallyexplainedinthismanual,donotattempttoservicethisproductyourself.Refer allservicingtoqualifiedpersonnel.Openingorremovingcoversmayexposeyoutodangerous voltagesandotherhazards.
• Neveropenany covers the projectorexceptasspecificallyexplained in this manual. Never attempt to disassemble or modify the projector (including consumables). Refer all repair to qualified service personnel. Electrical voltages insidethe projector can cause serious injury.
• Unplugtheprojectorfromthewalloutletandreferservicingtoqualifiedservicepersonnelunderthe followingconditions:ifitdoesnotoperatenormallywhenyoufollowtheoperatinginstructions,or exhibitsadistinctchangeinperformance;ifsmoke,strangeodors,orstrangenoisescomefromthe projector;ifthepowercordorplugisdamagedorfrayed;ifliquidorforeignobjectsgetinsidethe projector,orifithasbeenexposedtorainorwater;ifithasbeendroppedorthehousinghasbeen damaged.Continuingtousetheprojectorundertheseconditionsmayresultinfireorelectricshock.
• Donottouchtheplugduringanelectricalstorm. Otherwise, you may receive an electric shock.
• Unplugtheprojectorwhenitwillnotbeusedforextendedperiods. Theinsulationmaydeteriorate, whichmayresultinfire.
• Donotusetheprojectorwhereitmaybeexposedtorain,water,orexcessivehumidity.
• Donotuseorstoretheprojectorwhereitmaybeexposedtosmoke,steam,corrosivegases, excessivedust,vibration,orshock.Doingsomayresultinmalfunction,electricshock,andfire.
• Donotuseorstoretheprojectorinplaceswheresmokefromoilorcigarettesmaybepresent,asit canadverselyaffectthequalityoftheprojectedimages.

- Donotusetheprojectorwhereflammableorexplosivegasesmaybepresent.Theinsideofthe projectorcangetveryhotduringuseandthegasesmayignite,resultinginafire.

- Donotuseorstoretheprojectororremotecontrolinahotlocation,suchasnearaeater,indirect sunlight,orinaclosedvehicle. Thermaldeformationortechnicalmalfunctionmayoccur,whichmay resultinafire.

- Checkthespecificationsforthepowercable. Using an inappropriate powercable could result in fire or electric shock. The powercables supplied with the projector is intended to comply with powersupply requirements for the country of purchase. If you use the projector in the country where it was purchased, only uses the powercable that came with the projector.

- If you use the projector in a country other than where you purchase it, use the correct power cord for that country.

- Donotstandontheprojectororplaceheavyobjectsonit. Youmayfallover, resulting in injury and damage to the projector.

- Donotusetheprojectoroutsideoftherequiredtemperaturerangebelow:

32to104°F(0to40°C)atanaltitudeof7500feet(2286m)orless,or32to95°F(0to35°C)atan altitudeof7500to10000feet(2286to3048m)

When using multiple projectors at the same time (Bright Link 1485Fi):

32to95°F(0to35°C)atanaltitudeof7500feet(2286m)orless,or32to86°F(0to30°C)atanaltitudeof7500to10000feet(2286mto3048m)

Doingsomaycauseanunstabledisplayandcouldleadtoprojectordamage.Donotuseorstorethe projectorwhereitmaybeexposedtosuddenchangesintemperature.

- Donotuseorstoretheprojectorinplaceswhereitmightbesubjectedtohighandlowextremesof temperature.

- Donotstoretheprojectoroutsideoftherequiredtemperaturerangeof14to140°F(-10to60°C)or indirectsunlightforlongperiodsoftime.Doingsomaycausedamagetothecase.

- Donotplaceanythingthatcanbecomewarpedordamagedbyheatneartheexhaustvents.Donot bringyourhandsorfaceclosetotheventswhileprojectionisinprogress.Donotbringyourfaceclose totheprojectorwhileitisinuse.

• Before you mov the projector, makes sure its power is turned off, the plug is disconnected from the outlet, and all cables are disconnected. Fire electric shock may result.

- Donotplacethesourceofanopenflame, suchasalitcandle, onorneartheprojector.

- During projection, donotblockthelight from the projector with abookor other objects. If the light from the projector is blocked, the area on which the light shines becomes shot which could cause it to melt,

burn, orstartafire. Also, the lens may get hot due to the reflected light which could cause the projectortomalfunction. Tostopprojection, use the A/VMutefunction, or turn off the projector.

• Donotmodifythepowercord. Donotplaceheavyobjectsontopofthepowercordorbend,twist,or pullitexcessively.Keepthepowercordawayfromhotelectricalappliances. Donotusethepower cordifitisdamaged. Fireorelectricshockmayresult. Contactyourdealerifthecablebecomes damaged.
  •Alwayslowerthevolumebeforeturningofftheprojector. Turningontheprojectorwiththevolumetoo highcandamageyourears.
• Whenastillimageisdisplayedforalongtime,imageretentionmayoccuronthescreen.Donot displayimagesintheexactsamepositionforlongperiods.
  •Alwaysattachthelenscovertothelenswhennotusingtheprojectortopreventthelensfrom becomingdirtyordamaged.
• Donotstoretheinteractivepensorthebatteriesinahotlocation,suchasnearaheater,indirect sunlight,orinaclosedvehicle. Thermaldeformationortechnicalmalfunctionmayoccur,whichmay resultinafire.
• Removethebatteriesfromtheinteractivepensifyouwillnotbeusingthepensforalongtime.
• Incorrectbatteryusagemaycauseleakageofbatteryfluidandbatteryrupture,whichcouldresultin fire,injury,orcorrosion.Whenreplacingbatteries,takethefollowingprecautions:insertbatteriesso thatthepolaritiesarecorrect;donotusebatteriesofdifferenttypesormixoldandnewbatteries;do notuseanybatteriesotherthanthosespecified;ifbatteriesleak,wipeawaybatteryfluidwithasoft cloth;ifbatteryfluidgetsonyourhands,washthemimmediately;replacethebatteriesassoonasthey runout;removethebatterisifyouwillnotbeusingtheprojectorforalongperiodoftime;donot exposebatteriestoheatorflameanddonotputtheminwater;disposeofusedbatteriesaccordingto localregulations;keepbatteriesoutofthereachofchildren.Batteriesarechokinghazardsandare verydangerousifswallowed.

RestrictionofUse

Parenttopic:Notices

RestrictionofUse

Whenthisproductisusedforapplicationsrequiringhighreliability/safetysuchastransportationdevices relatedtoaviation,rail,marine,automotive;disasterpreventiondevices;varioussafetydevices;or functional/precisiondevices,youshouldusethisproductonlyaftergivingconsiderationoincludingfail-safesandredundanciesintoyourdesigntomaintainsafetyandtotalsystemreliability.

Because this product was not intended for use in applications requiring extremely high reliability/safety such as aerospace equipment, main communication equipment, nuclear power control equipment, or

medicalequipmentrelatedtodirectmedicalcare, pleasemakeyourownjudgmentonthisproduct's suitabilityafterafullevaluation.

Parenttopic: Important Safety Instructions

ListofSafetySymbols(correspondingtoIEC60950-1A2)

The following table lists the meaning of the safety symbols labeled on the equipment.

No.	Symbol	ApprovedStandards	Description
1IEC604	17	[......]	No.5007	"ON"(power)Toindicateconnectiontothemains.
2IEC604	17		No.5008	"OFF"(power)Toindicatedisconnectionfromthe mains.
3IEC604	17		No.5009	Stand-byToidentifytheswitchorswitchpositionbymeansofwhichpartoftheequipmentisswitchedoninordertobringitintothestand-bycondition.
4ISO700	0		No.0434B,IEC3864-B3.1	CautionToidentifygeneralcautionwhenusing theproduct.
5IEC604	17		No.5041	Caution,hotsurfaceToindicatethathemarkeditemcanbe hotandshouldnotbetouchedwithout takingcare.
6IEC604	17		No.6042ISO3864-B3.6	Caution,riskofelectricshockToidentifyequipmentthathasriskof electricshock.
7IEC604	17		No.5957	ForindooruseonlyToidentifyelectricalequipmentdesignedprimarilyforindooruse.
8IEC604	17		No.5926	PolarityofDCpowerconnectorToidentifythepositiveandnegativeconnections(thepolarity)onapieceofequipmenttowhichaDCpowersupplymaybeconnected.
9-PolarityofDCpowerconnector				Toidentifythepositiveandnegativeconnections(thepolarity)onapieceofequipmenttowhichaDC.powersupplymaybeconnected.
10IEC60	117		No.5001B	Battery,generalOnbatterypoweredequipment.Toidentifyadeviceforinstanceacoverforthebatterycompartment,ortheconnectorterminals.
11IEC60	117		No.5002	PositioningofcellToidentifythebatteryholderitselfandtoidentifythepositioningofthecell(s)insidethebatteryholder.
12-Positioningofcell				Toidentifythebatteryholderitselfandtoidentifythepositioningofthecell(s)insidethebatteryholder.
No.		SymbolApprovedStandards	Description
13IEC60		417	No.5019	ProtectiveearthToidentifyanyterminalwhichisintended forconnectiontoanexternalconductor forprotectionagainstelectricshockin caseofafault,ortheterminalofa protectiveearthelectrode.
14IEC60		417	No.5017	EarthToidentifyanearth(ground)terminalin caseswhereneitherthesymbolNo.13is explicitlyrequired.
15IEC60		417	No.5032	AlternatingcurrentToindicateontheratingplatethatthe equipmentissuitableforalternating currentonly;toidentifyrelevant terminals.
16IEC60			No.5031	DirectcurrentToindicateontheratingplatethatthe equipmentissuitablefordirectcurrent only;toidentifyrelevantterminals.
17IEC60		417	No.5172	ClassIIequipmentToidentifyequipmentmeetingthesafety requirementsspecifiedforClassII equipmentaccordingtoIEC61140.
18ISO38		64Generalprohibition		Toidentifyactionsoroperationsthatare prohibited.
19ISO38		64Contactprohibition		Toindicateinjurythatcouldoccurdueto touchingaspecificpartoftheequipment.
No.		symbolApprovedStandards	Description
20—Neverlookintotheopticallenswhilethe			projectorison.
21—Toindicatethethemarkeditem		don't	placeanythingonprojector.
22ISO3864		IEC60825-1	Caution,laserradiationToindicatetheequipmenthasalaser radiationpart.
23ISO3864Disassemblyprohibition			Toindicateariskofinjury,suchas electricshock,iftheequipmentis disassembled.
24IEC60417		No.5266	Standby,partialstandbyToindicatethatpartoftheequipmentis inthereadystatus.
25ISO3864		IEC60417No.5057	Caution,movablepartsToindicatethyoumustkeepaway frommovablepartsaccordingto protectionstandards.
27IEC60417-6056Caution(movableflanblades)			Toindicatethyoumustkeepaway fromthebladesofthemovablefan accordingtoprotectionstandards.
28IEC60417-6043Caution(sharpcorners)			Toindicatethyoumustnottouchthe sharpcornersoftheproductaccordingto protectionstandards.
No.Symbol		ApprovedStandards	Description
29—Neverlook into the projection lengthwhile			theprojectorison.
30ISO70		10	No.W027	Warning, lightemission(UV, visiblelight, IRandsoon)Toindicate that you must be careful not to injure you reyes or skin when near light emitting sections.
31IEC60		417	No.5109	Nottobe used in residential areasTo indicate that the electrical equipment/device is not suitable for use in residential area.

Parenttopic:Notices

FCCComplianceStatement

ForUnitedStatesUsers

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiater radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference or radiocommunications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in particular installation. If this equipment does cause interference or radio and television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

•Reorientorrelocatethereceivingantenna.

- Increase these separation between the equipment and receiver.

- Connecttheequipmentintoanoutletonacircuitdifferentfromthattowhichthereceiverisconnected.

- Consultthedealeroranexperiencedradio/TVtechnicianforhelp.

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

WARNING

The connection of an-shielded equipment interface cable to this equipment will invalidate the FCC Certification or Declaration of this device and may cause interference levels which exceed the limits established by the FCC forthisequipment. It is therefore responsible for the user to obtain and use a shielded equipment interface cable with this device. If this equipment has more than one interface connector, do not leave cables connected to unused interfaces. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

ForCanadianUsers

CANICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B)

Parenttopic:Notices

BindingArbitrationandClassWaiver

1. DISPUTES, BINDING INDIVIDUAL ARBITRATION, AND WAIVEROF CLASSACTIONS AND CLASSARBITRATIONS

1.1 Disputes. The terms of this Section 1 shall apply to all Disputes between you and Epson. The term "Dispute" is meant to have the broadest meaning permissible underlaw and includes any dispute, claim, controversy or action between you and Epson arising out for relating this Agreement, Epson branded products (hardware and including any related software), other transaction involving you and Epson, whether in contract, warranty, misrepresentation, fraud, tort, intentionaltort, statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other legal or equitable basis. "DISPUTE" DOES NOT INCLUDE IP CLAIMS, or more specifically, a claimor cause of action for (a) trademark infringement or dilution, (b) patent infringement, (c) copyright infringement or misuse, or (d) trades secret misappropriation (an "IP Claim"). You and Epson also agree, notwithstanding Section 1.6, that court, not an arbitrator, may decide if a claimor cause of action is for an IP claim.

1.2 Binding Arbitration. You and Epson agree that all Disputes shall be resolved by binding arbitration according to this Agreement. ARBITRATION MEANSTHAT YOU WAIVE YOUR RIGHT TO AJUDGE OR JURY IN ACOURTPROCEEDING AND YOUR GROUNDS FOR APPEAL ARE LIMITED.

PursuanttothisAgreement, bindingarbitrationshallbeadministered by JAMS, anationally recognized arbitration authority, pursuant to its code of procedure, then ineffect for consumer related disputes, but excluding any rule that permit joinder or class actions in arbitration (formoredetail on procedure, see Section 1.6 below). You and Epson understand and agree that (a) the Federal Arbitration Act (9U.S.C. §1, et seq.) govern the interpretation and enforcement of this Section 1, (b) this Agreement memorializes at transaction in interstate commerce, and (c) this Section 1 shall survivetermination of this Agreement.

1.3 Pre-Arbitration Steps and Notice. Before submitting a claim for arbitration, you and Epson agree to try, for sixty (60) days, to resolve any Dispute informally. If Epson and you donot reach an agreement to

resolvetheDisputewithinthesixty(60)days),youorEpsonmaycommenceanarbitration.Noticeto Epsonmustbeaddressedto:EpsonAmerica,Inc.,ATTN:LegalDepartment,3840KilroyAirportWay, LongBeach,CA90806(the"EpsonAddress").TheDisputeNoticetoyouwillbesenttothemostrecent addressEpsonhasinitsrecordsforyou.Forthisreason,itisimportanttonotifyusifyouraddress [e-mail] theDisputeshallincludethesender'sname,addressandcontactinformation,thefactsgivingrisetothe Dispute,andthereliefrequested(the"DisputeNotice").FollowingreceiptoftheDisputeNotice,Epson andyouagreetoactinggoodfaithtoresolvetheDisputebeforecommencingarbitration.

1.4 Small Claims Court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may bring an individual action in the small claimscourtofyourstateormunicipalityiftheactioniswithinthatcourt'sjurisdictionandspendingonlyinthatcourt.

1.5WAIVEROFCLASSACTIONSANDCLASSARBITRATIONS.YOUANDEPSONAGREETHAT EACHPARTYMAYBRINGDISPUTESAGAINSTTHEOTHERPARTYONLYINANINDIVIDUAL CAPACITY,ANDNOTASAPLANTIFFORCLASSMEMBERINANYCLASSOR REPRESENTATIVEPROCEEDING,INCLUDINGWITHOUTLIMITATIONFEDERALORSTATE CLASSACTIONS,ORCLASSARBITRATIONS.CLASSACTIONLAWSUITS,CLASS-WIDE ARBITRATIONS,PRIVATEATTORNEY-GENERALACTIONS,ANDANYOTHERPROCEEDING WHERESOMEONEACTSINAREPRESENTATIVECAPACITYARENOTALLOWED. ACCORDINGLY,UNDERTHEARBITRATIONPROCEDUREOUTLINEDINTHISSECTION,AN ARBITRATORSHALLNOTCOMBINEORCONSOLIDATEMORETHANONEPARTY'SCLAIMS WITHOUTTHEWRITTENCONSENTOFALLAFFECTEDPARTIESTOANARBITRATION PROCEEDING.

1.6 Arbitration Procedure. If you or Epson commences arbitration, the arbitration shall be governed by therulesofJAMSthatareineffectwhenthearbitrationisfiled,excludinganyrulesthatpermitarbitration on a class or representative basis (the "JAMS Rules"), available at http://www.jamsadr.com or by calling 1-800-352-5267,andundertherulessetforthinthisAgreement.AllDisputesshallberesolvedbya singleneutralarbitrator,andbothpartiesshallhaveareasonableopportunitytoparticipateinthe selectionofthearbitrator.ThearbitratorisboundbythetermsofthisAgreement.Thearbitrator,andnot anyfederal,stateorlocalcourtoragency,shallhaveexclusiveauthoritytoresolvealldisputesarising outoforrelatingtotheinterpretation,applicability,enforceabilityformationofthisAgreement, includinganyclaimthatalloranypartofthisAgreementisvoidorvoidable.Notwithstandingthisbroad delegationofauthoritytothearbitrator,acourtmaydeterminethelimitedquestionofwhetheraclaimor causeofactionisforanlPClaim,whichisexcludedfromthedefinitionof"Disputes"inSection1.1 above.Thearbitratorshallbeempoweredtograntwhateverreliefwouldbeavailableinacourtunder laworinequity.Thearbitratormayawardyouthesamedagesasacourtcould,andmayaward declaratoryorinjunctivereliefonlyinfavoroftheindividualpartyseekingreliefandonlytotheextent necessarytoprovidereliefwarrantedbythatparty'sindividualclaim.Insomeinstances,thecostsof arbitrationcanexceedthecostsoflitigationandtherighttodiscoverymaybemorelimitedinarbitration

thanincourt. Thearbitrator'sawardisbindingandmaybeenteredasajudgmentinanycourtof competentjurisdiction.

You may choose to engage in arbitration hearings by telephone. Arbitration hearings not conducted by telephones shall take place in allocation reasonably accessible from your primary residence, or in Orange County, California, at your option.

a) Initiation of Arbitration Proceeding. If either you or Epson decidest to arbitrate a dispute, both parties agree to the following procedure:

(i) WriteaDemandforArbitration. The demand must include a description of the dispute and the amount of damage sought to be recovered. You can find a copy of a Demand for Arbitration at http://www.jamsadr.com ("DemandforArbitration").

(ii) Send three copies of the Demand for Arbitration, plus the appropriate filing fee, to: JAMS, 500 North State College Blvd., Suite 600 Orange, CA92868, U.S.A.

(iii) Sendonecopy of the Demand for Arbitration to the other party (same address as the Dispute Notice), or otherwise agreed by the parties.

b) HearingFormat. During the arbitration, the amount of any settlement to offer mades shall not be disclosed to the arbitrator until after the arbitrator determines the amount, if any, to which you or Epson is entitled. The discoveryorexchange of non-privileged information relevant to the Disputem maybe allowed during the arbitration.

c) Arbitration Fees. Epson shall pay, or (if applicable) reimburse you for all JAMS filings and arbitrator fees for any arbitration commenced (by you or Epson) pursuant to provision of this Agreement.

d) Awardin Your Favor. For Disputes in which you or Epson seeks \75,000 or less sind damages exclusive of attorney's fees and costs, if the arbitrator's decision results in an award to you in an amount greater than Epson's last written offer, if any, to settle the Dispute, Epson will: (i) pay you \1,000 or the amount of the award, whichever is greater; (ii) pay outwicethe amount of your reasonable attorney's fees, if any; and (iii) reimburse you for any expenses (including expert witness fees and costs) that your attorney reasonably accrues for investigating, preparing, and pursuing the Dispute in arbitration. Except as agreed upon by you and Epson in writing, the arbitrator shall determin the amount of fees, costs, and expensestobepaid by Epson pursuant to this Section 1.6d).

e) Attorney's Fees. Epson will not seek its attorney's fees and expenses for any arbitration commenced involving a Dispute under this Agreement. Your right to attorney's fees and expenses under Section 1.6d) aboved does not limit your right to attorney's fees and expenses under applicable law; notwithstanding the foregoing, the arbitrator may not award duplicative awards of attorney's fees and expenses.

1.7 Opt-out. You may elect to opt-out (exclude yourself) from the final, binding, individual arbitration procedure and waiver of class and representative proceeding specified in this Agreement by sending a written letter to the Epson Address within thirty (30) day so for your assent

tothisAgreement(includingwithoutlimitationthepurchase,download,installationofthe SoftwareorotherapplicableuseofEpsonHardware,productsandservices)thatspecifies(i)yourname,(ii)yourmailingaddress,and(iii)yourrequesttobeexcludedfromthefinal,binding individualarbitrationprocedureandwaiverofclassandrepresentativeproceedingspecifiedin thisSection1.Intheeventthatyouopt-outconsistentwiththeproceduresetforthabove,all othertermsshallcontinuetoapply,includingtherequirementtoprovidenoticepriortolitigation.

1.8 Amendments to Section 1. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, you and Epsonagreethatif Epsonmakesanyfutureamendmentstothedisputeresolutionprocedureand classactionwaiverprovisions(otherthanachangetoEpson'saddress)inthisAgreement,Epsonwill obtainyouraffirmativeassenttotheapplicableamendment.Ifyoudonotaffirmativelyassenttothe applicableamendment,youareagreeingthatyouwillarbitrateanyDisputebetweenthepartiesin accordancewiththelanguageofthisSection1(orresolvedisputesasprovidedforinSection1.7,ifyou timelyelectedtoopt-outwhenyoufirstassentedtothisAgreement).
1.9 Severability. If any provision in this Section 1 is found to be unenforceable, that provision shall be severed with the remainder of this Agreement remaining in full force and effect. The foregoing shall not applytothep prohibitionagainstclassorrepresentativeactionsasprovidedinSection1.5.This meansthatifSection1.5isfoundtobeunenforceable,theentireSection1(butonlySection1) shallbenullandvoid.

Parenttopic:Notices

Trademarks

EPSON® andQuickCorner ® areregisteredtrademarks, EpsoniProjectionisattrademark, and EPSON ExceedYourVisionisaregisteredlogomarkofSeikoEpsonCorporation.

PrivateLine^® isaregisteredtrademarks;SizeWise ^TM isatrademark;andExtraCare ^SM isaservicemarkof EpsonAmerica,Inc.

WindowsisaregisteredtrademarkofMicrosoftCorporationintheUnitedStatesand/orothercountries.

Mac,macOS,andOSXaretrademarksofAppleInc.,registeredintheU.S.andothercountries.

Google ^® isaregisteredtrademarkandAndroid ^TM ,GoogleChrome ^TM ,andGooglePlay ^TM aretrademarks of GoogleLLC.

HDBaseT™ andtheHDBaseTAlliancelogoaretrademarksoftheHDBaseTAlliance.

Miracast®isaregisteredtrademarkofWi-FiAlliance ©.

GeneralNotice: Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and maybe trademark of their respective owners. Epson disclaims any and all rights in those marks.

EPSON®

EXCEED YOUR VISION

Parenttopic:Notices

CopyrightNotice

Allrightsreserved. Nopartofthispublicationmaybereproduced, storedinaretrievalsystem, or transmittedinanyformorbyanymeans, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of SeikoEpsonCorporation. The information contained herein is designed only for use with this Epsonproduct. Epsonis not responsible for any use of this information as applied to other products.

Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third parties for damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by purchaser third parties as a result of: accident, misuse, or abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs, or alteration to this product, or (excluding the U.S.) failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporation's operating and maintenance instructions.

SeikoEpsonCorporationshallNotbeliableforanydamagesorproblemsarisingfromtheuseofany optionsoranyconsumableproductsotherthanthosedesignatedasOriginalEpsonProductsorEpson ApprovedProductsbySeikoEpsonCorporation.

Thisinformationissubjecttochangewithoutnotice.

ANoteConcerningResponsibleUseofCopyrightedMaterials

CopyrightAttribution

Parenttopic:Notices

ANoteConcerningResponsibleUseofCopyrightedMaterials

Epsonencourageseachusertoberesponsibleandrespectfulofthecopyrightlawswhenusingany Epsonproduct.Whilesomecountries'lawspermitlimitedcopyingorreuseofcopyrightedmaterialin certaincircumstances,thosecircumstancesmaynotbeasbroadassomepeopleassume.Contactyour legaladvisorforanyquestionsregardingcopyrightlaw.

Parenttopic: CopyrightNotice

CopyrightAttribution

©2019EpsonAmerica,Inc.

10/19

CPD-57752

Parenttopic: CopyrightNotice